Sort

Search results

(81 - 100 of 170)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 2001
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: URG OLLEGE - T II augsburg in the summer summer session info Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in more than 15 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studic Term I runs from May 29 to June 29. Term I1 runs from July 9 to Aug...
Show more URG OLLEGE - T II augsburg in the summer summer session info Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in more than 15 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studic Term I runs from May 29 to June 29. Term I1 runs from July 9 to August 9. A detailed listing of courses begins o n page 8. Course loads in Summer Session: Students may take up to two course credits during Term I and during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit. O n e Augsburg course credit is the equivalent of four semester credits and six quarter credits. II I '1 term one I May 29 to June 29 term two July 9 to August 9 1 I a : I I I about augsburg Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.* T h e small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities. I I I 1 I' I * North Central Associntion of Colleges and Schools, Commission on Institutions of Higher Education (31 2) 263-0456. Web site <~utuw.ncacihe.mg> 2 Augsburg general education: Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts Perspectives and Graduation Skills requirements are so noted along with the description of the course. Course levels: T h e first digit of the three-digit course number indicates the course level. Course numbers heginning with a "1" or "2" are lower division courses and are intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores; course numbers beginning with a "3" or "4" are upper division and are primarily for juniors and seniors. Independent study: Independent studies may be arranged in consultation with individual faculty members. Internships: In addition to those listed, internship opportunities may be arranged individually during the summer. Academic internships are carefully planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member. Consult the Center for Service, Work, and Learning at (612) 330-1 148 for more information. Employer reimbursement: Students who qualify for reimbursement by their employers may use their reimbursernent to pay for Summer Session courses. However a nonrefundable deposit of $100 is required to register for each summer course. Housing: Students who need housing may contact the Residence Life Office at (612) 330-1488. T h e College reserves the right to cancel listed courses. inf0rmafion Additional information may be obtained from: Augsburg College Campus Box #56 221 1 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1628 www.augsburg.edu/su~nmer eligibility Persons i n good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next fall term are eligible to attend Augshurg Summer Session. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other persons wishing to take summer courses should contact the coordinator of summer school to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Students accepted for Summer Session are not automatically granted admission as regular students of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at Augsburg should apply to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions, (612) 330-1001, or the Weekend CollegeAdmissions Office, (612) 330-1743. 3 re - calendar 7 . lning AK ner Seqi Enrollment 4 p.m. A $101 paid at that t~ led. This dcl: your summe refundable unless celed. If a c o ~ ~ r ts e , led I eled, you may elect rl Je :I refund or apply the deposit to the tuition for another c o ~ ~ r sWe e . recom~nertdthat you schedule your courses as early as possible. Many C O L I ~ S fill ~S early, and courses with 1 0 ~ 1 enrollments will he canceled one week hefore the first day of the term. Tuition must bc paid in full at the Enrollment Center (see deadlines below), or you will be dropped from your course(s). 111 SaturL ayh n . when Weekend L ( t h r o ~ ~ July gh 1). d in fill1 in order for he complete. whc, !--.re unpaid IrcvL, lust pay ces before they may comsummer school registra- .. Summer registration may he completed heginning May 9. Students taking courses ~ L I I - i Term u g I must complete their registration by May 30. Tel-111I1 registration must be completed by July 10. This proceilurc applies to all sumlner registrations, including internships and independent studies. T h e Enrollment Center is locatect in thc Svcrdrup HiiII and is open from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. Monday t h r o ~ ~ gFriday. h It will he open ~ ~ n t6i p.m. l o n May 29 and May 30 and on July 9 ancl 10. T h e summer 2001 term I term I1 Scheduling begins Balance of tuition due Classes begin April 9 May 17 May 29 April 9 June 28 July 9 I I ..late fee a 5 will be assessed for students w egister after the second day of the term. No Tcrrn 1 rcgistratious will lie accepted after J ~ l n clst, and Term 11 registrations will not be accepted after July 13th. To change ytlur registration you will need to fill out a n add/Llrop fo1.m at the Enn~llmentCenter. There is a charge of $75 for changing a course after 3:30 p.m. o n the second schedulc~lday of each term. This procedure applies to internsl~ipsand independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Refilnds and adjustments to fees are outlined in the "Tuition R e f ~ ~ nPolicy1' d section of this brochure. Last day to: Change grading option June 8 *Drop class without notation June 1 *Register with late fee of $75 June 1 (no registrations will be accepted after this date) July 20 July 13 July 11 Last day to withdraw from class Classes end Grades due in registrar's office July 27 August 9 August 17 June 15 June 29 July 9 I 1 ' lI schedule of refunds 100°i6 of the refundable portion of the fee... Cancellation at the Enrollment Center prior to May 29 (Term I) & July 9 (Term 11) 75% of the refundable portion of the fee ... Prior to May 3 1 Term I) & July 11 (Tenn 11) 50% of the refundable portion of the fee... Prior to June 4 (Term I) &July 16 (Term 11) Ill :-fll 1 rn _I - - - - map of augsburg A 7 4 1 !!ITrns I, C fees The tuition ch In cours 100 for $650 for h Audits arl listed abo I 1 lmmer it courses dit courses at the tuition rates Day program Students enrolled in su I and I1 combined or in either Term I or Term I1 may be eligible to apply for the Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the Minnesota State Grant. I:, g P policy I" mb% e s ~ is t not refmu of all or part fee is calculated fro! date of the student's official rn..--cancellation at the Enrollr See page 5. Nc liven for summer Term I as it ru ..~rrentlywith the WEC spring mmester. 0;. ,.. R WEC stude t enrolled in summer Term I1 may be eligible for the Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Pel1 Grant, or the Minnesota State Grant. financial aid To apply Eligibility for Summer Session attendees The financial aid deadline for the Summer Session is April 15, 2001. Contact the Enrollment Center at (612) 330-1046 for application materials and additional assistance. Financial aid is available to students enrolled in day or weekend programs. Students who maintain half-time status (as defined by the program in which they are enrolled) are eligible to apply for financial aid. COLLEGE MAP INFORMATION 1. Admissions Weekday Program 2, Admissions Annex and Weekend Admissions 3. Air Structure Entrance 12. Development, PR/Communications, and Alumni/Parenl Relations 13. Lindell Library (November through March) 4. Andenon-Nelson Athlelic Field and Seasonal Air Slructure 5. Christensen Center 6 East Hall 7. Faculty Guest House 8. Foss, Lobeck. Miles. Cenler for Wonhip. Drama & Communication 9 Sverdrup Hall 10. Husby-Stmmmen Tennis Courts 11. Ice Arena 14. Maintenance and Grounds Shop 15. Mortensen Hall 16.Murphy Place 17. Murphy Square 18. Music Hall 19. New Residence Hall 20. Old Main ZI.,Andenon Hall 22. Quad 2 2 Science Hall 24. Security Dispatch Center campus location I w&d**+, h h b k l~ & 1 A.Admissions/Faculty/Staff Parking B+CommuterResident Parking C. FacultyIStaRParking D. FacultylSlaff/Commuter Parking E.Commuter Parking F, Resident Parking G. Visitor Parking H. airv view-university Parking Ramp stww ~ ~m, 1 3 5 from ~ the ~ ~ ~ t h T a k e W a s h i n g t o n A v e n u e e x i t a n d t u r n left o n W a s h i n g t o n ( t u r n s right o n t o C e d a r A v e n u e ) , t u r n left a t Riverside A v e n u e , right a t 21st Avenue South. 1-94 East f r o m MinneapolisT a k e 2 5 t h A v e n u e e x i t , t u r n left a t 2 5 t h A v e n u e , t u r n left a t Riverside A v e n u e , t u r n left a t 21st Avenue South. m # k d S r r U r b h b h W ~ ~ W MpWI && M @w,&, creed, relrpon, &,d PARKING INFORMATION Early application is advised. J' &@&, 25. Shipping and Receiving 26.,Melby Hall 27. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 28. urness Hall ~ ~RPU~IIC h k h ~ . ~ & h @ ~ pa nt d ~l r~ n 1-94 W e s t f r o m St. PaulT a k e Riverside e x i t , t u r n right a t Riverside A v e n u e , t u r n left a t 21st A v e n u e S o u t h . ~ ~ ? ; ~ occupatrod qunl~ficntron Augsburg rstered programs, except m t?iose Instances where relrpon u a born Colkge IS comm~ttedto prowdng reasonable accommodntrm to rts employees and ru s h u fide I 35W h o m t h e SouthFollow t h e 1-94 S t . P a u l signs ( m o v e t o r i g h t . - l a n e after e a c h of t w o mergers). T a k e 2 5 t h A v e n u e e x i t a n d t u r n left a t Riverside A v e n u e , t u r n left a t 21st A v e n u e S o u t h . 7 6 - -. - ter6 one - The camera is us EED 33. Middle S (0.5 crec I Methods: Writing Olson I1 focus on writing strzb--:-s and ..,,-uuL., Yyp.~priateto middle leve ents. Emphasis will include the writing PI , types of writing and integra ed writing :---- culum. This course i required f o ~ "g elementary licensure with a communication artsjliterature specialty. (Prereq.: Admissiop Iuntion dept or permission of instructor) 6:00-9:30 p.m /i Sverdrup 17 ASL 2 1 1-S Topics: Intermediate American Sign Language Mikkelson This course continues to build the skills of signing and the ability to listen, to use body language and to use facial expressions. (Prereq.: ASL 102) T El Th Science 108 6:OO-9:30 p , m i OldMain L 1 Accounting ce I Kader An analysis or nnancla punting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaming to financial state~nents,income concepts, valuation concep~ FASB statements, and othcr relevant issue: applied to assets. (P~ereq.:A C C 222) 8:30 a.m.-I2:OO p.m. M B W Science 108 '1 BUS 2 4 2 3 Principles of Management cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning, and control The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional Science 108 6:OO-9:30 p m M 8W BUS 3 3 1-S Financial Management KapOor Topics related to theory acquisition, fund allocation and management, sources and uses of long and short-term funds, capital costsjbudgeting, leve~age,and dividend policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113, A C C 222, M1S 379, and MPG 3). Sverdrup 206 6:00-9:30 p.m M,WB F ~ d ~~ ~ ~~(0.5~ ~i credit) ~~ h ~ ~ You will he exposed to basic theories of communication, selection, evaluation and research. Become skilled in some of the digital tools used in today's schools. Learn how to choose appropriate applications of theories and techniques for educa. tional settings. 9:OO-11:30 a m. M B W Suerdrup 204 C liate Expository Writing Swanson s course builds on the practices and methods (ENG 111). Its workshop of Effective W format stresses d organization, the process SPA I l l - T Beginning Spanish I 6:00-8:30 p,m M , T, W, Th of revision, sell ~ = eevaluation, r and the relationship between reading and writing, (Prereq.: ENG 11I) 6:OO-9:30 p.m MBW Kingsley Main 25 Old Main 10 m-~- - 'SY 3 Adolescent and Young Adult Development Hanson Consideration of research and theory related to development during adolescent and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) 6:OO-9:30 9.m M b W Old Main 25 S r c 111-s Introduction to Public Speaking Groven The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and overcoming speech fright (Students may take either SPC 111 or SPC 112 for credit hut not both). Grad Skill: Speaking 8:30-12:00 p m. MBW Suerdrup 202 -m ' I REL 35723 Giants of the Faith Tranvik A study of Christian history through the lives and theology of notable figures. Thinkers to be studied include Augustine, Luther, C . S. Lewis, Martin Luther King,]r., and Dorothy Day. (Prereq.: REL 111, 221, or 331) Pcrspective: Christian Faith 2 or CF 3. El Old Main l8 6'00-9:30 ') m' HIS 1 0 3 3 Modern World 1789-Present Anderson A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the French Revolution to the present. Persp.: Western Heritage 6:00,9:30 m, T B ~h Old Main 13 - EDC 220-S SPA 111-5 Beginning Spanish I Kingsley Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the Spanish-speaking world. Persp : intercultural Awareness 2 8:30-11:00 a m. M, T, W, Th Old Main 26 students able to spend 3-4 days on the river with a group of canoeist coming down the river from Lake ltasca to Minneapolis. Grad. Skill: Critical Thinking, Persp.: Social World. Limit: 20 students M €4 W Old Main 16 6:OO-9:30 p.m. ,, !- i I N S 199-S/399-S Olson A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement plan that links the opportunities and responsibilities found in the placement with specific learning objectives that ~ are ~i evaluated l l ~credit. ~The ~ ~ for academic k ~ internship ~~ placement must be approved by the faculty supervisor prior to registration. P/ii grading. Arranged *Note: Internships may also be arranged with individual faculty in the specific majors. Contact the academic department directly to make a~angements. ~ ,2 4 1 3 Environmental and River Politics Underhill-Cady The course explores the relationship between urban develop~nent,government policy, and the river environment. Students will critically examine historical developments, the changing relationship between society and the environment, and current policy debates about the river. Students will undertake service-learning projects relating to chc Mississippi River and explore the river by boat. One longer river trip is planned for SPC 351-S Argumentation Lapakko Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze public arguments that confront sti~dentsin [heir everyday lives. (Prereq.: SPC 111 or consent of instructor) Grad Skill: Critical Thinking .%erd~up202 6:OO-9:30 p m M BW - term two july 9 to august ART 1001300-S (with HIS 1951331) Topics: Designed Environment Anderson This course addresses the designed environment, the intentionally designed places in which we live. We will investigate architecture, landscape architecture, and urban design, both in class and in site visits to prominent examples of design excellence. Persp.: City or Aesthetics I:00-4:30 p.m. MBW Science 123 ART 107-S Drawing Bollman This is a first level drawing course. Students work with a variety of traditional and non-traditional drawing media and explore important concepts of drawing. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and critiques complete the learning experience. Persp.: Aesthetics 6:OO-9:30 p.m T B Th Old Main 17 ART 118-S Painting I Bollman In this first level painting course, students learn important concepts of painting. Most class time is spent painting. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and critiques complete the learning experience. Persp.: Aesthetics. 6:OO-9:30 p,m. T B Th Old Main 17 BUS 4 4 0 3 Strategic Management Cerrito Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor) T B Th Sverdrup 202 6:OO-9:30 p.m. MKT 2 5 2 3 Principles of Marketing Meziou Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel, and pricing decisions. 6:00-9:30 p , m T B Th Sverdrup 206 EED 4 9 5 3 Topics: Elementary Earth Science Subject Matter Standards Stangl This workshop course for elementary education majors includes earth science "hands-on" inquiry based activities that model the teaching and learning process of scientific inquiry. Meets basic earth science subject matter standards for initial licensure. 5:OO-9:00 p.m. ACC 2 2 2 3 Kader Principles of Accounting I1 A continuation of A C C 221. lntroduction to business activitics, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making, and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: A C C 221) 8:30 a,m.-12:OO p.m. M B W Sverdrup 202 BUS 340-S Human Resource Management Cerrito Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) 6:OO-9:30 p.m. MBW Suerdrup 202 s TBK Science 19 ESE 351-S 5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening (0.5 credit) Lapakko The course covers teaching of public speaking, interpersonal communication, small group communication and listening, as well as directing cocurricular speech and debate activities. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to the education department) 6:OO-9:30 p.m T Science 108 (0.5 credit) The course presents the critical analysis ( INS 1 0 5 3 contempora Indians will (Prereq.: PPST tion p o g r a m r 6:OO-9:30 p.m- M The course focuses on contemporary 20th ~ry prose works. It includes Native American and European writers, with an emphasis on nonWestern (Asian and African) fiction. (hereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Persp.: l~ltcrculturalAwareness 1. Grad. Skill: Writing T B Th 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Old Main 10 (0.5 credit) Minnesota where appropriate. pd~rness1 TBTh OldMain16 NS 1 1-S Paideia Seminars 16-20, 2001 Students will participate in a ies of seminar discussions following the Paidera .~,oinarformat as developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics emphasize selectio~isthat help students to think critically, understand timeless ideas, listen carefully, and question thoughtfully. Grad Skill: Critical Thinking Limit: 20 Portfolio is due on July 27. Contact Anne Jensen for registration (612) 330-1188. 8:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m. M-F Old Main 16 & 11 This Institute is also open to current teachers. ply ENG 3 6 1 4 Studies in Modern Fiction H P E 115-S chemical ~~~~~d~~~~ .-.arts. ~~~~k A n analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health education and services. 6:00-9:30 p.in. M ~ ~ 1I 1 ~ HIS 1951331-S (with ART 1001300) Topics: Designed Environment Kimball This course addresses the designed environment, the intentionally designed places in which we live. We will investigate architecture, landscape architecture, and urban design, both in class and in site visits to prominent examples of design excellence. Persp.: City or Aesthetics 1 :00-4:30 p.m. M b* W Science 123 INS 199,S/3YY-S Internship Olson A work-based learning experience in which students design a learning agreement plan that links the opportunities and responsibilities found in the placement with specific learning objectives that are evaluated for academic credit. The internship placement p h ~ must be approved by the faculty supervisor prior to registration. ~iranged *Note: Internships may also be arranged with individual faculty in the specific majors. Contact the academic department directly to make arrangements. I N S 225-8 Introduction to Islam Kader The course covers the ideological foundations of Islam, it's basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. Persp.: intercultural Awareness 1. 6:00 p.m.-9:30 p+m. M B W Old Main 16 9 POL 421-5 (ML ve: Developing a Mi - ~ Aoki Race and Ethnic This course focu: the ability to function and rse and ever changing conlead in culturally texts within the u.3.f ' proved cultural awareand interpersonal senness, communication ! sitivity and appreciation for the complexity of the racial and ethnic groupings are among thc goals of Extensive discussion and several short t* wnmmts with emphasis on applying \ o leadership situations. . L ,.,-" Dupont Math of Inten he monthly payments Learn how to c how much you need to on a house or car. Fi have a million \,,hen you be stocking awav no vu~iiies, perpetuities,and life retire. Learn hs =-a F-r-luation will be insurance work, '----oo In, quizzes, and a based on . Lv... i 3) G ., kill: ( v.... MBW SOC 356-S Crime and Community Bloom Analysis of correctional programs and community responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to prisons, courts, and community agencies. Special attention given to concepts of restorative justice. (Prereq.: SOC 121) 1-4:30 pm T, Th Kingsley PSY 361-S Personality/Cuh ~ntext Hanson Curtent scientifically-based approaches to description, dynamics, and development of personality. ing, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the Spanish-speaking world. l'cnp : l ~ i t ~ r c ~ A\vilrcncs ~ l ~ ~ ~ r .3 ~ l 8.33-11 00 a m M, 'I., W, Th Old MLIUI26 includes the study of gender, social position, and cross-cultural behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) 6:00-9:30 p.m M El W Old Main 25 6 REL 4 7 2 3 SPA 112-T Beginning Spanish I1 6:00-8:30 p.m. M , T,W , Th Kingsley Old Main 26 POL 1 7 0 3 Underhill-Cady Law in the United States A n introduction to basic legal concepts in the United States, with a special focus on environmental issues. We will explore the tensions between justice, order, rights, and freedoms in the context of debates over water pollution, wet-lands preservation, endangered species, urban brownfields, and global warming. Students will work on individual projects studying current environmental cases and controversies in the Twin Cities. 6:OO-9:30 p.m MB W Science 205 Quanbeck I1 Paul the Apostle A study of the Apostle Paul, including appropriate historical background, Paul's relationship with the early church, major themes in his writings, and reflection concerning the reasons Paul remains an important figure and thinker in Christian theology. Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3. Grad Skill: Critical Thinking. 6:OO-9:30 p.m MB W I SPEECH, COMMUNICATION, Soerdrup I SPC 3 2 9 3 Intercultural Communication Beginning Spanish I1 Old Main 18 Old Main 18 Lapakko This coursc cxplores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code systems. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1 6:OO-9:30 p.m, MB W Suerdmp 20 term two july 9 to august 9 SWK 5 6 0 Assessment and Diagnosis in Mental Health Practice Syers This course examines assessment and diagnosis of mental health Emphasis is placed on understanding mental health disorders from a systems and ecological perspective as well as understanding bio/psycho/social influences on incidence and course. (Prereq.: Advanced standinglsecond year MSW/ Post MSW) 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M@ W Sverdrup 206 -- ML 560-S (POL 4 2 1 3 ) Developing a Multicultural Perspective: Race and Ethnicity Aoki This course focuses on the ability to function and lead in culturally diverse and ever changing contexts within the U.S.A Improved cultural awareness, communication skills and interpersonal sensitivity and appreciation for the complexity of the racial and ethnic groupings are among the goals of the course. Extensive discussion and several short written assignments with emphasis on applying course material to leadership situations M@W Sverdrup 1 6:OO-9:30 p.m center for global education upcoming programs: Human Rights and Indigenous Issues ir May 15-24, 2001 \ Poverty and Perseverance: Life in N' June 9-17, 2001 latemala :agu 4' The Plight of Indigenous People in Countries in Transitio Guatemala and Chiapas, Me+-June 2-15, 2001 Mexico: Educatior A Professional nJune 14-21, 2001 . Cuba: Our Isl;.., July 16-24, 2001 iiobal Citizenship Neighbor m Namibi tional Educ July 13 - L U , 2001 Mexico 2001: Daunting Cha" July 17-25, 2001 Accompanying Our Brothers July 27 to August 7, 2001 ges, Wellsprings of Ho \; Sisters in El Salvador South Africa: Racial Justice and Gender Equity July 28 to August 12, 2001 For information and other possible educational opportunities, contact the Center for Global Education at ( 6 12) 330-1 159 or e-mail, <globaled@augsburg.edu>.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1984
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) An Official Publication of Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 PA1D Second Class Postage Minneapolis MN Augsburg College i s a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. Located...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) An Official Publication of Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 PA1D Second Class Postage Minneapolis MN Augsburg College i s a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. I Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Officc:. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall -230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Ruth Maertens, Secretary Postmaster Volume 115, Number 1 Summer, 1984 6121330-1025 AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from May 29-)une 22, Term II runs from June25-August 3. This bmchum presents the Summer School Pmgmn and was correct at the time of publication. Term I Term I I Preregistration with Tuition Discount April 18 April 18 Confirmation of Registration Classes Begin Balance of Tuition Due May 29 June 25 Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $10.00 (No registrations will be accepted after this date) May 31 June 27 Holiday None Last Day to Withdraw From Class (W) June 18 July 13 Classes End June 22 August 3 Grades Due in Registrafs Office June 27 Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term II. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Persons in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted forthe next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Courses ~egularlyTaught during the academic year are more fully described in the October AUGSBURG COLLEGE CATALOG. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046). Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses. Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other school-administered programs. Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on May 29; Term II registrations must be confirmed on June 25. This procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses. Confirmation of registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. on May 29 and June 25. The balance owing for tuition must be paid before registration is confirmed. Augsburg Students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous termls must be paid in full before confirmation of registration. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 30 and May 31. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term II registrations completed on June 26 and June 27. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. To c a n r d your regictl-~tiun, arld a course, o r d r t ~ pa <:oirrscl and enroll ir) another cotr~,sc,fill OUI i l Cancc.l/Add form a1 11>(* Registrar's Clfficc There i s a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after the first day oC each term. This must br! done by 3340 pm. on May 31 (or Term I courses and hy 3:30 p.m. nn June27 for Term II courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy". The tuition charge for Summer School is $325.00 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) i s $163.00 for each course. Laboratorylspecial fees are noted with course descriptions. Preregistration on April 18 will result in a s,ivings ot $25.00 for e,~chcourse taken. This redtrceti ti~itivnof $.$00.00per coirrse cipplies only to hose courses for which the sttldent prert!gisters on April '18. A nonrefundable d ~ o o s iof l $50.00 pel. kt>ul.scis rc?rli~ired at his tirne anci i s applietl lo desigri~tedrour-setuition. If a course is carirelled dur to low enrollment, a sul)stitution r ~ y he rriadc w i t h n ~loss ~ t of disc:ount. Stutl~nts[nay prr!rclgister Cur 1~0thTer*rnI anri Tcarrn It courses on April 18; tuition rlisr:ouri~ i dl)plicb>t c I~ ~ o l ltcrms. After April 18, students may preregister at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. The required $50.00 per course nonrefundable deposit is applied to designated course tuition. Substitutions allowed if course is cancelled. The $50.00 deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed below) Refund Term I Term II 100Ol0 901'0 801'0 701'0 60% May 29 May 30 May 31 June 1 June4 June 25 June 26 June 27 June 28 June 29 MAY 29-JUNE 22 ART 107-8501 DRAWING B. Olson As a way of seeing and a means of personal expression working with a variety of media, pencil, pen, charcoal, pastel. Dist.: Yes O M 17 M, T,W,Th 9:00 a.m.-1 2:00 n. 1 B. Olson ART 118-85021355-8503 PAINTING I& II Watercolor-Acrylic; translating thevisual world of nature, landscapes, still life, using design concepts, developing personal expression and exploring variew of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes. 9:00 a.m.-12:OO n. M, T,W,Th OM17 ART 299-85041499-8505 DIRECTEDIINDEPENDENT STUDY ART HISTORY SURVEY Swanson Arr. BIO 103-8506 HUMAN ANATOMY AND Mickelberg PHYSIOLOGY Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. lO:30-1:OOp.m.Lect. M,T,W,Th,F Psy. Bldg. 1:30-4:30 p.m. Lab. T, W,Th FOREIGN LANGUAGES GER 111-8530 BEGINNING GERMAN I Steinmetz Classroom practicespeaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. OM29 M, T,W, Th,F 8:30-10:50 a.m. Hansen BEGINNING NORWEGIAN NOR 111-112 A 3-week total immersion language learning experience for 10-16 highly motivated students ata lakesite in Northern Minn. Consult Prof. Leif E. Hansen (330-1292, Home 822-8726) for details by April 1. Dist.: Yes. Dates: June 8-30. HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N HPE 410-8531 ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION Borstad OF SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 320. M5 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M, T,W, Th BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION HPE 491-8532 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Utterberg Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principlesand administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist : No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354 6:OO-9:00 p.m. T,Th and Arr. M22 (1st meeting 5/29, 6:00 p.m.) BUS 101-8507 HPE 493-8533 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL Kader ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F 51 12 , ENG 438-8529 SHAKESPEARE Blackburn Study of ten or twelve major plays with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Dist.: Yes. OM11 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th,F BUS 261-8508 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Morgan Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 101, 102 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M22 BUS 399-8509 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arr. ORGANIZATION &ADMINISTRATION Husing OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relationsand ethics. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. T,Th and Arr. M24 (1st meeting 5/29,6:00 p.m.) HPE 495-85341496-8535 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 497-8536 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. HISTORY HIS 299-85371499-8538 ECONOMICS ( ECO 120-8510 Study of economic implicat independent study only. D i ECO 122-8511 MlCS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella roblems facing a metro-urban environment. By Arr. Saugestad DIRECTEDIINDEPENDENT STUDY JAPAN, CHINA AND SOUTHEAST ASIA (Diverse Topics: See Instructor) Jensen INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. Arr. INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 399-8539 lntrodt~rl on ~~:mmmwmnsrnics m t i ~ ammms'an;tlvs!s,,~mt)ne~a~ry~am l t1501 policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 1 :00-4:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th M5 ECO 392-8512 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and bankingsystems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, 1,W,Th,F ., - - - . PHI 130-8540 INTRODUCTION TO LOCI? Bailey Examinationof rules which govern valid argumentsand aid in developing theability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. g:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, 1,W, Th,F M23 ~oLITICALSCIENCE POL 199-85431399-8544 INTERNSHIPS Fraatz Arr. EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY EDE 353-8513 Johnson DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT A N D YOUNG ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: 105 PI M, 1,W, Th,F 8:30-I O:50 a.m. YOUNG CHILDREN WITH R. Anderson SPECIAL NEEDS Understanding administrative guidelines and teacher competencies involved in a mainstreamed prekindergarten or daycare program. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, 1,W,Th,F OM4 (!h course) June 11-22 EDE 375-8514 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, 1,W,Th,F 14 PSY 352-8545 RELIGION REL 359-8546 BIBLICAL INTERPRETATION Quanbeck Survev of the issues and the methods used in the interpretation of the Bible. ~ist.:~es. 8:30-lO:50 a.m. M, 1,W, Th,F M24 STUDENT TEACHING SOCIAL WORK Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during thegeneral period from the middleofJuneto theend of July. Theexact dates aredetermined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrah Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. SWK 255-8547 R. Anderson EDE 481-85151482-8516 STUDENT TEACHING: 483-85 171484-8518 PREKINDERGARTEN Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Additional $35.00 fee. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arr. EDE 481-85191482-8520 STUDENTTEACHING: 483-85211484-8522 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learninaexoeriences in elementary schools under supervision fee. of collegeand public school perso'nnel. Dist.: No. ~ d d i t i o n a$35.00 l Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arr. ' EDS 481-85231482-8524 STUDENT TEACHING: Fardig 483-85251484-8526 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under su~ervisionof colleae and hiah school oersonnel. Dist.: No. Additional $35.00 fee. ENGLISH Howerton ENG 163-85271363-8528 WAR A N D WORDS: LITERATURE A N D THE VIETNAM WAR Focus on books written by people coming to terms with the Vietnam experience; including navels, memoirs, personal narratives, essays, poetry, and journals which have depicted, recreated, explained, hidden, and exposed the war. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F M4 GROUP WORK I N A Perry , i f - ~ l ~ ~MEDlUM ~ ~ ~ ~ S S Canoes-an eight day car .&trip in I h r Q u ~ ~ ~ : h P r c nidl~ Park i n i of Ontario. Gain practice and knowledge ntcvssary to lead wilderness trips effectively. Study the process of a wilderness qruul) as a social system. Dist.: No. (See instructor for details) Addtiondl fee--SWK 499-8548 INDEPENDENT STUDY Clark SWK 399-8549 INTERNSHIPS Clark Arr. Arr. SOClOLOGY H U M A N COMMUNITY A N D Nelson THE MODERN METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation. Dist.: Yes. OM13 M, 1,W, Th, F 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. SOC 11 1-8550 Gerasimo INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY. -An examination of the ideas:u!"~>rimitiv~~:l'rivilized:and "progress": a comparison of alternate realities 4s fuuljd in,diflr.Wnt cultures and varying social contexts. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 11 SOC 241-8551 ? SOC 19945521399-8553 INTERNSHIPS .I 'm SPC 11 1-8554 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M, T, W,Th Hesser Arr. Cole M23 1 PHYSICS PHY 101-9618 ASTRONOMY PaulsonlStaff Study of Solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of Winch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Elementary algebra. LI 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th NE 25-AUGUST 3 POLITICAL SCIENCE ART 132-9601134 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35 mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00. 2:30-6:00 p.m. M, W Section I 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W Section II POL 299-96201499-9621 DIRECTEDIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Fraatz Arr. POL 199-96221399-9623 INTERNSHIPS Fraatz Arr. PSYCHOLOGY BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 399-9602 INTERNSHIPS 8:30-955 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F Kader Arr. M5 ECONOMICS RELIGION ECO 120-9603 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metreurban environment. By indeArr. pendent study only. Dist.: Yes. ECO 123-9604 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS Sabella (MICRO) Introduction to micrc-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and incomedistribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. I. ECO 353-9605 . REL 111-9626 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Holt An introduction to theacademicdiscipline of theology and to thedialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F M23 L1 REL 341-9627 CHRISTIAN VIEWS O F HEALTH Holt A N D HEALING Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the role of scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30a.m.mm M,T,W,Th,F M23 . ELEMENTS OF MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS w .SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-9628 FOREIGN LANGUAGE GER 112-9606 BEGINNING GERMAN II Classroom practice in speaking understandingand reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 111 or equivalent. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T, W, Th OM29 y be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norwav. Chal- .. GROUP WORK I N A Perry SOClOLOCY SOC 356-9629 Bloom . HEALTH E D U C A T I O N A N D PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N HPE 485-9607 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Lieske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 6:OO-9:30 p.m. GROUP RELATIONS The dimension of racial and minority group relations emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: No. (PIN Grading only) M, W M6:OO-9:30 p.m. 3.3' SOC 199-96311399-9632 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arc SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N , THEATER THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: No. HPE 487-9608 2815 41st Ave. So., Mpls., M N 55406 (Tel.: 721-2565) HPE 495-96091496-9610 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 497-961 1 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. Saugestad w .F Arr. HIS 233-96121433-9613 WOMEN'S ROLES I N AMERICA Stadum Examination of women's roles in the family, the workplace, and in voluntaryorganizations from Colonial America to the 1980's. Includes comparisons based on class, race, ethnicity and geographic region. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, T h M23 HIS 369-9614 VIKING DISCOVERY Nelson York, England. The Viking expansion and its impact on the British Isles. History comes alive through extensive archaeological finds, lectures, field trips. July 15-28. Contact Liv Dahl, Sons of Norway Heritage Programs, for brochure. (612) 827-3611. Dist.: No. INS 399-9615 INTERNSHIPS DOWNTOWN Hesser Arr. MATHEMATICS MAT 114-9616 COLLEGE ALGEBRA A N D Durkee TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponentsand radicals, quadraticequations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithmsand trigonometricfunctions. Students who havecompleted 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. Dist.: Yes. T, Th S112 6:OO-9:30 p.m. PHILOSOPHY PHI 120-9617 ETHICS Fuehrer This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them.. 10:05-1 l:30 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F M4 35W from the North-Take Washington Ave. exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Ave.), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Ave. S. . 1-94 East from Minneapolis-Take 25th Ave. exit, turn left at 25th Ave., turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. 1-94 West from St. Paul-Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. I 1- 35W from the South-Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Ave. exit and turn left on 25th Ave., turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. $
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1980
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGS8URG COLLEGE 731 2 1 s t AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454 gr - 8 Official Publication o f I Augsburg College, ~ i n n e a p o l i sM , N I- m A I S U M M E R 1980 !I . J 1

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1987
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: - - J u g s burg College - - 7 3 1 2 1 S T A V E N U ES O U T H An Official Publication of Augsburg College Non-Profit Org. U.S. POSTAGE Minneapolis, Permit No. 2031 Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in the ...
Show more - - J u g s burg College - - 7 3 1 2 1 S T A V E N U ES O U T H An Official Publication of Augsburg College Non-Profit Org. U.S. POSTAGE Minneapolis, Permit No. 2031 Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1800 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1-June 26, Term I1 runs from June 29-August 7. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Term1 Term11 (- \ Preregistration with Tuition Discount April 22 April 22 Confirmation of Registration Classes Begin Balance of Tuition Due June 1 June 29 Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $10 (noregistrations will be accepted after this date) June 3 July 1 Holiday None July 4 Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W) June 15 July 20 Classes End June 26 August 7 Grades Due in Registrar's Office July 1 August 12 Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, /--7rimarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. 4.,burses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. The College Reserves t h e Right t o Cancel Listed Courses. Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School office. Write or call: I AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1026 Pat Parker, Director Kay Thomsen, Secretary P e r s o n s in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other P e m o n s wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibili~ \ under special circumstatlcea. k .<) Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a re$ular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the College should apply for Lhe Office of Admission. admission throi~gl~ Augsburg College admitn studenls of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to ail rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at [heschool, It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or ndministl-ation of its educational policies, admissions policies, acholarslrip and loan programs and athletic and other school-administe~~ed programs. Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (33Ck1046). Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on June 1. Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 29. This procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses. Confirmation of registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. on June 1 and June 29. )xilance owing for tuition must be paid before i'~*istrationis confirmed. Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous term/s must be paid in full before confirmation of registration. ' A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on June 2 and 3. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 30 and July 1. Registrations will not b e accepted ajter these dates. To cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after the first day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 3 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on July 1 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy." The tuition charge for Summer School is $375.00 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit)is $188.00 for each course. Laboratory/ special fees are noted with course descriptions. Preregistration on April 22 will result in a savings of $30.00 for each course taken. This reduced tuition of $345.00 per course applies only to those courses for which the student preregisters on April 22. A nonrefundable deposit of $50.00 per course is required at this time and is applied to designated course tuition. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. Students may preregister for both Term I and Term I1 courses on April 22, tuition discount applies to both terms. After April 22, students may preregister at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. The required $50.00 per course nonrefundable deposit is applied to designated course tuition. Substitutions allowed if course is cancelled. The $50.00 deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. 3SW from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue),turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Avenue S. Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed below.) 1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. Refund Term I Term I1 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% June 1 June 2 June 3 June 4 June 5 June 29 June 30 July 1 July 2 July 3 1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 36W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (moveright lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. , 'I STUDENT TEACHING: SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Additional $35.00 fee. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Acceptance, Education Department. Arranged EDS 4 8 1 , - 8 0 8 1 / 4 8 2 - 8 0 8 2 483-8083/484-8084 - - - Secondary Osnes/Staff - 1 - F~ REI LA C NN GYB~ES --SPA 111-8044 BEGINNING SPANISH I Kingsley Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, ", sneaking. n ". readini. ". and writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M24 . - -. ---- - - - HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION - -- v - - - -B o l l m a n A R T 107-8001DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subfects include still-life, figures, building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Yes. 1:oo-4:oop.m. M,T,W , T ~ on- , - . HPE 3 2 0 - 8 0 4 1 SCHOOL HEALTH C U R R ~ C U L U ~ ~orsGd Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. (May continue through Term 11) Arranged I A R T 223-8002 PRINT MAKING I & 11 Bollm,.. 368-8003 Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. Dist.: Yes. 1:OO-4:00p.m. M,T,W,Th OM17 A R T 242-8008 FILM-MAKING WORKSHOP Rueten Students will produce 16mm black & white sound motion pictures using professional equipment and techniques. Script, photography, sound, editing and synchronizing. Dist.: Yes. Lab. fee of $95.00 for film stock, processing, supplies and equipment. T,W,Th OM4 6:OO-9:00p.m. 9:OO-12:00 noon Sat. -- - - BIO 1 0 3 - 8 0 0 9 HUMAN ANATOMY A N D PHYSIOLOGY Mickelberg Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. S205 12:OO-3:00p.m. Lect. M,W,Th,F T 12:OO-3:00p.m. Lab. PE 4 1 0 - 8 0 4 0 ADMINISTRATION A N D SUPERVISION Borstad O F SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: HPE 3 2 0 5:30-8:30 p.m. M,T,W,Th L4 HISTORY - - HIS 239-8042 EASTERN EUROPE IN S. A n d e r s o n 339-8043 T H E 20th CENTURY Examines the nationality problem in Austria, Russia and Germany, and the creation of new "national states" after the war. World War I1 Nazi occupation to postwar Soviet domination, the start of the Cold War over East Europe, and more recent crises. Dist.: Yes. Additional work required for upper division credit. M,T,W,Th M24 5:OO-8:00 p.m. DIRECTED STUDY/ INDEPENDENT STUDY (Diverse Topics: See Instructor) -. INTERDISCIPLINHRY - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - -- Gustafson HIS 299-/499- INS 3 9 9 - 8 0 4 6 - - Arranged -- , - - INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged - BUS 1 7 6 - 8 0 1 6 COMPUTERS FOR Schield ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC, LOTUS, DBASE, word processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: High school algebra. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th S112 BUS 2 2 1 - 8 0 1 4 PRINCIPLES O F ACCOUNTING 1 K~:J Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of counting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th M5 BUS 2 4 2 - 8 0 1 3 PRINCIPLES O F MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Dist . Nn 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T,W M23 MUS 1 5 5 - 8 0 4 6 -- PIANO CLASS METHODS - - Nortwen (GROUP PIANO) Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music skills. 'st.: No. (1/4 course). J Arranged -1 - ~OLITTAL SCIENCE - -- - -. a 0 6 0 WORLD POLITICS Goldman Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, with focus on recent problems. Dist.: Yes. 8: 0.50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M5 I QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR Morgan ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS Introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, p.robability, sampling distributions, inference, and estimation with e m p h a s ~ son their use in applied problems in business and economics. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Math placement 111o r a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104. 12:OO-3:00p.m. MtT,W,TYI M23 399-8066 BUS 279-8016 BUS 399-8019 INTERNSHIPS Ka Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of Business Admi-, tration & Econimics. 44 Arranged --- -- PSYCHOLOGY_ - - - INTRODUCTION TO THE Hirdman WORLD OF PSYCHOLOGY Exploration of the discipline of psychology; concepts, data, and methdology. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY ;&5 (General Psychology). Dist.: Yes. .do-10:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M22 - r ECONOMICS ECO 110-8028 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metrmurban environment. By independent study. Dist.: Yes. Arranged ECO 112-8029 PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS Gupta Introduction to macreeconomics; national income analvsis, " . monetarv and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:00p.m. M,T,W,Th M4 EDUCATION - EDE 255-8037 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION Osnes EDS 265-8038 IN AN URBAN SEITING Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: sophomore standing o r above. Arranged EDE 375-8036 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD Endorf OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. Arranged EDE 363-8039 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE McNeff Includes 160 hours in Kindergarten/Elementary classroom experienr video tapings, seminars. Dist.: No. (1/2 course) I ) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Arranged - - - S.-T U D E N T TEACHING -The Department of Education offers student teaching for both elementary and secondary education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July where suitable arrangements can be made. STUDENT TEACHING: ELEMENTARY AND KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Additional $35:00 fee. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Acceptance, Education Department. Arranged EDE 481-8071/482-8072 483-8073/484-8074 - PSY 121-8060 Kindergarten a n d Elementary Osnes/Staff EDE 481-8061/482-8062 483-8063/484-8064 Elementary (Gr. 1-6) Osnes/Staff BDE 481-8066/482-8067 483-8068/484-8069 Kindergarten Osnes/Staff RBL 369-8070 RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION IN Skibbe MODERN LITERATURE Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and discussion of selected novels, poems, etc. Class meets approximately every other day. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: REL 111o r 221 o r permission of instructor. 9:30-11:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M23 ~ A W O RLK - SWK 410-8085 FAMILY VIOLENCE M. Brown Overview of the phenomena of domestic violence including contributing factors, consequences for the family and the broader society, and policies and programs which address the issue. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: One course in psychology, sociology of family o r instructor's permission. 2:OO-590p.m. M,T,W,Th OM4 SWK 399-8082 INTERNSHIPS (May continue through Term 11) M. Brown Arranged - - SOCIOLOGY --. - SOC 121-8075 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY B. Sociolo$y a s a mode of analysis o r way of knowing. Its applications to a n understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M4 JX 3C 2 3 1-8076 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY B. J o h n s o n examination of the family as,a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T,W,Th M22 r SOC 265-8077 RACIAL AND MINORITY Gerasimo GROUP RELATIONS The dimension of racial and minority group relations emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: Yes. (P/N grading only). 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T,W,Th L1 SOC 199-8078/399-8080 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged SPEECH, COMMUNICA'I'ION ANU T H E A ~ RARTS SPC 111-8079 BEGINNING SPEECH Lapakko Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: No. 1:OO-4:00p.m. M,T,W,Th M5 HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 115-9047 HEALTLNE H CHEMICAL ors st ad DEPENDENCY EDUCATION An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. Dist.: No. (This course meets M N teacher licensure requirement). (1/2 course) 5:30-9:00p.m. M, w M5 (June 29-July 15) HISTORY HIS 250/9051 INTRODUCTION TO Brueee MODERN RUSSIAN HISTORY Introduction to the main themes; political, social, cultural and economic, which have characterized the evolution of modern Russia, Tsarist and Soviet. Dist.: Yes. Additional work required for upper division credit. G:00-9:30p.m. T,Th M23 350/9053 - ART ART 107-9001 DRAWING 8. Olson A s a way of seeing and a means of personal expression working with a variety of media: pencil, pen, charcoal, pastel. Dist.: Yes. 9:00-12:00 N. M,W,Th - - - ART 118-9004/355-9005 PAINTING I & 11 B.OI-dn Watercolor - Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts, developing personal expression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes. 9:00-12:00 N. M, W,Th OM17 ART 132-9006 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I) Friederichsen ART 132-9007 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11) Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00. 1:30-5:00p.m. M, W Seclion I OM4 M,W Section I1 330-9:00 p.m. HIS 299-499 DIRECTED STUDY/ INDEPENDENT STUDY (Diverse Topics: See Instructor) Gustafson Arranged - - Y ~ ~ s C ~ P L I N A- R INS 399-9054 INTERNSHIPS PHILOSOPHY - PHI 380-9055 - Hesser Arranged - ETHICS OF MEDICINE C. J o h n s o n AND HEALTH CARE Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Dist.: Yes. 330-9.90 p.m. M, W M24 -- ; 1310 203-9010 PRINCIPLES OF NUTRITION Mickelberg Study of basic human nutrition and the changes that occur in nutritional needs due to physiological stresses and periods of the life cycle; weight control, dietary myths, and personal dietary analysis. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1l:40-1:25p.m. M,T,W,Th S205 -- B U S I m 3 AUMINIY'I'H - -- - -- + BUS 175-9015 COMPUTERS FOR Herzog ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC, LOTUS, DBASE, word processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: High school algebra. 1:30-3.35p.m. M,T,W,Th S112 PHY 101-9060 - ASTRONOMY Hollabaugh Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical instruments; use 12inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Elementary algebra. G:00-9:30p.m. M, W MZ2 POLITICAL S C ~ E N C E POL 365-9065 TOPICS: NUCLEAR WAR. NUCLEAR WEAPONS Il~r! History, politics, economics, strateglna and ecolagiea ~tir~utldlog technologies propelling the a r m s ractt, an the one hand, and affecting a r m s control, on the other. Explorotfon of thapolltba mderratc,qy of nuclear security issues. Dist.: (Consent of depwtmsnr ~ ~ ~ ~ P ~ F M J I I G:00-9:30p.m. T,Th M24 POL 199-9066 INTERNSHIPS ,' BUS 222-9016 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1 So; . Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic co"cepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: BUS 221. 10:05-11:30a.m. M,T, W,Th,F M4 BUS 252-90 17 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING Cerrito Basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, p r o m n t i n n m - r l r ~ t i n dn h n n n o l 3 n A nrir4n.r A a n i r i n n r nint . hln Hedblom 399-9067 Arranged )LOGY PSY 2--/SO70 I - PSYCHOLOGY AND HMman CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY Chemical dependency; its psychological effects on the individual, t h e family, and the community. Attention given to development of chemical dependency and available treatment and rehabilitation. Students will explore their own values and attitudes related to the topic. Dist.: No. lThis ourse does not meet MN teacher licensure requirement). - - i -BUS 322-9018 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I Kader Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, current and non-current assets. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: BUS 221, ECO 113. 6:OO-9:30p.m. T,Th M4 BUS 399-9019 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of Business Adtration and Economics. - e - -- - ECO 110-9030 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES S~G Study of economic implications of problems facing a metreurban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arranged ECO 113-9031 PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS Sabella lntroduction to micro-economics, the theorv of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. ~ i ~ l i c a t i oofn e ~ e m k n t a reco~ nomic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30p.m. M, w M5 ECO 315-9032 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System; monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: ECO 112,113. 6:OO-9:30p.m. M, W - EDE 363-9035 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE McNeff Includes 160 hours in Kindergarten/Elementary classroom experiences: video tapings, seminars. Dist.: No. (1/2 course) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. ENG 282-9040 TOPICS: AMERICAN PARABLES: Garrison CHRISTIANITY IN MODERN AMERICAN FICTION Reading of selected works of fiction; examination of their relationship to Christianity - its myths, themes, metaphors, use a s a tool for understanding history, and its own instructive, "parabolic" stories. Dist.: Yes. M,T, W,Th M5 FOREIGN LANGUAGES SPA 112-9046 BEGINNING SPANISH 11 " Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary lntroduction to culture of Spanish. Spanish. . speaking world. Dist.: Yes. - 8:30-9:55a.m. M,T, W,Th,F M22 SPA 21 1-9046 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I Kingsley Conversation; grammar review. Reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts. 6:OO-9:30p.m. M, W -- - M23 AEL 486-9078 I I I~ I PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION Beneon AND THEOLOGY Study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. Dist.: Yes. 5:30-9:00 p.m. T,Th M5 SOC 366-9080 ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. - - -- 1:30-5:00p.m. SOC 199-9081/399-9082 INTERNSHIPS H m r Arranged M4 McNeff OF TEACHING READING EDS 351-9034 Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T, W,Th L1 (July 20-August 6) 11:40-125 p.m. M,T, W,Th,F n 3 0 - 9 : 5 5 a.m. - EDUCATION - RELIGION -REL 3--/SO76 RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN Beneon A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan that are usually associated with "religion," including the "popular" religious traditions of China; Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism and Japanese Shintoism. Interrelation of religion and culture. Dist.: Yes. M23 - SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION Abrame SPC 355A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, w OM1 1 SPC 367-9086 THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: No. T,Th 2815 41st Avenue South, 6:OO-9:30p.m. Mpls., MN 55406 pel.: 721-2565) -r 1
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 2007
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: augsburg in the summer summer session info Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 13 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. A detailed listing of courses begins o n page 8. Course loads in Summer Session: summer session ...
Show more augsburg in the summer summer session info Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 13 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. A detailed listing of courses begins o n page 8. Course loads in Summer Session: summer session I May 29 to June 29 w summer session S I July 9 to August 9 \ summer online June 25 to August 31 about augsburg I Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission.* The small college environment (about 3,700 students during the academic year) is enriched by the many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities. * Tile Higller Letlmii~gCotnrl~rsslonof tlie N~~rth Cer~rrulAssociutioi~of Colleges nr~dScla~ols,C(miir~issioii on Students may take up to 2.0 credits in each summer session (3.0 credits if the Cum GPA is 3.00 or better). However, the total credit load for Day/WEC/Rochestel? L Inited students behveen Spring WEC and Summer Session I cannot exceed 2.0 credits (3.0 credits if the Cum GPA is 3.00 or better). Additionally, total credit load between Summer Sessions I and 11 and Summer Online cannot exceed 2.0 credits at any one time (3.0 credits if the Cum GPA is 3.00 or better). Students desiring to exceed these limits must petition the Student Standing Committee prior to registration. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of 1.0 course credit. One Augsburg course credit is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Employer reimbursement: Students who qualify for reimbursement from their employers may use their reimbursement to pay for Summer Session courses. Housing: Students who need housing may contact the Residence Life Office at 612-330-1488. information: Additional informationmay be ob- Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts Perspectives, Core Curriculum, and Graduation Skills requirements are so noted along with the description of the course. www.augsburg.edu/sum mer Augsburg College Campus Box 143 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 For registration or financial questions: 612-330-1046 (Enrollment Center) For questions related to courses: 612-330-1025 (Academic At.l\,ising) Augsburg general education: ab Course levels: Eligibility: The first digit of the threedigit course number indicates the course level. Course numbers beginning with a "1" or "2" are lower division courses and are intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores; course numbers beginning with a "3" or "4" are upper division and are primarily for juniors and seniors. Persons in good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next fall term, are eligible to attend Augsburg's Summer Session. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dismissed by that instihltion. Independent study: Students accepted for Summer Sess@n are not automatically granted admission as regular sn~dentsof Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at Augsburg should apply to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions, 612-330-1001, or the Weekend College Admissions Office 612-330-1743. Independent studies may be arranged in consultation with individual faculty members. liurirutiolu of Higher Educurion, 30 Nor111LuSulle Street, Sre 2400, Chicogo, Illii~ois,60602-2504, 3 12.2630456. Websire <www.~~cucihe.or~> internships are carefully planned workbased learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member. Consult the Center for Service, Work, and Learning at 612-330-1148 for more information. Internships: In addition to those listed, internship opportunities may be arranged individually during the summer. Academic 'L to register All s t ~ ~ J c nmay t s hexin to register for S u ~ ~ i mSession er courses on April 16. Web registration wiU remain open until May 3 (Session n d Jime 8 (Session II). Wch re: ~ r will s be 8:30 a.m.-1 1:59p.n~.dally. ~ u g s h n r gst~ndents arc encouraged to use Well rcfiistration. Non-Augshurg stuclents must rcxister in person a t the Enrollment Ccntcr I>ctwccn 8:30 a.m.- 4:30 p.m. M-W (H:3O ;a.m.-7 is located in Svercl~-~~p Hall. Wc recommcncl th:lt ~ O L I SCIICC~IIIC yo111 courses :IS c:lrly as possible. I t ;a discrep:~ncyis foinnd I>ctween this catalog :lnd course inhrmation fi)uncl through AuxNet, AugNet shol~lclhe co~isidereclthe no st curl.cnt ;uicl, thus, correct. Students registering for Sumtner Session I must conlplete their registration by May 29. Signature of the instructor is needed to add a class after the first day of class. .Icnts will he hillcci r l ~ r o ~ ~ f i l ~ lilnts. Non-Augsh~~rfi :I[ die time of rcgi'str,lcion.u students must be paid in full by May 4 for Sunlnler Session I and June 15 for S u n ~ ~ nScssion cr 11. Augsburg students who have unpaid balances from previous tern lust r--.* h u e balances before tb Sess' the first day of class. Web registration closes May 3 June 8 June 8 Balance of tuition due May 29 July 9 June 25 Classes begin May 29 July 9 June 25 May 29 July 9 June 25 Last day to: Register (without late fee) June 1 July 12 June 29 (signature of instructor needed; no registratiuns will be accepted after this date! *Drop class without notation June 1 July 12 June 29 'Change grading option June 15 July 26 August 3 Withdraw from class June 15 July 26 August 3 Classes end June 29 August 9 August 31 nt the Enl-ollmcnt Ccnrer (this must he Grades due in Registrar's Office July 9 August 17 September 10 clone in I>crso~l). Thel-c is ,I ch;irgc of $100 for each course cancelled. Schedule of Refunds: The following refund schedule is based on the percentage FOIrcf~nnclinform:~tio~~ plc;lse see This applies to all students who drop one or more courses during each term. lo\\! enrollments will lie cnncellctl one \vcck I>ch~-e the first ciay of the session. Students \\lho clcciclc to c.~ncelrhcir rcgistr:ltion prior to the tirst cl;iy of rhc session nunst complete a clrol>/nclcl tor~n of class time remaining o n the date of the student's official withdrawal from class. Schedule of Refunds o n the next [page. Percentage of class time remaining after official drop or withdrawl and amount of refund: s t ~ ~ ~ l cwho n r s I-existel-:liter the finst day of the term. No Session 1 registrations will he :acccl>tecl:liter June I . N o Scssion I1 rcgistr:~tionswill he :~ccc~)tecl :~frcrJuly 12. No Summer Online rcfiistr;ltions will he Students registering for Summer Online must complete their registration by June 25. online *Register (added late fee of $75) ngc in Registration: A lntc tcc of $75 will he nssessecl tor Students registering for Summer Session I1 must complete their registration by July 9. Signature of the instructor is needed to add a class after calendar I summer 2007 ;icccl~tcclnttcr June 29 100% to 90% remaining-Full refund (minus $100 administrative fee) 8 9 % to 50% remaining-Refund equals the percentage of term remaining 49% or less remaining-No refund This refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. Pl'ease allow two weeks for tuition and possible financial aid adjustments to be finalized. If a credit balance remains on the student's account, a credit refund check will be issued at that time. map of augsburg costs T u i t i o n rates f o r I[ ~ L I I ~ Sc LC COlIrSeS: 5 3 % Su_mmer for -_ o n c ~ ~ r r e n tw l yi t h t h e trimester. WEC s t u c l e n t s I1 or Session Summer O n l i n e may be(e1EibFfor hnl financial aid l e tuition r a t e s , are if t h e i r "l e a s t 1.0 c r e c o u r s e l o a c l IS a t listed abov To apply financial aid Eligibility for Summer S e s s i o n a t t e n d e e s T h e on of fi for sion a t t e n d e e s a r e t h e d by the program state and federal f i n a n c i a l aid. ments), a n d s t u d e n t loans. V i s i t for- t h e E n r o l l ~ n e nC t e n t e r website t o form: download a n application t www.augsb~~rg.edu/enroll. The financial aid priority deadline for Summer S e s s i o n Day program S t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d in e i t h e r S c s s i o n 11, or ant (for s t u c l e n r s who m e e t e l i g i b i l i t y in w l i i c a r e e n r o l l e d ) a r e e l i g i b l e to a p p l y lid a v a i l a b l e F e d e r a l P e l l ~ ~ , t nt ht e, M i n n e s o t a S t a t e Stuclents w h o m a i n t a i n h a l f - t i m e status 5 def Summer Ior is May 15, 2007. b o t h Sessions c o m b i n e d , [ n a y b e e l i g i b l e t o apply f o r f i n a n c i a l c o u r s e l o a d is a t least aid if t h e i r 1.5 c r e d i t s over the Augsburg College who rnaxiniuni For WEC are eligible tuition for benefit the will receive a 60 p e r c e n t c l i s c o u n t on S u m m e r WEC program students enrolled in s p r i n g for Sumnier t r i m e s t e r , no a i d i s g i v e n Employee Tuition B e n e f i t Faculty, staff, a n d d e p e n d e n t s o f t h e tllltlOl1. Session COLLE(;E MAP INI:OKMATION I Crnrr~t t l r Ctltllrbrl~nc. t ~ r c ltlcitltl, I'rt~~n~~rtc~n ! Wcchcnil nn~l(;r.~,luntc A~lnllw<,nr 1 AII Srrucrr~rcEnrr.~ncc (Nolc~nl~cr t l ~ r t ~ ohI,ml,) gl~ .I E~lu~.Nrlxtn Arhlcrs Flcl~l,ln~lScarcmnl Air Structurc 5 (:hr~rrcn'c.nCenrcr 2nd I>ny A ~ l ~ n ~ s w n \ 6 MBA Pn>gl.~ln 7 h > > h , Lchccl, M~lcs,Ccntcr ior I ) ~ , ~ n l., ~ l n~l W~>I\III~~. Communlc.~t~crn 8 S\CIJ~,II> tl:~ll 9 Hual,).Stru~n~r,l.nTcnlrl* Cc,,,rt* 117 I c r Arrnn I I I',II~I,<l<~l,lt,,?,,\.b,><l I3 M,llnrcn.~nrc,rnJ C;~<>t~nclr Slrllll 14 MLITICI.CI H.bll 15 Murlrl>yl'lncc 16 M ~ ( r p l Iq 7.,r!. 17 M u w H.rll I8 Nc\r licr~ilcnrcH.111 1') 01<1 M.,nn 20 Anilcrv,n IH.tII 21 Qu.,cl 2 2 Sclcncr H.111 2 3 P ~ I I ~ S?ICI> II~ c : ~ ~ I ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ Ccnrcr 24 S l r ~ l q >,m ~ncl ~ ~Krcc~v~ng g 2 5 SI Mc,lhg H;dI 26 S \ c ~ - ~ l ~ ~ ~ ~Mc~t,<>r~.nl ~ C > t r r ~Ii.1II l.~l 27 Lirnc\\ H.111 28 Kcnncilg (:cnlcr ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ , ~ I I c ~ I ~ ~ Conrrnt~n~c.ut~wn I2 Ltndcll Llhr.\r\ campus location 35W from thc NorthTnkc W.t\l,~n~ton Avcnr~eexit :,nJ ttlrn lcir <,n W ; ~ \ l t i n ~ t i(turtrs ln 1 1 ~ 1Cmto i r Crcl,~rA\vnr~c),turn lcit ;at R~ver\~clc Avc~rr~c, r ~ ~ nr l i r2lbt Awnuc South. 1-94 Enst from Minocapolist Avcn~~c, rum Tlhc 25th A\vnl~ccur, turn Icit . ~ 25th left :at Rl\r~siclcAvcnuc, rurn Iclr . ~ Zt l h t A\*cnuc S~~r~rli ,.1-94 Wcst fro111 St. PaulTrtc Rrvcr.rrcleculr, rur I> r~yhr:It R~\.cr\~ilc Avcnuc, turn Iclr . ~2Ist t Atenuc Sot~rh. 35W from thc South- I l~c~llow tlw 1.94 St. P:tt~lb ~ ~ r i(~tiove , rct r ~ c l Italic ~ r ;ii~cr c.~rho f nix, mcrficr*), L h c 25th Awnr~ecult ia~i<I turn Ich , ~Rt ~ \ c ~ , rAvenl~c, ~ ~ l c rurn leir ;bt 2lsr Avcnl~cSouth session I 'A may 29 - june 29.2007 Rooms listeo LUL ~ a c h course below are auu~ectto change aulct: rne printing of this catalog. Please refer to AugNet Records and Registration for the latest information on room assignment for a particd~r BUS AR' 1 Swccncy This c o ~ l l s ew ~ l AIS 105-S h Lifc Drawing ~ c t i o nt o A m e r i c d i a n Studies tl1c bt ' ' IIES I? C c r r i t o Dm,elopment o t tlie theory o f Iiianngement. $ n:rn h r m Weston 2423 Principles o f Management Iiis course is intended t o introrlucc sturlents to A m c i~c . ~ n1nrli;in Studies. Concepts ancl topics to urg:~nimtlon,staffing, planning, and a ~ n m u l T . lie COM 11 1-S P u b l i c Speaking nature ot authority, nccountah~lity,n ~ i crcaln,nsibil~ry, l T h e courrc tocuscs o n speech prcparation, nn;ilysls o f the rule o f the pmtcssionnl m;lnager. organization, n u ~ l i c n c canalysis, style, I~stcning,nntl 6-9:30 11m be co\,erecl include, among others, Iiistory, M, w RVI : L I N 16 Inclians w i l l be emphaslzerl ndiere npproplinte l n t e r c ~ ~ l r ~Au,(~rcn~.rs m~l 1 annto~ny,slinrlIng%cntlcrinl: cu1i11>o~itio11, P C ~ I ~ C ~ I I ~ ~ ~ I I V f& I A ~ I I I ~ ~FIW ~ OA m 1.4:- Perspe~.~~t,e. I A F in Humanities 6-9:30 1 M, W .: OM 17 J. C e r r i t o H u m a n Resource M a n a g e m e n t k n o n n c l f i ~ n c t i o ni n business, acquirition nntl ut~lizationof human resources; cles~nblew l r k ~ n y relationships; effective integration o t tlic wurker with I > ,-S T h i s course nclc the a w l s (with H I S 24913493) igned Environment Andcrson s t h c rlcs~gncilen\zir~>nment, ART 100-S the i n t c n t i o n n l , Topics: P l c i n Air S k e t c h i n g W e w i l l ~n\.estigatca1 T h i s introcluctnry, f~)unclntional : ~ r c h i t e c t u urban ~ ~ , cleslgn, :~nclurh;in Ihisn>ry; cl:lss ienccl places i n \\,li~cli a'c I ~ v e . -a I Ithe ~ M. W Financial Managcmcnt Kapoor risk nntl return, recurity \faluation, capital i n sulnmer. By making site visits 2nd working on Prcrccl.: n o n e for 249; tor 349: E N L II I (,r ENL mnliagement. l o c a t ~ o nstudents , w i l l engage w i t h the subject 112 o r H O N 111 ;rnrl :In :art, liist<~ry,or u r h : ~ n matter they are sketch~ng<Inn ~iiulti-sensory s t t ~ ~ l i ec so ~ ~ r s e T l i e course i n c l u ~ l e st i n a n c ~ nstatement l ;~n:ilysis, P~n~cr~ctlrv/Sk~ll/LAF. Acstherlo m (CIQ I'~np~.ct~tc; Wr~tlng Skill (ART 349 u~rly).L A F 111 F11ieArts (ART 249 only) tbr them. Stu~lentsarc rcspnnsihle b,r Ipurchasc o f n , = . SCI M, W ACC 2213 Kadcr P~n~ctilc/SkilVLAF.AatL,llo I'Lnpl.c~~w;L A F 131FLIW Arb 6.9:30 0.m T. T h Rm.: O M 4 E C O 112 a n J 113 may he rnken i n either orrler. 1-4:30 0 ~n M, W Rm : O M 13 Gybcrg T h i s course introcluces hnsic chemistry cuncepts 111 ECO 1 1 3 3 tlie context of numerous science,b;~seJ Issues I n o u r Principles o f Microeconomics everyclay I~vcs,with the ge11;1 A n introduction to micr<~econ(>mics: tlie theory o f o f s t u ~ l c n t shaving ;I Gilsdorf Introrluctiun to h u r ~ n c r s:~cti\,itiea, b:isic concept.*, basic unclersrnn~linl:o f tlie science b e h i n d irsucs tlie lhouschol~l,f i r m , m:~rketstructures, anel income nncl t u n ~ l n m e n m l so f accounting, the nccounting present and i n tlie tuture. ~ l i s t r i h u t i o n .A l q ~ l i c a t i o nof clcmcntnry economic cycle, :lncl preparation o t t~n:rnci;~l st;ltcments. Prc~erl.: M P G 2 8.30 (r m - n o u ~ ~ M, W I t ~ :n SVE 202 c ~ ~ c a t i vancl ~ t y cxprcssion uaing black ancl white film, etc: $200-225. (capacity liniits enr<,ll~ncntt o 14) M n y he taken ~ n c l c p c n ~ l e n tof l y E C O 113 o r 110. L A F ill Soc~r~l mid Bchraz~orulSc~ences Chemistry f o r Changing T i m c s locations. (capnc~t)'l11111ts c n r o l l ~ n c n to t 15) 35mm,s~nale.lens rctlcx cnmcr:l. Est~m;iteilcost o f RI~I: SCI 2 0 5 Per>pec~ioe/Skill/LAF: Wcsrern Hcr~rogePcrspec~iue; CHM 100-S plhotogrnl~liicprocesses. Sturlcnts need ncccsr to a Gilsdorf A n l n t r o ~ l u c t i o nt o macroeconomics: national international trade Application o f elementary 123 has~csketcli~ngk i t from WetP;iint A r t Supplier ($40) Principles o f A c c o u n t i n g 1 Principles o f Macrocconomics Prererl.: M P G 2 a ~ i c for l tr;1nsl>nrtnrion to clesignntrd off-carnl3us Boechcr Rm : SVE I i n c ~ m i ennnlysis, llionctary anrl fisc;rl policy, Piercq : E C O 112 or 113, A C C 221, nncl MI'G 3 6-9:30 p m pcrson;ll scale. I n this w.~ythey w i l l n t t e ~ n p t o Photography M, W e c o n o ~ n i ctheory to current economic problems unclcrstancl where they arc, a n d why it has mcnnina T h e camera w i l l he usecl ns n tool tLr \,~sunl III FIN 3 3 1 3 excellence ancl l h i s t ~ ) r ~ SI~I~I~~C:II~CC. c~I ART 1 3 2 3 6.9:30 p Hm : SVE 206 places, habits, nncl architecture o f the T w ~ nCities Iltn : O M 17 tlirourli vrrb;il ;and nun-verhal mess;lges; emphasis Instructor 6.930 I,m Lapakko A stucly of the d y n a m ~ c sof h u m a n i n t c ~ a c t i < > n overcome communication b:irricrs Prereq.: B U S 200 o r B U S 242 o r consent o f uhsel-\,ation ; ~ n r ~l l ~ r eon-site ct s k e z i n u the ~wo~,le, . . M. W COM 3 5 4 3 Interpersonal C o m m u n i c a t i o n o n factors that huilcl relntionsli~psn n i l hell> t o f i r n ~ancl society. and slre \'is~tat u prominent examples ofclesign 8:30 a.ni -11our1 R m : M U R I11 ccrure, I;~nclrcapc perceptual plein :lir sketching u ~ i l l ~ i i rn l ei r o ~ ~ ~ h scsslons cc~nsist: ~ l m o s tcxclus~oclyo t w c l l k i n g tours PL'~S~CCLI~,~./S~III/LAF: L A F 111 Fine Artr T. Th BUS 3403 contelnporary issues, a n d the arts Minnesota Pcrspcctirc/Skill/LAF: (>vcrcomingspeech fright 6.9:30 p m language, culture, literature, policy, Images, Lapakko ACC 2 2 2 - 5 Principles o f A c c o u n t i n g I1 Kadcr anrl it~nrlamcnt:ils 11t; ~ c c o i ~ n t i n gtlie , nccol~nring cycle, nnrl prcp;ir,itlon o f financial stnte~nents. 8:30 (1.m loan T. TI1 I'erspcct~t~c/Sk~ll/LAF: Natlrrul WorLl 2 Pcrspe~.[l~e, L A F in N'lrlrrnl Scienccs rind Mnthemr~tics 8.30 o 111-1ioun I n t r o ~ l u c t i o nto business a c r ~ r i t ~ c bs n , r ~ cconcepts RIII.: SVE I tliec~ryt o m:irket policy May be taken T. TI1 RI~I. SCI 123 ~ n ~ l c p c n ~ l c no tfl E y C O 110 o r I I 2 E C O 112 .inJ I I 3 may be taken I n cithcr order. , ; . I Prerecl.: M P C 2 Perspect~t~e/Sk~ll/LAI:: Socir~lWorlrl I or 2 Pcrs0cc~i1,e; L A F in Soc~oland Belurt~~or~rl Science, 1.4:30 p ~n T. Tll Rm : O M 13 HIS 3323 History o f U n i t c d States Foreign Relations EED 2 0 3 3 Physical Scicncc d Elcmcntary Tcacl a This ccrursc tocc~ss 11 Lorcnz-Mcycr A survey oFUn~tcclSratcs torc~gnrcl:1ric>nsi r o m rhc 8 r A n i c r i c a ~ li l c \ ~ o l i ~ tthrough i ~ ~ n the Colrl War, Grcgoirc crnl~h:~rlzing cli:ing~ngJci~nitic,na ot \tJ;lr 31111 PC:ICC. IMSEP ~physicnlscience tcnaluns hcnvccn intcrn:rtio~ialian~ :inJ H P E 001-S Foundations o f Fitness (0.0 crcdit) Navarrc This courrc ia ~ c q u i r c Jc~f:ill Augshurg t u r l c n t s Prerccl : One EF It sccka to Ilnl>ro\'c the sti~clcnt'skno\r.lcclgc ancl SVE 206 i x t l ; ~ t i o n i r m the , cmcrgcncc u i rlie U n i t c ~Sratc* l ns .In cconrllnlc ; r ~ i ~~il~ i l i t ; power ~ry 6 9:30 1) rn M. W/ RI~I : SVE 206 i~nJcratancl~< ~> i gthe t componcnrh o f ~ihysical: ~ n r l IO\, they c o n t ~ i h u t cto pcrx~n:ilI ~ i c l o lhc:1ltl1 n~ ;ancl to nor only \vcll hcing T l l ~ scourac is clcs~gnc~l lpr<>v~Je k ~ i ~ ~ ~l ~~ ;ilsc> ~ ~l e tot ~c lli >~ cct ~ ~ ~~ ~~;in:~l\,zc i c l s c l r r c I;rh rcqwrenients iLr gracluation 4 Prercil.: Muat he Elcmcnr,iry Ecluc;~tic~n m ; ~ j o.~. liccnaurc r c c k ~ n g T 6.9:30 11m. TI1 IGS009-S T Co-op . Olson k Experience 1s ;i0-creclit The C;ST 00' 11. SCI 19 t i tor I ??$ Espuiuicc Thih (llxi011 \\,dys nn inclivicl~~nl c;in n.*scas, monltur, motl\,atc INS 3 9 9 3 I n t e r n sh i p :~nclcl~aciplineI i ~ ~ n / l i e r a et<, l t ~n:iinr:iina l i t e t y l c o i A \vork o~ ser\,~cc-hnscrlcxpcrlcncc I n \r,liicli rlic iitness 2 n d \rcllnt.s ~ r u c l c n tt, ~ c u l ysl,r,naor, 6-7:45 11111 M, W MEL 206 RIII. &sign 3 Olson ancl \\,c)rk site supervisor Ie:~rning:igreenicnt p1a11 tlliit 11nka cclllrsr tlicuries nncl conccl>ts aclors rl~scil>l~ncs, general ati1izc.r .rtuclcnrs' c ~ n p l ~ r y m c rclntccl nt r<>t h c ~ rnl;ijur HPE 1 1 5 3 ;inrl through ~ c t l e c t ~ r Ihnka > n on-co~iipur,learning ro rhc constituency gc131s. ~ i i i s s i ~ ~~ inc,c cor l icleaa c d Health and Clienucal D q m d c n c y Education (.5 crcdit) Psyclic,lug~cnla n ~ ~pliilo\opliicnl l clinicnsion?,u i <!ti-caml'us ~pco~dc, org.~nizations,nnrl/o~' hc A n :in:ilyhis o i c h e m ~ c ; i nhu.*c l :incl w l i : ~ can t porttolio hnaccl o n the intcrn.*liip Sruclcnts must c o m ~ n u n i c ; ~ t i othruugh ~i the use n t inarruction.il c o m m ~ ~ n i t ~Telsi c. rcqu~rcclC<H>I' r e t l e c t ~ c ~ n clone for the nbuscr. Inclu~lcs~nfi)rrnnr~crn :ahout consult \r,itli the k u l t y spona<>ra n ~ Lois l Olacbn i n SCIIUOI l i e i ~ l t l eclumtion i ancl resources the Ccntcr tor Service, W u r k , nncl L c ; ~ r l i ~ n g E D C 220-S Educational Tcchnology (.5 c r c q t ~ Erickson technolo~~ Selection, . p ~ c l ~ n r n t i o~~pi ,~ < ~ c l u c ;and t~on, assignnicnts k,cus cvaluatio~io t etfecri\v a u c l i ~ ~ - \ ~ im:~tcri:ils ~ual for knowlctlcc, u n ~ l c r s t ; r n ~ l io~ i gthe tenc1iindle;irning sitt~:ltions. Computer training \\,ill t>rgan~zat~on/\\.o~-k~>Iiicc nncl :In nwarencs* o f he inclu~lccli n t h ~ scour.rc. o c ~ c t niasucs l that may ; ~ i i tlic ~ ~\vorkpl:icc. t 9 a.m .nmn M , \V F htne 1829 Km : SVE 205 <In nl)l'licntion o i c~>u~sc 6-9:30 1, 111. c'lucat~<,n, ankl g~ncli~:~tic>n skill5 \r,ith the 1c:irning M unly register. rcqh~~rc~ncnt H I S 249134923 ( w i t h ART 2 4 9 1 3 4 9 3 ) Dcsigned Environment Th15 course huilcls on rlie Iprnctlce ; ~ n d~nctlioclr~ > t Quantitativc R c a s o n i ~ i g Schicld C ~ ~ t i ctal ili n k ~ n g; a h , ~ ~st.~ristics t n\ cviclencc. F<>cu\ Eilccrlvc W ~ i t i ~ i g Irs. \\,i~rkslic~l> t c ~ ~ n i strcsscb at htylc 1111 :issocii~tio~i, cai~s:itio~i. ohser\~:iri~~niil btuilica, nncl o r q n i z : ~ t i o n ,the proccr> ( revi.\~(>n, ~ i hcli i ~ n r l cxllcrimcnt\, riak, c<)nfc>uncling,hiaa, ;rnJ ch;incc. IICCI. c \ , n l u i ~ t i ~ ni ~, n cthe l r c l : ~ t ~ ~ > nI)cnvccn ~liil~ rcncl~ng;inJ wr~ting.Kcrli~ircclfor sccc~~icla~ y Anderson T h ~ scuurse :~~lclrerses the ~lesigneclenvironment, GST 2003 Swanson Rcv~e\\,cwnlnun tcclin~cluca~ n \ c l l \ i n gstntiaticol ~ ~ l ~ l w ~ r r u ~Stucly i i s n iconcliti~,n:~l . r c . ~ x > n i nig~ s i n g I~censurenncl Element:i~yEclucation concentration English to clcscrihc and compc>scrates .ind i n C o m ~ n u n ~ c : ~ r i , > ~ i / L : ~ ~Arts ig~~;igc pcrccnt;igc\ prc\c11tcrl i n t ; ~ h l c;inJ graplih. Use tlic intcntionnlly clca~gnc<l~pl;lco111which we live We w ~ l In\,catlaatc l nrchitcctl~rc,I:inclscal~c ;rrcliitccturc, urh:In clcsign nncl urh,~nhistory; cln.\s rcssic~nsconsist :ilmoat cxclu\i\.cly o f \\,;ilking t0111s nncl site visits to Ipronllncnt cx;i~nl?lcso f clesian cxccllence ;and lhist<,r~cals ~ g ~ i ~ i i c : ~ n c e Prcrcq : none tor 249; h,r H I S 349: E N L 1I I (>r E N L 112 c1r H O N I l l Prcrc~l.:E N L I II L>r 112. (>r HON 1 1 I cmnclar~l~zntio~i to tnkc inn, accoilnt the ~ntluence Pcrs\~ccti~~e/Sk~ll/LAF: \V~IIS I ~k ~~l l r,ict,ntol~n~lcr.;Analysis ~ , i ~ t ~ t i ~ t i c ~ l l y - h ~ ~ ~ ~ l \ V r l r ~ nSkill ~ (HIS 349 only); L A F 111 HIL~I~(I~IIICS (HIS argtlmcnt\. E ~ i i l ~ h : ~osni ai n t c r p r c t ; ~ t ~ o cvnlu;it~nn, n, 249 mly) .~nclc c ~ m m u n i c . ~ t i o ~ i , 1.4:30 p tn M, \V RIII : 5(:1 212 ML 5 8 9 3 Topics: Comprchensivc E x a m i n a t i o n The t<,r IIUI ;ix Pikc 11usc <)i t l ~ i as c ~ i i i n n1s~ to Iprcparc stu~lcnts t c l i c<,~nprclie~isi\~e exi~min:itions3s tlic coml>lction ca~.\t<lnc o i tlic Master o f Art.* i n 1-e;iclcrshili. Stuclenta WIII cxl>erlelicc n ~ intense, i coll;rI~~~rat~ nncl v c ,clircctccl ~ntegrntiono f their unclcrst:~n~ling o i lenclcrshil, c x p ~ c s ~tch~r ol t d l i .*ucceaaiul completion o i the cx;in~~n;lticlnsThe I'ersl~ecu~~e/Sk~ll/LAF. Aerrhet~oor 4:308 1, nt rrgnrcling rccluircmcnts :~nclget ~pcrmissi(>n ti) register. P/N gr.~ilinl: (>nly S.~tisf:ictory coml>lcr~<>n Stuclcnts mu.*t consult w i t h Lois Olson i n the r e q u ~ r e ~ i i e nnt rn ~get l l~erlnisai<,n I n t c n l l c d i a t c Expository W r i t i n g R n l : KEN 307 s t u ~ l c n r~ i i u rcon1plctc t :In ;ic;iclc~ii~c 1c;irninl: \vill i u l i i l l the Augshura Exper~cnccgracluntinn Ccntcr tor Scr\,~cc.W o r k , ancl L c : i ~ n i ~ rcwircling ig ENL ~ L U - J oppurtuniticb inherent i n the Intclnahip. The Umvk (:II~I'ersl~ccut,e; c x a ~ n ~ n n r i o[ins n tlircc parts: a mkc-lic~mc\\,rltrcn scctlon (hasccl prini;~rily Ihur not exclusi\.ely on tlic cust<rmi:cd rcnclinga), a #rc,ul> ordl e x : i ~ i i i n ; i t i ~ ~ i , T Th RIII : SCI I 2 3 ~ n ciil i ~ l ~ r - \cntccl l i ~ ~ c~s :~~ r~ n i ~ i : ~ tP/N i ( ~ ngr;lrl~ng session L 111-S --,inning Spanish 1 only Tliis course me S:lturclay morning. Scneuu~ew u ~ oe A i m s to clevelo A p r i l aitcr negotint~onw i t h membc ' : A r I,, I.IS~ ' -- .-:.nester COI m MAT 1 0 5 4 Haincs Concepts o f lineal id, Iogaritli~nic,oncl other ni<)~lcIsw i t h a s iis on :~pplications t o the social,a.%.nntw ;eryJa C srudent KI SPA 111 Stcinmctz business, anrl ;racle o f 2.0 - NIIG 3. S t t ~ d c ~ preparing ~ts tor M P G 3 o r higher may not register b r crecl~t.Sturlents' 6-9:30 p.~n M, W algebra II: thcoricz ~,i internatiun:rl relat~clnsT h e course \\.ill Relipiour heliets, apiritu:rl c u s t o ~ ~ iancl s , philosophy ot SCI 108 6-8.30 p11 Underhill cxpl<,rc issues c>fpeace, suhtninablc ccononllc N o r t h American I n ~ l i a n sare studied. Tribal clc\'elopmcnt, g l t ~ b a cit~zcnshil>, l nncl efforts t o silnil:iritirs ;~nclcliiierences ;are explore~las are trih:il cumbnt ~ n l u s t i c ca n ~ il n e q u ; r l ~arouncl ~ the glohc. rcl:itionships w i t h nature, rcliglous o\~ersigIito i life T l i i s class alms t o hcain p r c u , i ~ l i natuclents ~ \ \ , ~ t l itlic c~,clcs,s;rcrccl r ~ t u acerrnlc,nies, l a n ~beliefs l i n an Lnourlerlgc ncceasnry i o ~tilking intormccl :lction i n ;ittcrlite Irspc,nse t u the c11~11c11~es II~ the currelit glohnl Prcrccl.: E N L III o r 112 o r H O N 11 1, j u n i o r xrcna. Questions cxpl<~rrclinclurlc: Wh;rt should stancling, :rnJ R E L I 0 0 c>r 3 0 0 i n 1r;rrl Ilc? W l i i ~ are t ohsracles t o Att'c~rene,r I Persl~ccttt,~; Writing Skill 1rnp;lct LIOintcrn:itionnl ~ l c v c l o p m c n t slhavc nn o u r 6.9.30 p rn MUS 1603 Fundamentals o f M u s i c Theory 1 Mikkelson S W K 4951699 PA 5 9 5 3 Topics: I n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y Perspectives o n A g i n g Holroyd POL 2 4 1 3 Environmental a n d T h i s course is for i n c o m i n g Firstyear stil~lentso r R i v c r Politics stucle~itsw l i o are c o n s i ~ l e r i n g;I music major w h o T h i s course cx,i~ninesthe ~ p o l ~ t ~~cl ;y~nli r ~ n i c s syntax o f ASL. S t u ~ l e n t sobaer\,r the lemons strati on woulcl like n b;lsic music thcc~ryfuunclatiun prior to r c l ~ l t i n gt o o u r I ~ ~ c au~ l ,ban, a w l c:rmpus Underhill o f signs, practlce their own signing, ;lnC learn the beginning their nus sic major. Tliis course is also i ~ ~ r en\,llonlncnr nncl rel;rr~~>n.\hil, t k ~the c<~rn~rhunitics h c i n l expressions nncl hotly language neeclcrl t o stuclcnts w h o have h a d p r i m expcrlencc in music ancl ecosystems o f tlie U p p e r M i s s ~ * s i p pW;rtersIiecl ~ communicate clearly w i t h tle;iianil Iharcl-of-hearing who WOIIICIlike t o b u ~ l c ul p u n their bas~cn ~ u r i c people. theory skills S t ~ l d e n t sw i l l attend one uutsiclc Pcrspcct~re/Sk~ll/LAF: I n ~ e r c u l ~Au,orcness ~~n~l 2 concert as a grollp. 6.8:30 p m T, W, TI1 R m : O M 10 I'ersl,ccuvc/SkilI/LAF: 6-9:30 pm ancl larger, glc~halcnvironlncnt Topics cxpl,,rccl implicotiona o f o u r claily choices; I<rc;~l\v;lter, i ~ i r , a n d soil pollution; the lock a n d clam system on thc L A F in Fine Arts 7; Th Km: M U S 5 U p ~ xM r i s s ~ s s ~ p p~n\.asi\.e i; slwcics :~nclhi<l~li\.ersity; c l i m ; ~ t cclinngc. u~arertrontccc)nomic clc\.elopmcnt; A S L 101-T B c g i n n i n g S i g n Languagc I M U S 241-S urban aprawl; :lnJ encrhy procluctlun. T h e class \\,ill A n i n t r < , ~ l u c t i ~ )to n cle;if culture n n ~the l signs nnrl Jazz H i s t o r y look ; ~ the t ch:rllcngc (>fh;rl;~nclng e c o n o ~ n i c syntax o f ASL. Stuclents observe the Jemonstration T h i s courae is a stucly o f the musical elements, Traincr Milcnkovic o f signs, practice their o w n signing, and learn the anrl the lhistor~cal c t ~ l t u r i lperspectIvcs, l facial expressions a n d horly langu:ige neeclerl t o cle\,elopment u f jazz. M a n y sryles o f jazz arc communicate clearly w i t h <leaf ancl liarcl-of-hearing exnminecl i n c l u ~ l i n gearly N e w Orleans D~xielancl, swing, cool, j a z z / r ~ c k / f ( ~ s i o ~ragti~nc, i, bop, a n ~ l cunten1lJor:lry jazz. I'erspectit~e/Sk~lI/LAF: Intercult~rrulAuarcnes, 1 <I~n-nnon T TI1 Alexander/Erickson atuclents ancl upper Ic\fcl un<lcrgrnclunte stuclcnts i n Ihcalth a n d stlc~alservices cliscildincs t o explore Issues rclntecl to aging ;lnd care o f the clrlcrly. Stuclcnts gain rc;rl \rorlrl cxpcrience by working coll;~h~,rati\~ely i n an intercliscil>linary context Stuclents \\,ill be askecl to :rpply ~I~~~w and IcLI~c skills clirectly w i t h c l ~ l c r su t i l ~ z ~ nan g experlentin1 Icarning mc,tlcl St~lclcntsw i l l h u i l l l n beginning expert le\,el k n < ~ a r l e ~ lbase g e r e ~ r ~ l i issues ng that :affect u l ~ l e rn ~ l u l t si n ctmtemporary health nncl rocial wcl61rc cuntcxts. Prcrcrl : Social W u r k , Physiciirn Assistant Stutlies, or Nursing s t i ~ ~ l e n t z T 71. p... . O M IP ~ I e \ ~ l u p ~ ~site> c~~i ;tj ~, l~ s t i c :11icI e , e11\,iro1111ie11r,rI s t e u ~ n r ~ l n h111 i l ~the region. There \\,ill he excurslnns t o site5 ;along tlie river, ~n-cl;lssclch:ites, ancl oplxwtunity to meet w i t h st:rkehol~lers\\r>rking on r~ver.rclatc~Iibst~es SOC I l l - S Perrpect~t~~'/Sk~lI/UF: Soc~c~l World Pcrsl~cculr,C n ~ i n r l Community and the M o d e r n Metropolis T h i n k u ~Sklll, ~rrl<l L A F I" Soci'11 and Bchut,rorrrl Sclcnce T h ~ cuursc s ex;~minesthe clitierent w;~ysth;rt Fischcr sc~ciologist\:~nclurban planners ha\,c \,lewccl citics, Pcrspec~it,e;L A F 111 Fine Art) 8:30 Rni : SCI 212 T h i s course prcn,iclcs a n opportuniry t&r grarluntr A n introduction t o c l m t c u l t u r e a n J the signs 2 n d Perspcct~t'e;mud en^ Lnngrruge I 7; Th ORK MODERN LANGUAGES ASL 1013 B e g i n n i n g S i g n Language I'erspec~ive/Sk~ll/LAF: Chri>tiuu Ftri~h3 or In~cr~.~tlt;rrr~l achie\.~ngn nx,re just ancl eqt~itahle\vorlcl! W h a t Rnb: O M 29 , Jacobson lives i n the Turin Cities! :e 1 wurk will be e\~alu:itell L y quizzes and exams. s% e A m e r i c a n I n d i a n Spirituality a n d Philosophical T h o u g h t US I 114 sha~ulrlconsult the clepartment. Studen Prereq.: M P G 2 11nrl a y c ~ ~i ~ rh i g h I n t m ~ l u c t i o nt o the ilyn;r~n~ca, history, ancl m ; ~ j o r W o r l d Politics 'nA7. Applicd A l g REL 3 7 0 - S POL 1603 ;es must he completed; may R m : M US 5 session ll july 9 - august 9,2007 Rooms listed for each course below are subject to change since the printing of this catalog. Please refer to AugNet Records and Registration for the latest information on room assignment for a particular class. t11e1r ~perb ART 118-S be anJ i n f v r n i uur . w e w i l l explore Iici\v the city can II~IIII:III ' n : ~ t ~ ~ rhahitat" ;rl ,,i I>uili Creativc Drama: Acting and I m p r o herween <lift ~prc)tits,nnil Painting THR 1 1 6 3 flucncc, \\.it11 a i ~ > c u<>n s hn\v c i t ~ c rcan hecorn 1 Fundarncntals o f Staincd Glass Q Bollniat~ i l n p r t : l n t conccpts (dpainting. Most cl;lss time is apcnt painting. Sliclc Iccturcs, ilem(,nstrat~ons,nncl imagin;lri\.c, and tcchn~c;ilploccsa associnreJ w ~ t h ~ ~ n l m > v i r . l t i onc~ i , t i c ~ t i Tom CI:irs is t<irmul:itcrl to engake the cre;rtl\,c. A study (,i rhc.itric;i I I n thls first Ievel p;linrilig course, st~lclcntslenrli ART 100-S cr~tiilucscompletc the Ic:lrning experience. the crc;lrion o t st;~inecl glms prujccrs. T l ~ cunique P~nixct~~t./Sk~l(/lAF: Aetlrtio Pmkcli~.lin.; l A F in FIW Arls intcr~,lay between conccl,t, clesign, :rnJ liKlit within 6.9:30 I, ln M, W 11n1 : OM 17 sr.linccl glass Iiirs the ability to inspire our liearta .I cxl~cricnccsthl~lcntswill gain :In I ' e r ~ l ~ c c ~ ~ t e / S k ~ l I / lC WIFI:~Pcnpecr~re,L A F 111 Sol.lcll (r~~ Rd e h ~ ~ t ' i oSilencer n~l 6-9:30 1, m T, Th Photography appliecl to glnrs, li:!ncl torils, anrl orher The c;lnier;r \+,III be used as I: t<>olfor \,isu:rl 1l11sccll:lneouacnnsulnnhle sul>plics. M ~ n l m t l r nu i crcati\ziry a n ~cxpresslon l using black nncl \vIiite eight l i ~ ~ u per r a week outslile photographic proccrses. Stuclcnrs ~ i c c r;Icceaa l tu 3 35mm, s ~ n ~ l c - l e nreflex s c:lmer:r. Estimated cust ~i M, W 6-9:30 11.111. Rnl. OM I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o H u m a n SOCICL~ iilm, ctc.: $200-225. c<~ntrolthat shalw the clirccrion Jl~ristiansen our Il\,cs! H ~ n .Ire v the rules ;rncl cxl,ect,ltions o i 3 c ~ l l t ~ or ~ rSeO C I C ~ ~ ~lc\~clopecl, ancl \\,lmr c<,nil~clsus t(> confilm or break tlie~n! W h a t Iinlcls sociel)' ttigethcr nnrl s,Ii;rt causes liist<>ricala~iclsucinl Finr ATO ART 102-S Dcsign Arc thcrc soci:rl inilucnccs hcyoncl our i ~ n ~ n c c l ~ ; i t c Peril~~'clitc/Sk~Il/'LAF:l1~Ij111)En~fil n:l M l ~ b r. q ~ ~ ~ r e , n r ~ n r , Ae,theuc I'i7.rl~~~l~re, L A F m FIII~ Art, 1.4.30 p.111. 7; TI1 Ilnl: Fou Tlicctv~ A sturly oiilcsi.n Tom Hln.: O M 4 the visual nrts- Two- ;~nclthree-climension31 projects ART 2 2 5 3 Graphic Design 1 and principles. Supply fec o i $65. This course is n n i n r m ~ i t ~ c t ~too the n principles nncl Penpccur,JSkill/LAF: ~pcrson;lli ~ l e n t i y ! Wli;lt is U.S. culture like toclay. 14:30 p 111 Aothcrlcr Per.\pecr~re; Sl,eaklnK Bowdcn tccliniclues oigrnphic clesign usina page I;lyout sr)ttware. E m p l i ; ~ r ~wsi l l be placecl 111- clesirning M. W l1m. O M 4 with text and image. Pc.rspcc~it,e/Sk~II,'LAF: Ae,lhct~rr Pers~c.c~zre; Spcok~n~ alicl \\*lint arc ~ t sliiatoric;~lr<,ot.r! Tlicsc arc the k ~ n ~ l a Skill; L A F 111 FIIIC Art, oiquestions that u.c w ~ l;~cl~lrcss. l Put siniply, t l i ~ s ART 107-S ct,llrsc Intcrmg.ltcs the nicaning ( > i l i ~ ~ ncxpcrience ~;~n Drawing u ~ i r l i i n; ~ n r through l aoci:~lgroups and s<,cicty. Stu~lentsuse tr;lrlition;il meclia t u clevelop technical Rn.: O M 16 T, Th clem~instr,~ting the use ot the h;rsic cleaign elements Sk~ll;L A F 111 Fme ATIS M. W 6-9:30 11.1n. :I> the uniiying f<lunLlnti<,n for circ~~~nsr:~n impact c r s our scnsc oiseli:lncl even our 1-4.30 ~,III McCartncy Per~pect~r'e/Sk~ll/LAF: Aerthelic, I'~.n\,ectirc; L A F 111 soc 121.S soci:ll c o n t l ~ c t ?How cl;las time wquirecl. P e r s p e c u r e / S k ~ l l ~ FL: A F 111 Flne Arls : SCI 205 ART 1 3 2 4 i111i1 1i111icIs ill the c ~ ~ \ , i r ~ ~ i ~i li li \V eIC~ I i t s \rre live, ~pl;~y, nncl ) m y . S t u ~ l c nI;ib t k c o i $ l l O will hc Bolln~an skills nncl exl,l(>rc clcscr~pt~ve ;and experimental 6-9:30 p m M, W Knl.: I'os, ZZH ART 3 3 0 3 iclcns ior perceptual a~iclc<,nccptual clrawilig. Graphic Design I1 Emp1i;isis is place~l,117 fc>un~l;~tio~ial rlrnw~ng A n ;~<lv;~ncecl stucly o t Inyour, typography. :~n<l\,isuol Bowden COIiCCl>tS. Illlalery tilr print p r o ~ l u c t i r ~using n the co~iiputcr. Per~l,ec~t~e/SkiIl/LAF: A e \ r l t c ~ eI'erspect~~~e; ~ L A F 111 IncluJes iclentiiication ()i design ~ i r o h l e ~ n;rnJ s Fine Arls 6-9.30 p,nl ~ p r e s e n t a t i to ~ ~tlic i clic~it. T, TI I1m : O M 17 Prcrcq.: A R T 225 6-9:30 1, n~ M, W C'. BUS 4 4 0 3 CHFMISTRY r10ral Imaging J. pain:hrurll, I'rcreq.: Any A 8:30 pencil, pen, .~ncl prczsion. COII~III~II~~C:I~ , MIS. or C S C course 11 111 -IIO.,.* K111: Fur, 22U Gybcrg Chemistry f o r Changing T i n i c s :rnJ \cctorb. the context o f ntlmcrous acicncc-h;~rccl ~a.rtlc.* I n <,ur rel:itions. I t tuliills the Ecluc.~rionL l c l ~ , ~ r t ~ ~ l c n t Prcrcq.: BUS c\vrycl:ry I~vcs\r'ith the gn;~l~ >atuclcntt. f II:I\.~II~ :I human rcl;lrion\ :inil M l n n c o r a A111cric:ln 1nili:ln Insrluctol h,lsic ~ ~ ~ i ~ l e r a t i( ~~~tllc ti ~ sl ~c inel~: i ~helii~icl e i~sue\ r e q ~ ~ i r c m e nancl t s i.*:II opticrn \\,ith~nthe liccnaurc Iprcscnr 2nd i n the filturc. progr,l m Prereq.: M P C 2 6 9:30 1, m Painti1 -Solving f o r Busincss Isaacson c ~ n p l i a r i z ~ n~nrli\,lJu;ll g cxprcsslon. This cuursc ap ~rl\,;rncccl.*ofn\f;~rcc;rll;~hilitic.* Prerrq : A R T 1 18 like m;lcr<,s. SI ancl Scenario Manager i n I'~~rspecu~~e/Sklll/LAF~ Ac\rlletir Perspectin Fdne Arls Microsoit Exec 6-9:30 11 III h~~siiiess t h r o ~ ~rlrc ~ l uze i o i rcnl~srichus~ncarc;lscs OM 17 Prcrcq L L A F m N~IIIITCII SCICISCS 8:30 (ILIII.~IOOII E D C 4901580-S (111~1MLII~ICIII(IIICI T, TI1 K111: SC1 212 BUS 2 4 2 3 : Scrcenwriting M PC? 3 . SVE 205 Lazaridi This is n Ihyhricl coursc w ~ t h~n-clnss.*c\alont, : ~ the t P. Cerrito I~~J*.CI~LV/S~III,~AF. S*i<ll W(n11 Ih\\*.cl~<v, W ~ l l l lSkill l~ Principles o f M a r k e t i n g 8:30 Mcziou marketing Legal, ethical, c<,mpetiri\~e,ecc,n<,llllc. .rncl tcchnol~~gic;rl t;~ctora as they :~ttectpmcluct, rc~le,~i the price, Iprolnotlun. ;rnJ clistrihut~unclcc~aion.\. 6-9:30 1) III M , \Y/ I<>n: O M 13 11111: O M 16 Advertising 1. C e r r i t o Personnel i u n c t i o ~ In i business, acquisition 2nd A n intrc>cluctic,n stu~lentstrum &tory outline to tlie creation Mcziou scrccnldny cl~;lft.I n aclLlition to \vriting thcir own ,I.* import:~nt K- 12 Reading Assessment The .\tuily c,t stuclcnt rencli11gclevclopmcnt, the knou.lc~lgenncl usc ofgntllerinl: cliscus*ic~no i nesthetic.*, cr;lit, ;and ft>rm. of stu~lenrs'~ e : ~ c l ~ n :lnJ g , clesigning : ~ ~ ~ p r o p r i : ~ t e July 7, 8, 28, 11nc129 10 < I , ~-6 I pm llm : O M 18 intercultural C o n l m u n i c a t i o n with the gn;rlz o f the i ~ r mnnrl soclcty. :lnJ h:incls<,n I r : ~ r n i n gtc>ols. Prcrcq 6-9.30 6-9:30 1, 111 T. Tb Rrn : SVE I Lpakko ~ m p l i c a t ~ u nfor s communlcatl<ln, ~ n c l u c l ~ n g Kt11: O M I 3 cuursc is rcqu~rccltbr stuclcnts oht:linlnu thcir K-I2 C<~rcq.:E D C 510 This course explores c u l t l ~ r : ~ ~liiierenccs l ;lnJ their TI1 Cllnicnl rxpcllcncc 11~1urh\v11I he ~ n c l u ~ l c iTl h c Rc.lcling Tc.~chcr ILiccnzurc E n ~ l o r s c n ~ c n t . COM 3293 clcmcnra I n moclc~n m ; ~ r k c t ~ n:lnd g T ; ~ n r .l ~ n n l y i ~ nclot.r g re,~cl~ng curriculum hnrecl o n this inforrn:rtion. com~nunicat~rlnsThis ccnlr>c conlhines classroom p III Jacobson ~ i \ , ~ n~letailecl g critical analysis :~nclc11u:iging I n relat~onshil>s;cifecti\,e integr;rtiun o i thc worker BUS 242 rrr consent o f instructor EDC 508-S analyze work jr.1 Ittcn hy each mcmhcr o f thc cl;r\s. ~ ~ r i l i z a t i oof n l i u m : ~ nresources; clesirahlc working : RI~I . SVE 2 scriptr, stu<lcnts will re\,ic\v feature f ~ l l n s.lnJ print, brt,;l~lcazr,;anJ Wcb- hnsecl a~l\.ert~aing .~nclprorn(,tion M, W <I.III- t ~ c , w , of 3 Prcrcrl.: E N L 220 or 221 MKT 3 5 7 3 BUS 3 4 0 3 [)cl1:11tlnent coursc i n writing l i ~ film, r this courac will t:lkc ( > ~ g a n i ~ ; l r ~srafilng, on, plnnning, ;incl control. T h e professional Iilnnnjier I'rerecl.: PPST :lnJ nclm~hsionto the Eclucnri~>n online acti\,~t~esi n henrjeen. Air intrucluctory Prunc~plcso f h;~aic~pollcynncl >tr;ltehy iasucs i n nature ot authority, accountnhilily, nncl ;I.; f ~ n a lthet,rctic:~l ~p~el>:rr;~rion k , ~htudcnt tc:rchina MKT 2 5 2 3 De\,elupment o i the tlieory o f manncement, H u m a n Resourcc Management Erickson o n ~ p ~ not\,ic\v ts .~h<,utthe rc,lc n i E~nl>li;is~& Ic:lclc~ahil, .lncl prc>fcba~<~n.~l clcvclr~p~iicnt, Scr\,c\ COMENL3283 h e c i n n ~ n g:rnrl c<,nclu.*~c~n <>f r h ~ acourse, ancl M, W School a n d Society &chor\li n m o r l c r ~ocicry, i rclat~,,llrIiil~s\ v ~ t h other simul:~tionanil KIII 6-9:30 11 rn 1<111: SVE I ~ p : ~ r u i t s a nct>mmunity, il cc>ll.~b~>r;~ri\c ~noclcla, : I ~ the M , \V l'cr~\~cc~~~~c/Sk~ll/LAF. NOIIL~C~I W,,TICI 2 l'en\~ec~~rc; AJVZ ucly i n ncryl~co r o i l p ; ~ i n t~necli:~ responsihiliry; ;~nalysisC Grcsczyk This cour>c cs;rmines 1i11nr:lncli\,errir) :lnJ 1111rn:ln : Principles o f Managelnentz DivcrsityA4inncsota American lndians This courac i n t r < ~ ~ l u chnslc c s clicm~stryconcepts i n SVE 206 ART EDC 2061566-S CHM 1 0 0 - B st \fis~1;11 i111,1ges u5i11g Explor;rt~unot rhe creal the colnpute ~crrito cliffcrences I n \,nlues, norlns, soci:ll illter:~ction,:lncl coJc systelns. l14ly 5-10 8 ,I111.-3p 111 1111s11-17 8 <I I:IOOI KIIL : SVE 1 Hnnunhce Elemcnu~r~ Schr,ul PL'~S~CCL~I~C/S~II~/LAF: I ~ ~ t c r c ~ ~Auclrcnerr l~unll I Penllucli~e 6.9.30 11.m. P~erctl.: ELIC 505, EEI) 520, ESE 500 or conacnt 01 ilist~ ~ c t o r M, W lt111: L I N 16 ,y, sess Iot1 SPE 4241524-S Jacobson SPE 4 3 4 1 5 3 4 3 Etiology a n d O r i g i n o f Learning D i s a b i l i Tcaching C o n t c n t Arcas to Studcnts W i t h L c a r n i n g Disabilitics Staff T h ~ scourse w i l l rcncli stuclenrs to iclcnt~ty,:1~1:1pt;rncl I l i a i ~ i c l ~ ~;II~ ~ l i~~.cleptl> es ENL 2 2 6 3 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Creative W r i t i n g Reiniringcr implement clcvcl<~l>~ncnt;rIlg apl)rt,prlate inatruct~cjn i g ~ l ~ s a h ~ l ~ t as i c .\veil ; , nr th;rt suplwrt tlic 1e;rrnlng oistuclents ~rlcntiheclSI; h a v ~ n gIcnrning r l i s ; ~ h i l ~ t ~ cT\h. e cuursc \vlII spccificnlly toeus 011the arms o f rencl~ng,w r i t ~ n gn ~ i c l $00, or lulv 18-31 8 (4 rn ALIPLI~~ 14 8 (1 .lu,un Prcreq.: ENI. I l l or 112 or t l O N I 1 I ~>rc~hlem-sol\,i~ig sk~lls. Tlierc \vlII he n str(>ng il>cur Perspcct,~r%\'k~ll/LAF:Ae,uhcr~csPcn\>eclwc;Wn~irrgSk~ll on the mr>clif~c;~t~<,na ~nvol\.ccli n tlicsc areas :rncl the 1-4:30 p.m. R~I.:' ~n-3p.111 ~ Rm.: SVE 2 ~ 8:30 ~ '1.111 -11oon ~ ~ , ~ I<III: SVE b 206 ~ Elementary Education E a r t h Sc/ Stangl 1 This a ~ u r s cis clca~gncclfor clcmcnr,~rycclucnti~>n ~ n i i ~ jia~i~l ~ r s inclu~lesart11 science " I i i ~ n ~ l s - ~ n " ~nrluiry-h~aerl :~cti\'iticsthnt m r ~ d e the l te;lcIi~nganrl learning process o i s c ~ e l i t i i i cInrlulry. Meets bnsic eiirtIi SCICIICC s ~ ~ b j rmatter ct .*tnnrlar~lsk,r ~ n ~ t i n l I~cc~ist~re. 6-9:30 11.n1. M, W Rln.: SCI 19 Etiology and O r i g i n s o f Learning Disabilitics Kclley This course will focus un the li~srory;and context ~i I c n r n ~ n gcl~sahilirics(LD). This incluclcs :In ~n<lcl>tli look :it the origin o t Ienrnlng dis;ihilities. S I: \\,ell V:I SI; ious thcorerical moclcls (sc,ci<,loylcnl, hioloaie:il, psych~~logic;rl, cognitive, nil beliaviornl) :ippliecl to u n ~ l e r s t : ~ n c l ~Ic;~rning ng rl~s;~bilities.T l i e course \\,ill also provicle a critique o f current p h ~ l ~ , s ~ ~ p l i ~ c : i l pc'sirlons I n the h c l ~ l . St~ltlentswill also ncquirc ESE 4 9 5 3 ~ H ~ kno\\,leclge rclateil t ~ Erccesslng , ~ n i < ~ r m n t i rele\,:rnt nn ~~~~~~~~h~ ~ ~ i , ~ ~p e t~ c~ r s o n ~:c p p to tlie i i e l ~~ l I m) r ni i n g clisab~ltties. Tliis cuursc is clcs~ancrlS I: an ~ntrn<lucriolito the 6.9'30 Illn T. TI1 principal concepts, aplironches, ancl pcrsl,cctivcs ~ > i SPE 4241524-R the sturly nige~ljir:lpliyt h r o i ~ g l irhc exn~l~in;rtlon of Etiology and O r i g i n s world gc(,grnl>liic pzlttcrns ; ~ n r lprocesses. M:~jor o f Learning Disabilities JcnscnISmith topics i ~ ~ c l u~~pl o c p ~ ~ l a Jt i~~s) tl ri i h u t ~ ( cc~ltural l~i, Tliis course will f<>cuso n the history ;~nclcontext 11i cIi~~r,~cteristics ancl ce~ltc~r:rl I:~~i~Isc;i~ po ~ le~st ,i c a l Ienrn~ngrllsah~l~tiea ( L I I ) . This inclucler :In i n l l e p t l i ~ n t c g ~ a t i oand n clisintegrntion, ecc~no~nic InnJ use, look at the w i g i n o t learning disabilities, ;is well as settlements nncl urhnni2;rrlon. This cuursc w i l l meet various tlieureticnl 1110~1e1s (sociol~g~cnl, hiologicnl. the M N St:~n~larcls o f Eifecti\,c Practlce ~n ~psycliologic:~l, c(>gniti\,c, nncl helin\,ior;~l) npplicJ to Gcogrnphy for micl~llcrcliool nn'l high scli<,crl social ~ ~ n c l c r s t a n r l ~learning ng ~l~s;rhil~ties. The course will \ t u ~ l i c sI~censt~re. also provicle a critique ot currcnt p h i l o s ~ ~ p l i i c ~ ~ l 6-9:30 11,m T. TI1 Rln. L I N 16 pobitions i n the i i e l ~ l . St~lclcntsw ~ l ;~lso l ;~ccluirc ENL 2 2 7 3 Jorgcnscn cn~pli:lais(>nw r i t ~ n gt<>rhro:lrlcaar nncl onlhnc mecl~;r. Staff S t ~ t r l c ~ i use t s nn ~ n t e n s i \ v~pr;rcticemc~clelto learn Tliia course \\*ill tcncli stuilcnrs to iclcntih, adapt, tlic h:isicb o f ~~e\\,sgntlieri~ig. ~ r i t i n g 2nd , prorluct~on . i ~ i c Iiml~lcrncnr~ l c \ ~ c l o l ~ m e n t na1>1m?~ri:1tc lly ic>r telcviaion, r n ~ l i o nnil , tlic Internet. instructi(>n that support the learning ( > i s t ~ ~ c l e n t \ Prcrerl.: E N L I1I or 112, o r HON I I 1 iclcliti ficcl ;I> I i ; r v ~ ~licg; r r ~ i ~ ~ li g i s ; i l ~ i l i tT~hce~course ~ Pcr.,l,ccuti./Skill/LAF: CII? I'crrpecure; W~IIIIIR S k ~ l l w ~ l sl>cciticnlly l tc,cus <In the nrens o i rcncling, writing Rln.: SVE 205 : i n J libtening comprcliena~on.m;lth, re;rsnninK, 311'1 Ipr(,hlcn~-sol\,~na sk~lls. There will he n strong iclcus <In tlic mc~cliiic:itionsin\rolveJ i n these :lrens ;inJ the 6.9:30 p.m ENLICOM 3283 Screcnwriting Lazaridi This is n hyhricl courae w i t h in-cl:~sssesrlulis nr the process invol\,ecl. M, W Rtu : SVE 2 h c g i n n ~ n; ~ nconclus~on ~l o f this course, nncl online acti\.~tiesi n hct\rzeen. An intr~>clucrory course i n writing for film, this coursc will take .;tu~lcnts i r u n SPE 4341534-R I<tn : O M 16 1<1n: SVE 206 An introcluctr,ry nc\r,s\\,rit~ngcoursc w i t h :In Tcaching C o n t e n t Arcas t o Studcnts W i t h L c a r n i n g Disabilities SPE 4241524-T I M, W Journalism ~ SPE 4341534-T --- - - - - :lncl creat1t.c pr<>ac. Ilstcning coniprelicnsio~i,1n.lt11, rcasoliing. :and Tcaching C o n t e n t Areas t o Students W i t h L c a r n i n g Disabilitics stol.y o e ~ t l ~ ntoe the creation o f n scrcenl>lay <lr;rit. I n Olson a d r l i t ~ o nto w r ~ t i n xtheir mrrn scripts, stu~lcntswill Thls course will teach st~~clents to i ~ l e n t i 6 :ic1:1pt , :~ncl i r n l ~ l u ~ i u~lcvclopment;rlly it npproprintc instructi(>n tli:it support the learning elf atuilents ~ c l e n t ~ l i e3s <l having learn~ng~lis;rh~l~ries. T l i e coursc rvill c ~ a t t nncl , hr~n. sl>cc~t~cnlly tocus on the arcns o i rc.ltling, writing : ~ n t l Prercq.: E N L 220 or 221 listening comprclicnsion, m;rtIi, reasoning, nncl ]MI? 7. ~pn,blc~n-sol\~~lig akills. There w ~ l Ihc l n strong h c u s c>n the mocliticatiolis involvccl i n tlicsc :rrc:ls and the planning Iproceas i n w l v c ~ l . 5:30-9 p.ln M , TI1 I<ochc~~cr CLII~I 8.28, alul 29 10 ( 1 m 6 D m 1<111,: O M I 8 ML 580-S Ulson c(>mmun~cntecle:rrly with <leaf nncl hard-oi-liear~ng ~wol>le C o l l o q u i u m o f Contemporary T h c o r i c s i n Leadership Link T l i ~ sdccclcrntcJ cmlrac 1s an ~mmersionclass that oilers ;iaclccti~>n o i Ie:~clerahipthe<>riesi n class plus cx;~ml>lcs<>i.rl,l?lic.rt~onthrough rite viaits Sturlents chc,osc n Icaclcr tor ~n-clcpthst~lcly;lncl ~p~eacntation prclecl : ASL 101 Pcr,\>cc~i~,c/Skill/LAF:In~crcultlm~l Auorcness 3 Prrspectir,~;Modern Lulgllt~ge2 T, W, TI1 Knl : SCI 212 B e g i n n i n g Sign Language 11 Trainer 6 8:30 1) m This course has :In <>n-linecolnponcnr Successil~l > n , nceila, or 1 ~ 1 o~f ~ s the ct)nrtitl~cncy aol>lc, erg, OF~.C.IIPI Spulibor an<[ 1 - 0 1 O l r o n i n the Centel- for e. ;~aaign~ncnts klcilb On . ~ l ) l ? l i ~ , ~ 01 t i oc(111rse ~i Cwk, ,lncl Learning rcgnrcl~nl:rcqulrementa P- tlic orc;~nir;~tlc,j,, kno\\,lc~l:.c. ~ ~ n J c r s t a n c lhi in~ \rr~rkpl.rcc,nncl ;an .~\v.~rcncs\ o i a ~ ) c ~ c t lasues nl that r I&S c o ~ n l ~ l c t ~oof nthe course t l ~ l t ~ lwnc l s c > i the pnl,cr n crnsliip. Students must cc>nsult n r l t ~ i c o l i i l i i u n ~ & ~ ~ r c rcqulrc~,m t e c t i o n m;ly .ltfcct the u.r>rkpl;rcc, Stuclenrs ,tl~IIent 'W hns.ani~/<,r - - I - I ~ ~ r ~ ~. -i i s aregister. ~ P/N graclinc only. Sntist;lerc~ry co117 " h ~ l i l l the l Augshure ,IIILI #LC Exl>cricncegr;icl ~irel~le~lt. ~ p e r l n ~ s s ito o l ~rc;i\tcr. ML 520-S Sclf-Identity, Values, a n d Personal G r o w t h L i f c t i m c Activity: Fitness W a l k i n g (0.0 credit) clapp Prcrcq : 6 M A L c<,urscr Jul) 9. 11, 17, 6-10 p tn ,July 14, 8 synt;m of ASL Stuclenn obsenv the clcmonstrntion o f (I 111 -n,xn), RI,I, 11,1> 18, 6-9 p 111 <,;( nll,v 11111,CC T ~ I cc,urrc * l o r ~ k s,it rlic cc>nccpt o f uni\,c~-s;ll Lashbrook r ii N I I I t Knufman S t k l ~ l c n \t v ~ l ~ l a r t ~ c ~ l >i inl t;Ichcrlc\ o f a c ~ i i ~ ~ i n r i s n ~ > l ? l y a~ ~hisi gto^ ic;ll Ipcr\l)ectl\8e al'enking, reading, ;and writing o f elemental y I I ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ It n~icl ,~ K L\r,h;rr ~ ~t can rencli you ; ~ h n ~YOIII. lt 1 I soc~oec<,nomic forming Intcll,crst~n:~lr c l ; ~ t i ( ~ n s l ~with il>s explc~reyour \,lsl(>nsh r the future ;IIC~ I10\\, to 111:lke ~~c~s<,ns,'c)r~an~:atio in1111 ~ i a a n o t h e ~culture; nncl ~IICIIIr c . ~ l i ~ M ) ' .i j c j r n a a ~ g ~ i ~ ~\YIII ~ e be ~ i t.IsIlk btory, I o o k ~ n g:lt l ~ i crnol', .~nclonline journaliny. Cclursc in\,<,l\,c\ ;I (>f\,ocatic~n, helicirysrcln, ancl uni\,crsal three-hour nricnr;rt~<~n, nr,c~-~l;~y retreat, online Ic;lrninl:, .~nclfi~ll-cl:lgclos~ngsca.rli,n, Scp;lr,lte n,om "'"hO'll\l Moo , JILI?9. 69:30 p.111, ~111<l\;I[.. AII~~UI11, 9 <l.m4 ~ ~ r n CIIII~IIB*IZC s c l e c t i ~that ~ i ~ 11~111\~II(ICI~IS to th111k (ICLYHLI? WA>IIJII "" ~/II(IIIIIIIU TILS) RI~I: CLII~II~Rln, CC critlc:rlly, u ~ r c l c ~ ~ rt~lnclcas n n ~ l icle;ls, libten c a r c i ~ ~ l l y , .~litl~p~otession;iI gc>als~n terms I~CYSOII~~ T 111 TI1 . A OD A A S L 102-S ML 5 3 0 3 cclucation, .;oci;~laclcncc, ;lnd I:lng~l:~gc ;art5 m:ljors. Ethics ill C o m n l u n i c a t i o n T h ~ ccollrrc may XIS,> he r:rkcn &)r gr.~clu:ltc crcrl~t. Tlir<rugIi the in\,cstig;~t~on o f a variety ~,fetliic~~l syntax c l i ASI.. For rcgl*tr;rtlon c<>nt;lctA n n c K:ruinl:ln (612-330- ~pcr\lwcti\ca.this cc,llrse i c ~ c u s con the use ;lnJ o t 51:ns. ~practicctlicll oir.11.;ign~ng.and Ic;rrn the B c g i n n i l i g Sign Language I1 I I 8 8 or ~ ; I ~ I ~ I ~ : I ~ @ ~ ~ ' ; I ~ I ~ S I ~ I I ~ ~ . ~ Lnhr~se I I I ) ~c>ic<>1nrnun1c:lrio11 i n 1)11I1ties,ail\,crtib~~ig, .4 11.n1. (I !II 11111: OM 29 ~ ~ i t c ~ ~ ~ ercl;~ti~,n.*liil,s, ~ s < i n a l nncl s,,ci:~l an'l o r g , ~ n ~ z , r t ~ rctt~ngs. r~~i;~l 6-9:30 11.111. T, TI1 RIII,. OM 10 Steinnletz ~ Sl>nnlsIi. I n t ~ o ~ l u c t l oton the c u l t u ~ eo f tlie Spanisli- Pers~ccti~,l./Sk~ll/LAF:Inr~.rcultun~l Au,ure~~e>s 3 I'enbec~i~,e; Modern Languns 2 8:30-11 ' In 7; W, TI1 Rm : O M 26 SPA 1 1 2 7 r e \ l x ~ n s ~ l > ~; l~i t ynclohal ~l cnnncctcclncs. 6 9.30 1, ancl qucstir~nt h ~ r u g l i t i i ~ l lTliia y cr,tlrac ia iclcal k,r Lapakko i s p m k i n ~mirlcl i l c \ c l c > l ~ ~a ~ n i ign t c r ~ l i a c i p l i ~ i : r r y / ~ ~ i t c r ~ ~ ~ r c ~ i c s s ~ i ~ ~ i ; i l Prcrcq.: SPA 111 ;~l,~r<lncli to ~p~cthleln \ol\.ing :uncl \,aluc n\rralcness; c:illhng .rnd living o n ;~uthcnticlitc. YOI \\,ill alsu cliscus\~onli~llc,\\wng the P a ~ c l c selnin.lr ~:~ torm:it 3s 3 Tlu, ~.o~tr,rr t ~ lhr l held /rrm J~rly30-A1lg11\[ I1n1: O M 25 Ai111s to clevelop four hasic skills: i ~ n d e r s r n n ~ l i n c , arc ~..lllc~lto Jw ;lnrl h ~ \ \Y,W c;ln ~levclolieclhy M w t ~ ~ n Acller. er Sc~n~nn tol,~cs r 8:30 M , T, W uccks i n N~cnr;i:u:~ C o u ~ s c<>hjccti\.csincluclc: YLILI exl>h?reyoilr ow11 I~tc-the i;ict<,ra th:~th:lvc Paidcia S e n ~ i n a r s I'erspectir~c; Modern Lon~t~ogc 2 6.8:30 1) m tliat clccpcns your u n c l c r a t a ~ i c l i ~ I iI~\\,lie ~ you ;arc, \\hat I I rllscil>line I n Nic.ir;lgu;~.rnrl thc U n l t e ~Sr.rtcs; l INS 2553 ASI. 101 SPA 1 1 2 . ~ ~ ~ span& 11~ iI \oil1 he ahlc t ~i~nclcr.mncl > ancl ~ l c m o n s t ~ - . h;~aic ~tc 11111,: MUL 206 : Perspect~c~e/Skill/LAF: Intercultun~lAwnrcncss 3 history [,iU S relntio~is This cotllse includes two ancl prt~t;.ss~(>n;~lly. To iillilll tIi:lt Ipurposc you will T, TIl Prcrcq The ~ p u r l x ~ or ci this courrc ib to txcilir;irc r c i l c c t l o l ~ ~ i r o l > l c ~ nco~iiparing s; the stt~clenr'spnrticula~ 6-7.45 11.n1. exprcsions nncl Lrnly language necrlctl to communicate r c ~ ~ x ~ n s;ind ~ hc ~ l o lh ~; ~tc(>~incctcrlncss l~ rlir(luali the a u t l ~ c ~ ~ t i ccontrihute ~lly :lncl grow hotli l>crson.llly ;and rules ,,i the :ncri\wty. sl:ns, plnctlcc their o\r8nsigning, n n ~Ile a ~ nthe hcinl clc:~rlywith cleoi:lnrl Iharrk>f-hearing people. it^^,^^^ ~~~i~~~ cour.rc,\ ~~~~~~~~l [(,Iml,ro\,e prL,iicicncy in a sclcctcil pl,yaic:llnctl,,ir): Stuclcl,ts s k ~ l l rsrr.ltc:T , A S L 102-T A n introcluctlon to ~ l e a t c u l n ~ nncl r e tlie signs and Topics: T h c U n i t c d Statcs, G l o b a l Connections, a n d U n i v e r s a l Responsibility: A Nicaraguan Perspcctivc Bidinger ncl get HPE 1 0 2 3 B ML 599-S \ritIi I.i,is OI,~II 111 rIic Center, ; ti,r :>;&s 2nd lLc;~rn~ng regarcling rcqwrcmc ~ c ~ l ~ ~ ~ ~ ctor ~iM i c An Lt .Plan \ Mikkelsoll A n Introrlucti,,n tc, <lea( cultllrc;lncl nnil Scr~clenthohserve the ~ l c ~ n o n b r r n t i o n h c i a l cxl>rciai~>ns ;inJ lhocly Inngu;~:.e necclecl to B e g i n n i n g Spanish I1 Steinmetz Aims to ~ l c \ ' c l t ~four p bns~cskills: unrlcrstnniling, apcnking, rencling, and writing ()i elementary Sp;rnlsIi I n t r ~ ~ ~ l u cto t ~ the c ~ nc u l t i ~ r co f the Spanishspeaking a n ~ l c l . Prcrcq.: SPA II I -> , w Pcnpec~i~~c/Skill/LAF.Il~[crculrr~rr~l A~wrrcncss3 I'cr~llcc~n'e; Morlerrl L l n ~ l u ~ g2e 68:30 1, tn T W,TI1 l1m : O M 26 ~ i sesslor I'cnl~ecrit~e/Sk~ll/LAI:: Soc1<11 World I'cr\l~ccur,c, .nus F NUR 5 6 2 1 W S T 362-Sr 1600s Holroyd ,111~1 Sel~or~~onzl SCICICC L A F 111 Sucl<~l . I-4:30 11 >II 7;Th l<n~.OM16 W a l k i n g t l i e Truth: r Culture, Gcndcr. a n ~ ; H I \ / / A I U b i n Sub-Sahara1 HailongaLeuning W a l k i n g thc Truth: Culture, Gcnder, and H I V I A I D S in Sub-Saliann A f r i c a Hailonga/L.cu~iing ica l i e 1, Suh-S;ili;~r tlmc HI* T l ~ cnatural t l u c ~ i c co i +~ncle~iitc in %,ioloky, REL 2 0 0 3 T l i ~ sh n ~ a ~ l - h : l scourse c~l cxpl<,rc\ the ~ n f l u e n c c C h r i s t i a n V o c a t i o ~ and i the Search f o r M e a n i n g 11 o i c u l t u r e and g c n ~ l eo~n tlie t l l V / A I I I S Q u a ~ i b c c kI1 Thib course i(>cuscson .irticulntlng stu~lents' cn\,n tlieolc>gicnl ~ ~ u c x ~alicl ~ i pcts~tions ~ i s ;)nil once? ~ ' e r s ~ ~ c u i ~ e , ~ . ~ kL~Al lF/ ~ 111~F~ne F . Arrr T. Th 6-9:30 11.n~ M U S 220-S Worlds o f M u s i c ilenkovic A sur\,ey o i lion-Western ~ i i u s ~ c . i l Europe, A t r ~ c ; ~ :inJ , Asin \\,ill he covereil (luring this c,>11r1Ic. Perspec~~vc/Sk~ll/LAF:Aorhcucs or lnrcri.~tlutn~l L A F 111 FII~CArt5 Auoreiles5 I Pcr~pcst~t,~.; T Th MUS4963 Topics: JazzIContcmporary Music Thcory \.olvccl i n curbing the crlbis. un~lerlyingcultur.ll belieis, \,.llues, ancl trn~litions flint hot11 p r o ~ l i ~ i.rnd t c Ih~nclcrthe prcacl ~ n u s i ccultc~rcro i N o r r l 1 nnil ~ c , u t ~ r A n i c r i c n . 8:30 ':.t,b.-nuon i n tlic ;i~e.isc ~ h~hllc:ll t intcrprctat~onnncl rlic 11111.: M U S HIV u , i t h ~ nAiric:ln l ~ o p ~ ~ l , ~ t iTul i~ci scc>Llrse . is 1 : 1 ~ 1 ~I n llt Milc~ikovic Ii~stc,r~cnl. cultur:il. : ~ n dglc>h,il contest5 o t tlieoluglcal, n n J ~polit~cnl response* to the clise;lre :ire c s : l m i ~ i c dt l i r c ~ ~ ~rc;~rl~ngs. gli atructurcil tli;ilog, and >crr.~cc-lc:irl~~ng C1iristi:lnir). ;~nclother uorlcl ~ e l i g i < ~ ~ i s . eupcrlence \\,it11 ~pcrsolisacti\fcly invol\zecl i n E\;llu;lt~on hy qu~zzcso n , and rcalx>nt.csto curbing the crisib. Critical reflection on tlic r c n c l ~ n ~;ind s , kwr tlicol~rgicnl position Iyapers, u ~ i c q t ~~; n~ilc c t i o nrates hewccn \rromcn ;~ncl P ~ c ~ c i lR . :E L 100 8:30 'I 11) .noon liicli In Airled illll~lii~i:ltcs 11lidcrIy111g ~11Itllr.1I T Ti KIII : SVE 2 h r l i c h . r:iluc\, .ind traJitiona th:rt I>c~tli N;~mihl;ii n coll.lhorntic~n\\'it11 iqiculr).ancl 5t:ltt trc>m promorc ;inrl liinclcr the sprc.i~lot H I V \r4tliin Aushurg's Ccntcr tor C;lr>h;rl E c l r ~ r . ~ t ~nonn~the l Atrican 1po1>t11ati<)1it.. T l i c ccnIrsc Univcra~tyot Namih~n.I n this crlntmt. \r,<>~ncn'a \r,itli klculr). 2nd srait N:lliiibin ill c~>ll:~hc)~nt~<,n 15 tiluglit 111 Iic.iltli o i t l i c ~ rk i ~ i i ~ l i ;inJ r a comrnunlrlc, are SWK 6993 Asscssmcnt a n d Diagnosis in M e n t a l H c a l t h Practice SI: Ihopetul ;and po*iti\.e re\pr>n\es tc, the lhiglil~glite~l Tliis H I V / A I D S crisis i n Sub-Snli:~r;inAiric;i. (Fuliills the ~ p s y c h ~ r l ~ a t l i ancl o l r , ~tlic r<>lc~ ) i s o c i n \\.urkcrs l prcselvc rlic health o i t l i c ~ ri.~milies.lnil i licoltli I n assessment ;and cliqnosis (lment;ll c o ~ i i ~ n t ~ n ~are t i eliiglil~glitecl a ns I h o l ~ c i t and ~l ctlllcctivc ancl i n ~ l l v i ~ l u ciiorts ;ll to Ipmscr\,c tlie l1m.: M U S 3 p;~nilem~ i nc SubS:lhnr;in Airica. T h e natural liist<,ry, hioloky. :~nclc l > ~ c l c ~ n i o l tof > ~AyI D S I n A i r ~ c n S.I: \vcll ;is roc~<>cultur,ll,ct1iic:ll. <,n rccogn~:ing : i n J e\.:llu;~ting~cligiousclaims m ~NNII). WST 362NUR 5623 gl<>hnlcxl>cricncc r c r l t ~ i r e ~ i i e~nLtI I .i~ i i : i j o01~ min(>r ib i r o m Augrhurg's Ccntcr tor Glohal Ecluc.ltinn BoisenISyers n~iclthe Cln~vcrs~ry <,tNa~lilh~ii. 111r l i ~ sco~itext, women'* collecti\~cnlicl i n ~ l i v i ~ l u c: i il i o ~ ts to an clcct~\,ccuursc wlrich cxl,lorcs ~wuti\zercspc>nacst u t l ~ eHIV/AILIS criais i n This course \\,III ~ n c l u d cthe stllrly oih.~,~cj;izz i n Women's Stuclle\ i n Augshurg'h (:<ire In lhnr~iiony.We \\.ill cliscuss n clioril-acnlc theory, Curriculum). For cleraila contnct Sh,lron W;iclc i n cx:llnl lies ~ ~ s y c l i ~ ~ p . i t l :II~LI i ~ i l o~nent:rl ~y Suh-S;~Ii:~r.ln A i r ~ c : ~(Fuli~llt. . the gl~1'1l covcrinl: major acalc hnl-mony/cli~~rcl rcnlcs, tonic the N u ~ s ~ nDcl>;ilVtmcnt: g 612-330-1214 o r clisorclert. trim n systc~iis,ccolo~ic:ll.;~ncl cspcrlencc rcclulrcmcnt tor n 111njorclr ~ l i i n o r \r~3de'i@3i111l:sh~rg.e~lu. s t ~ c n g t l i \~peral>ccti\,c. Empli.lsi~it. 1p1:lcecl on I n Women's S t ~ ~ c l ~ i l lc AugshurKSs s Cole D<lter:l ~ r l y5-22. 2007 unclcratan~lingh i ~ ~ l ~ ~ ~ c l i 1 1i 1~ 1i 0 t l~~1ca ~I 011 ice~ C u r r i c u l u ~ n ) For . clct:lils contact Shnrc>n W:i<lc wl1<,le-tonc x n l c li:r~mc)ny. \saric)l~se h ~ ~ r ~ I - ~ ciliri ~ l e s tlie lirimnry clc>min:lnt 7th cliorcl, h;xbic ~nocl:ll cycle hubs :rncl, i t tiliie p r r ~ i i i t s ,tonic .wstc~iis. \ v ~ t l Iv(>l>cr i use (11c l i ~ ~ raymhc~l cl nor,ltlon a11d ;ivariety ~ ~ i s c r \ ' l csettin:.. c T h e cclursc the mc>st rhc inciclcncc ;and cc>ursc ,>i I n the Nursing L)cl>;~rt~iicnt: 612-130-1214 o r c ~ ) r n ~ i i < ~~prc\cntccl nly ~ i i c n t ; cl~sorclerr ~l ;inJ the \\,dclca@nugt.hurgcclu. clilicrcntial cttcct 111 thcsc 1;lctors on kI~\,crx D(:tcs. 1111y5-22. 2007 s~te 1 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1,l ~: ribk ti t 1 ~Thih 1 1 i is ~ :I ~ p r c r c q ~ ~ i lor r~, Fee,: SI.220 m ~I~~IIIUII 10 11(111011( ~ i i d( ~ i r k ~Fee) SWK 627 F;lmily Pr.lcticc Elccrlvc: Mental l,l~lt,~Ic!I O ~ I ~ , ,,110>r , ~ , 1l,Cl:l.,, .I> tlcaltli Pr.lcticc, :~ncl15 strongly cncul~r;~gcrl rnlnrllvrrdrlun t1'1t1ut1 thc solmrq al>plic.itiii~i< > tclio~~l.scnlc thc,,ry ancl g u ~ r l ct<,~ics. POL 1 2 1 3 lprcl>;rr;1tio11tor tlic ht.11~l i c c ~ i ~ ies:r~ii. ~ig Ear t r a l n l n ~cxcrci\cs u.111be c<n,crccl. I n t r o d u c t i o n to 6-9:30 11 111 Prcrcil.: MClS 101 cir cqui\vlent American Govcrnrnc~it Aoki E x ; ~ ~ i i i n c~\n ; ~ j o ~parrs r o f A ~ i i e r ~ c an.~tional n L A 1 111 FIIIC Art5 A ~ ~ ~ I T c III ~Perrl~ec~~r~e; ,~ 8:30 n.111 -nonu M. \V I<,,: MUS 3 g0\~~111iie11r 11iclu~1111:: Cwrgrca\, tlic ~prcs~clcncy, ;rnJ the courts, ns well S I: cnmp:iigns alicl elections, T, TI1 I,(II . OM 18 <l,,<l ,,IO$l -- - ,- - - - - - =- - -- --- --- - - - -- -- -- - - dl -\, summer o.nIi.ne.!j"~~5towgust31,m7 Summer Online courses ai-e:deliwered ow& the Inter low students maximum flexibility to organize'their work. Students will need >ersonalcomputer with a browser and'Intcmet connection. While students are ired to log in to the Id in work, they will se several t i m . h week to participate in discussions and teed to d?-this at specific times. Some classes may require occasional clasnoom meetings and t@~:will be held during weekday evenings or weekends to accommodate work schedules. Augsburg students using AugNet Records and Registration to m i s t e r for Summer Online will find these courses listed under Summer Session I I 1 . -_ I POL 121-L A m e r i c a n G o v c r n n l c n t and Politics Hcdblorn Suri'eys ~n.ijorp:lrts c r i Anieric:ln n:ltio~l;ll ; i ~ \ ~ r r n m e n t - i ~ i c I ~(:<,~lgrcss, ~ ~ l i ~ i g the p r c r i ~ l c n c ~ . .~nclthe cotlrts-;rs well :la c a l l l l ~ ~ i g nancl s clccti~~n, fcclcr:ilism, interest grcrups, :inJ p < > l ~ t i cparrlcr .~l I'cr~pe~~ttre/Sk~Il/LAF: Soc~t~l World I or 2 I'CI~\IC~IIV~; 1- FN I 240-r. L A F in Socl~ll(111d ljehi1t10rt11 SCC IC I CI ECO II~-L F I Pcrso'nal Financc Principles o f Microcconornics Intr<)Juction to ~pcrs<)naltin;~nci;llplanning ;1 I>uclgeting, crcclit manngellicnt, inccblue t;~scs, tlic II~IIFCIIIIILI, real cstntc, i ~ l \ ~ c s t ~ l i e n~etirement, ts, awl ~I~SLII.IIICC, cst.ltc lplann~n;. MKT 4 6 6 - L International M a r k e t i n g r r: rlrrn, ':cr structi~rcs,;rnrl ~nc(>mc >felementaly econonlic c l i s t r i h u t i ~ ~Anp p l ~ c a theory to m:lrlet pol Stcin rnccon~)mica:the tlieoly o f A n intro~luctic>~ , lay he taken inclcpc~l~lently C I ~ E C O I I @ ( > r112. E C O 112 ;rnrl 113 may he r.~ken i t i citlicr o n l e ~ . Mcziou P~crcq.:M P G 2 Thih co~lrsecx:lmines t h ~ ~ s~ssuca c ;and ;icti\,~tic.\ I'er~bect~i,c/Skill/LAF: Sucinl Wurlil I or 2 I'crs~ccr~~,c; uniqtle to marketing I n nn internntion:ll setting. mid I j e l u ~ ~ , ~ oSc~enies r'~l L A F 111 Soc~r~l Emphasis ib lilnceil o n :~clnl>tntio~l o i 3 marketin:: lniix OCCO~~IIIIC to the ~ ~ i t c ~ n n t ~~onnnnr kl c t ~ n g e~i\~~ro~i~lic~it. P H I 110-L Prcrctl.: M K T 252 I n t r o d u c t i o n to Philosophy Ward Thih c o u ~ s ci ~ l t r c ~ ~ l u stc~clcnts ces tt, typ~cnl pliilosc~pliic;ilquestion.* (like how we kn11\\,, if u8eran CHM 102-L Ilnve certnln kn<~u,lcrlgc,i f there arc 11111\,cranl ~iit~r;~l C h c m i s t v for Changing Timcs w i t h Lab Fcdic This is a Iccturc anil Inhorntory course tll:1t tle\.cl~~l)s h;lsic c~lclli,trg prinsll)lca \\.itll tllc :15,,lml,ti,,n tilac ~pri~lciples \r,licrlier G o d exlsts, the nntilrc t,f the ~cdl nncl t c ~ m i n d ctc ), to p l i i l ~ ~ s o l ~ hvocahulnry, critical thinking rind w l i ; ~ ti t means t<>\,iew tlic I)~~~~SOI~~IIC~~~Y. ill the 1711y~i~;~l !vo~ILI sturlents h3vc llttlc Or 110 I1;1ek~ro111lcI scicnccs This liyhriil coilrse mccts for thrcc S:itunlny I'erspcct~t~e/Sk~ll/LAF: HI(III(I~ Idetlt~lyP~TSIICCLI(,~;L A F Inh seasion.\: 7:30 n m -3:30 p.m o n June 30. July it1 14, nncl August 4. Cc>u~sc ~>cri<i~m;incc ia c\.aluntcil \<'it1111111t I~~SCIISSI~II C X C I C I S ~ Salirl cl~lizics,a11 <>ngoingj c ~ u ~ n lprojcct al cserctsc, 2nd the l a h o r ~ t o r y SebLIOllS Prcrcq : MPC; 3 I'ers~zc~i~z/Sk~lI/LAF: Nidturizl World I or 2 Pen\,ecut'c, L A F 111 Naruatl Sctencc\ 011d M~~I~ICIII~LLIO I<m: SCI 322 I 24 H~~rntllulles -- - P . - notes d u m m r r Sess ~pplicntionsare a\~:lilnl~le online at: w,nr~~sh~~r~.edu/enrolI/rc~istmr then clicl 'fDd Registrar Forms"
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements...
Show more This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpublishedherein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Table of Contents PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 24, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 31, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE PAGE 35, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 44, EXPENSES PAGE 47, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 54, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 56, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 147, FACULTY PAGE 156, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL PAGE 158, INDEX BACK COVER, ACADEMIC CALENDAR Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog i s designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. I n it you will find most of the answers t o questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar t o you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC.. . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. ... .. .. ... .A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation. COURSE.. . ........A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors i n MAJOR . ... . 20 departments. -......, ...A concentration i n a field or study i n less depth than the major. MINOR.. . .. .. .... ....A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the ELECTIVE student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE .............,.... Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. .... ... , . ...Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. LOAN . . . See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP . . .....Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special kerb such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and lengrh of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. ... .......The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks i n length and the interim i s 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE .... ...A course which a student i s required t o complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus, as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal i s neither self-serving nor self-sustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion o f your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "4-1-4." I n the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an education of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is i n the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities i s available t o enrich your education, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear i n the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg i s a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). more than loo years A u g s b u r g celebrated its centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century of Christian higher education. The current study body of about 1600 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are resident students, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including united, ~~~~h~~~~orient, Eastern, Braniff, Republic, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled i n 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin CitjesaIsoappear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. The school wasofficially namedAugsburf3 College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theelogical Seminary in St. Paul that same year. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Cuthrie Theater, Theater in the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Nature and Objectives Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. I n the winter you may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It i s committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities i n the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety o f ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient i n one area or major. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. t o h e l p students understand the Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world. The College and i t s faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. to develop students' love o f learning and their faculties o f reason, criticism, curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic excellence. to increase students' understanding o f the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities o f the modern city. to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them i n discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them. to assist students i n their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities o f character compatible with the Christian faith. Policies It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended i n i t s admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be directed t o Bonnie-Jean Mork, Memorial Hall (330-1023), or Marianne Sander, M e m o r i a l H a l l (330-1160), o r t o t h e Director of the Office for Civil Rights, The Campus Augsburg's campus i s located i n the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks i n the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 16 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The Universitv of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation i n the following associations that set standards by which excellence i s judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting t h e Campus The purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students to learn, first-hand, about t h e College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information vital i n the process of selecting a college and i n making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. with a member of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school i s in session. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the admissions office (330-1001). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements also may be made t o meet School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454. I , I ::- ' I,: DRIVING T O THE CAMPUS. Augsburg i s easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. -_-- 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. Studio Building 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Old Music Hall 15. Little Theater 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Main Entrance-Tunnel/Ramp/ Skyway D. Quadrangle E. Faculty-Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Practice Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp Offices - --.. Admissions (628 21st Ave. S.) Alumni/Parent Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) American Indian Programs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Arts Coordinator (Music Hall 2nd floor) Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Black Student Affairs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Memorial 2nd floor) College Pastor (College Center 1st floor) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Continuing Education (Memorial 2nd floor) Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Memorial 2nd floor) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Foreign Student Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) -> /. A *,>4< 4- .< -?A , 1 +..&-+-- . *., ;. , - . - , -... ,-- - --. -, . , ? . d i ,- -- 8 7. .: -./y- - < -. , - -, - -- - - *. ? , , *,T'-. ,.:. -"----. /~-//~T~cc<F-, - <,/ER .- -- Housing (College Center 1st floor) Intercultural Center (Memorial 2nd floor) Interim Director (Memorial 2nd floor) Internship Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Little Theater (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (College Center 1st floor) Registrar (Science 114) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 2nd floor) Summer School Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) The Physical Plant Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation t o each other. Remodelling and construction work to eliminate architectural barriers is expected t o be completed during 1980. This will include street level access from 21st Avenue South t o a tunnel/ramp/skyway system that connects the tower dormitories and the five buildings on theQuadrangle. Remodelling of academic and administrative space will result in relocations of some departments and offices by 1980-81. Following are descriptions of buildings. The Admissions House, located at 628-21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent t o Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it provides excellent resources for research and study. It contains reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof of Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960. O l d Main, erected i n 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for married students. Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973, named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing for 312 upperclass students. A spacious lounge area as well as conference rooms are located i n this building. Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 students. The building was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building i s that each floor i s considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The Augsburg College Center, completed i n 1967, i s a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which i s the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore i s also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building provides space for administrative and faculty offices and houses about 40 students. The Music Hall, erected i n 1978, i s the newest building on the campus. It con- tains classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, a music library, practice studios, offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat recital hall. The Art Studio Building, dedicated i n 1964, houses the Department of Art on i t s two floors. Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was completed i n 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. The Ice Arena, built i n 1974, provides two large skating areas for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. It is used for hockey, recreational skating, and figure skating. The Speech and Drama Building was acq u i r e d i n 1959 and remodeled f o r dramatic and other speech activities. A theater wing addition t o Melby Hall, replacing the old music hall, is proposed for completion late i n 1980. Annex Houses, located i n the campus area, provide accommodations for students, faculty, a n d staff members. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide i t s students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology i s available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and t h e Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation f o r careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching i s available. Augsburg seeks to assist i t s students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according t o their individual interests and abilities. The Student as Learner A great deal has been written during the last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its task to provide consistently high quality opportunities for learning along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process. Learning i s not, however, a commodity which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o simply buying so many courses and being exposed to the activities of professors. Learning involves t h e solitary inner struggle of the student who investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the materials and insights offered. When these have become one's own and when the learner moves on to new personal insights, then learning has taken place. Both the school and the student have responsibilities in this process. Neither party can elude its basic task. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 15.5 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest sports victory while having coffee. Library Services Augsburg has a well-equipped library. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library, centrally located next to the Science Hall, houses over 160,000volumes including books, periodicals, records and various other media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access t o over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to the Augsburg faculty and students. A s e r v i c e - d e d i c a t e d staff p r o v i d e s students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction i n the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. The AV Center of the Library provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings are available f o r b o t h faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods; film bibliographies and other advice o n materials selection are also available. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject. The interim period i s an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged i n this change from the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form i n the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested in communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity t o experience and experiment while learning. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. In selecting courses t o meet the general distribution requirements, students may select an approved course in the areas of mathematics or physics, chemistry or biology, psychology or sociology, economics o r p o l i t i c a l science, history o r philosophy, and English or speech, communication and theater arts. The study of a foreign language is required. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on urban concerns i s required as is prof i c i e n c y i n t w o l i f e t i m e sports. For details on general education requirements, see the Academic Administration section. Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German Health Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Norwegian Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science (Special Emphasis in History, Behavioral Science, Non-Western Studies, International Relations) Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area Studies are available t h r o u g h cooperative programs with the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these programs for further information. It i s possible for students t o complete other majors also through ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must make application for such a major through the Office of the Registrar. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It i s suggested that requirements for admission t o graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, i n the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. the United States, t o help determine whether they possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students t o maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg Pre-Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351, 352; Mathematics124; Genera1 Psychology, 1 course. Students are encouraged to consult with in the freshman the faculty adviserearly year. Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University School o f Engineering and A p p l i e d Science and the Michigan Technological University. See under Engineering for information on the course requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, i s strongly suggested. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law in Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116 (0r105,106), 351,352,353; English l l l , a n d o n e or more w r i t i n g and literature courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociolog~, behavioral sciences and humanities, 5 s recorncourses. General P s ~ c h o l o gi ~ mended. students arc encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed t o fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116, 351, 352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives t o fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early i n the freshman year. This two-year program has been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g., history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, religion. The student planning t o enter seminary should include Religion 111, 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses in the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124; Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music, humanities, theater, and upper division foreign languages); ant h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology courses t o fulfill the remainder of the distribution requirements. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed tofulfill the minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-lnstitutiona( Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program t o gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program i s new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. The Higher Education Consortium. This group i s composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programsfor students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program i s designed t o train specialists to help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response o f students involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursing students in the school of nursing at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission t o the school of nursing should be made directly to the hospital. Medical Technology. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student i s accepted by the participating hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. Engineering. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan, enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, i n a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home, is available t o students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to this program requires an application t o be approved by t h e director of the program. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult w i t h t h e Director regarding proper sequence of courses. ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available i n the metropolitan area and may be pursued,by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it i s wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Program in Global Community. Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning program based i n Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations. Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges i n the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications t o the program are made i n the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the lnstitute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon i n France; The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. I n addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experi- ment in International Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs i n Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or t o satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School. Again there i s a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. gram. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered o n a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks t o fourteen weeks. Students wishing t o know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office ofthe Associate Dean of the Faculty. Interim. Study abroad during the interim i s planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. New Dimensions Program Honors Program Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities f o r qualified students t o pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director. lnternship Program The lnternship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies,agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through i t s Continuing Education Pro- The New Dimensions Program i s for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior t o graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life, The transitional course, "The A d u l t Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return t o schooll The course enables returning adults t o get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established t o increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth. At the present time, there are offerings in Art, Women's Studies, and Church Staff Work. Certification in Art requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns are addressed. See Art Department Chairperson. The Women's Studies Certificate may be earned by completing six courses oriented towards women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences and t h e humanities. Interested students should contact Professor Toni Clark. The Church Staff Worker Certification Program i s designed t o help persons prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of a "Church Staff Worker Major" in Religion (9 courses) plus additional specialized courses in departments such as psycholo- gy, sociology, speech, and physical education. The program i s designed to meet or exceed criteria used in the American Lutheran Church in its certification program. See Religion Department Chairperson. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of S-cience, i s awarded t o graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are a major aspect of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by students and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of faith. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist service in the College Center is a valued worship experience for many students. Students, faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special events are sponsored throughout the year and a number of groups having a religious emphasis meet regularly. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation or ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to performing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given o n campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged t o participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and i s a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete i n volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Student Services Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context in which learning takes place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Education. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which t o plan. SEMAPHOREwas designed to act as a sort of road map for you. The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate i n are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. Career Planning and Placement. You may be uncertain about where you want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance t o review their interests with a counselor. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year t o help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity t o register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want t o improve your skills i n such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workships offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle challenges more effectively discussing things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help you think through how you can handle major or minor problems i n a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy and procedure. Learning for Living. A series of miniclasses designed for the person who has a desire t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a college in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian Programs Counselor provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities i n recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and i n planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of International Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who is appointed lnternational Student Advisor. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live i n Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation i s to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements i n the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space i s available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $100 advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Advising All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged t o establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one in the major and one i n the area of education. tures small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live i n residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and i s open through the noon hour and i n the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living i n College houses or nearby apartments. Student Government Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check your family health coverage t o determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Student government i s t h e vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pert a i n i n g t o student l i f e at Augsburg. Student government i s organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want t o get involved, contact the President or Vice President i n their offices in the College Center. Food Service Student Rights The Commons, situated on the top floor The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of Student Financial Services You may wish to contact this office for information o n types of assistance available and for answers t o questions about deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also recorded. If you have financial problems, this is a good place to work them out. Health Service of the College Center i s the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room fea- disciplinary action and grade appeal. The judicial Council is elected by student and faculty and serves t o conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates i n compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the office of the registrar and the place- ment office and t o challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1, 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Admission t o the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of Success i n college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of The ~ ~ ~ Process l i ~ for ~~~~h~~~ A ,isit to the campus is highly recomare availmended: admissionscounse~ors abletohelpyou,answeryourquestions, and arrange for you to see the campus. ~ 1. From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission and complete it. t 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by April 1 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus. and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courseswhere it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg only. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. Registered Nurse Students seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must-also complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests. The Application Process For Transfer Students 1. From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file i s complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The Application Process For Returning and Special (Non-degree) Students 1. Obtain an application form from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Request that official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended be sent directly to: Registrar's Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 (Returning students need t o have sent only the transcripts of colleges attended since the last enrollment at Augsburg.) 4. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus will be made i n the housing office. Foreign Student Admission Citizens of other countries are welcomed at Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser i s available to help them i n the transition to college and t o the United States. Admission is based upon performance i n secondary school and previous college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial sponsorship i s required. A very limited number of scholarships i s available. Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg. I f they have an internationally valid health insurance policy, a copy of the policy is required. For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions. Early Decision An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores and recommendations. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are encouraged t o complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial A i d Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student is encouraged t o withdraw applications t o other colleges. A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit i s required by January 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school and the maturity t o cope with a college course after the junior year i n high school. Also, it i s recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for the program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while i n the Army. An adviser at Augsburg Gsists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 is charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit i s granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 85% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college t h r o u g h some f o r m o f scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a c o m b i n a t i o n o f these. Assistance i s awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is required for students applying t o the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship Service. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1978-79, approximately 85% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, or loans totaling over $3,900,000 from Augsburg and all other sources. Augsburg participates i n the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program t o which all Minnesota residents are expected t o apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study and Guaranteed Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus w o r k opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg. PREPARING A BUDGET Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses and of all potential financial resources i s the best way to do your financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are considered in evaluating your need for financial aid. Your budget should include amounts for tuition and fees and for books and supplies. Tuition and fees for 1980-81 are $3660 per year. Books and supplies may be estimated at $225 per year. Room and board i s $1760 per year. Other college-related expenses are those for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine months. Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts should be budgeted for: Clothing, cleaning Recreation, entertainment Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.) After you have written down estimates of your expenses, make a list of all possible sources of income, such as: contributions from parents' earnings; personal and family savings; personal earnings during vacation periods; earnings from part-time jobs during academic year; benefits from Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e., scholarships from state, church, civic and school). Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any union t o which a family member belongs for possible scholarship programs. High school guidance counselors may have information about student aid offered by church, civic, professional, or fraternal organizations i n a given locality. Following you will find a summary of financial aid programs. Information on a deferred payment plan i s available from the Augsburg College Office of Student Financial Services. OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) For students with proven financial need. Available t o full-time and parttime students. Up to $1800 per year depending on the institutional costs and the student's eligibility. Obtain application from high school guidance office or college financial aid office. Veteran's Administration Benefits/ G.I. Bill Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans may qualify f o r special benefits. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as d e t e r m i n e d by t h e Veteran's Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Veteran's A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Office in your area. Social Security Benefits For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) i s retired, deceased or disabled. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. Vocational Rehabilitation Students with certain physical or emot i o n a l disabilities may qualify f o r special assistance. A m o u n t is d e pendent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your local Vocational Rehabilitation Office. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) For members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are members of an ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per year. Renewable. American lndian Scholarships American lndian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of lndian Affairs, Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship monies. lndian grants are supplemental to all other sources of financial aids. For assistance in application, contact the American lndian Programs Counselor. Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota State Student Loan For students carrying at least one-half the normal full-time academic load, the Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while thestudent is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full 7% interest. The maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less. The aggregate maximum i s $7500. Loan applications are available at the College, at some banks, and from Minnesota State Student Loan Office. PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION COORDINATING BOARD Minnesota State Scholarship Awarded to Minnesota residents o n the basis of scholastic achievement and need. High School seniors who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Range: $100 t o $1250; but shall not exceed one half of the applicant's demonstrated financial need. for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply. Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of evident need. High school seniors and community/junior college transfer students who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Applications for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant will be mailed t o all Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not receive an application by December 30, contact your high school guidance counselor or the college financial aid office. In addition, persons who have not attended a post-secondary institution Return completed application and FFS t o The American College Testing Pro- Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa 52240. Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080) and the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program (Code 6500) t o receive the FFS analysis. NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications are automatically c o n sidered for the State Grant. DEADLINE: March 1. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE COLLEGE Honor Scholarships For entering freshman students ranking i n the top 15% of their high school class with above average aptitude test scores. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Academic Grants For entering freshman students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based o n 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Federal Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise attend college, and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Range $200 t o $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched by other financial assistance such as loans, scholarships, employment. National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Averages approximately $1000 per year. Can be reapplied for each year although renewal i s not guaranteed. College Work Study Program For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. Augsburg Opportunity Grant For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior College entering Augsburg for further full-time study and with proven financial need. Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable for a second year. How to Apply 1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the financial aid application. 2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS) from high school counselor or Augsburg College Financial Aid Office* 3. Complete and return the FFS to: American College Testing Program Financial Aid Operations P.O. Box 1000 lowa City, lowa 52240 Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code number i s 2080. Financial statements received by April 1 will be considered first. *Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the College will accept the Financial Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code number i s 6014. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr, next year). Descriptions of awards are copied verbatim from statements of the donors' wishes. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. 2. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. 3. The Elias B. Eliason, Sr. M e m o r i a l Scholarship -established in 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students. 4. The O l i v e r M. a n d Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/ senior students. 5. T h e M.J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. 6. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education. 7. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. 8. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. 9. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior. 10. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded to a senior. 11. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. 12. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and deserving upperclassmen. 13. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship - distributed annually t o needy and deserving students preparing for a career in professional Christian service. 14. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships up t o $1000 each - awarded o n the basis of scholarship, personality, and need. Winners must be junior or senior students who are residents of the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabecor Washington Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code 6577) 15. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee 1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded to able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. 2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland M e m o r i a l Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need. MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. A i d Association for Lutherans M i n o r i t y Scholarship P r o g r a m - awarded annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. 2. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing M i n o r i t y Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 to be awarded to a Black student. 3. T h e M a r l y s J o h n s o n S i m e n g a a r d Memorial Scholarship - Awarded periodically t o a Black American student. 4. National Scholarship & Grant Program for M i n o r i t y Students -sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to membersof racial and ethnic minorities. 5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental students. 6. Homecoming Auction Scholarship awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration. staff and students at the Homecoming auction. RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt M e m o rial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. 2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. 3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest i n Christian service. 4. The Morris C.C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Depart- ment of the American Lutheran Church. 5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. 6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving juniorhenior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected by donor. 7. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion t o the Christian faith. DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS ART - winners selected by Art faculty. Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical Education faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education. 4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. 5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded t o a freshman football player on basis of financial need. 6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded t o a football player on basis of financial need. 7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. 8. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character". The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference for basketball. 1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology Department faculty. 2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Biology Scholarships - established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the Business Administration faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students interested i n the field of business. 2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students who are interested i n business and/or education. CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry faculty. Awarded t o students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty. 1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually t o junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan t o teach English as a career. 2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship -awarded t o an outstanding student i n the field of English. HISTORY faculty. - Winners selected by History The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring i n history with preference given t o those who plan a career in the field. 1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chem- istry Scholarship. 2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. 4. The Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship. 5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty. The David Mathre Scholarship -awarded t o qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winnersselected by Library staff. 1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. MATHEMATICS - Winners r e c o m mended by Mathematics faculty t o the Student Personnel Committee. 1. Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded t o able and deserving juniorhenior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. 2. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selecte d by M o d e r n Language faculty. 1. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually t o juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given t o those who plan t o teach language as a career. 2. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, t o help with travel expenses. A special application i s required by the Foreign Language Department. MUSIC faculty. - 5. The Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded t o upperclass students seeking t o acquire musical and performance skills i n instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. 6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award i s "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." 7. Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student studying choral music. Winners selected by Music 1. 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conduaing and who show promise of overall academic success. 2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship -awarded tOaso~homore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. 3- The solberg SchO1arshi~ - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a maior/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement i n the art of singing. NURSING -winners faculty. selected by Nursing Donna Henke Hendershot Memorial -awardedtoagraduateof the Abbott Northwestern School of Nursing enrolled in the Upper Division Nursing Program at Augsburg. PHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics faculty, The Theodore J.Hanwick Scholarship awarded annually to an upperc~ass stu- dent majoring in SOCIOLOGY 4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. Expenses Costs listed here are for the 1980-81 academic year, and are subject to change without notice. T U I T I O N - $3,660 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1980. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms for a total of seven courses in the year. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects to omit an interim or to graduate in December, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $510 per course is charged the student taking less than three courses i n a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is one half the part-time rate per course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Students enrolled in the music therapy program will arrange their internship with Music Department faculty. The charge for this one-course credit is $510. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes i s $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $35 Computer Science, $30 per course Student Teaching, $35 Film Making, $90 Life Drawing, $20 Stagecraft, $30 Psychology of Music, $10 Nursing Admission Test, $20 Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons i n addition to tuition are $140 a semester (14 lessons), or $10.00 per lesson during Interim. Class piano lessons, $70 per term Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day, $35.00 ($15.00 an interim). Band - Orchestra instrument rental $30.00 a semester. An application fee of $10.00 i s required from all new students. Nursing students are required to have a name pin, available at cost through the Department of Nursing. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $125.00. OTHER COSTS Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge is $510.00. Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy, $1.00. Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00 Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office with charges according t o the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore o n a cash or charge account basis. BOARD A N D R O O M Full Board and Room - $1,760. Other plans are available as defined in the Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office of Auxiliary Services. I n the event of excessive increases i n the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. Linen service i s available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident students: $100.00 advance deposit required at time of signing a contract to reserve a housing assignment for the t e r m beginning in S e p t e m b e r . charge. New 'OnApplied to the tracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring term by notifying the Office of student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notifica. . tion. If the new contract i s cancelled prior to (Fall semester) or (Spring semester), $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 advance payment as a . . service charge. If the new contract is cancelled after July or January the entire amount will be forfeited. BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. 1979-80 COST SUMMARY Settlement of Account Application Fee - $10.00 A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded t o the student early i n August. Payment of the first half-year billing period i s due August 20, and the second half-year isdue January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August Tuition - $3,660 Board and Room - $1,760 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded o n termination o f studies at Augsburg) Deposits T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 15, 1979. (Payment is due February 1 under Early Decision Program). The deposit is applied to the tuition charge. No student is permitted to register if hisor her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. A student cancelling part or all of his/her registration and/or being released from his/her housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $100 of feesto cover administrative costs according to the following schedule: 100% through the first five daysof classes. 90% from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. 80% from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. 70% from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. 60% from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. 50% from the twenty-sixth day through the middle of the term. No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student be forced to cancel his/ her registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. In all cases board refunds a r e made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will beapplied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily availablefor consultat;on and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studieswillinclude courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected t o be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and t o equip students for lifetime sports. Courses in religion are intended to assist students i n their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Students who enter the nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree and who wish t o earn a Bachelor of Science degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for information on the specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairperson for each division is elected for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated i n the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE A N D MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Earl R. Alton Department Department Department Department Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics of of of of SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairperson: Myles Stenshoel Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary .Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing Department of Social Work HUMANITIES Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe Department of Art Department of English D e p a r t m e n t o f Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of speech, Communication and Theater Arts Minimum Graduation Requirements Include the Following: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300s and 400s) and not more than 13 in one department, except in certain approved majors for the Bachelor of Science/Arts degree and 17 for these degrees: Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science i n Music Therapy, and Bachelor of Science in Nursing. No more than these maximums may be the 35 'Ourses required: CHR courses independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major except Elementary Education and one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson). Students who enter the nursing program with a B.A. degree and who wish t o earn a B.S. degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. For transfer students, the maximum in the areas listed in the paragraph above is an average of two courses per year of attendance at Augsburg. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major (except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required). 4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number o f i n t e r i m courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. 7. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are availableinthe Registrar's Office. 8. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 9. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows: A. A course in writing (EnglishI l l ) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered .during the summer and fall orientation periods. B. An approved course from each of the following seven areas (onecourse may fulfill the requirement in one area only): courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and receive permission t o register for more than 4.5 courses. Mathematics - Physics Chemistry - Biology Psychology -.Sociology Economics - Political Science History - Philosophy English -Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Art - Music Although a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins, it i s advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee i s also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of the semester. C. Students without prior study of a foreign language will complete two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language. Students who test above 111 level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Students are urged n o t t o abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result i n a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form i s returned to the Office of the Registrar. D. Three approved courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. E. A course related t o urban concerns. Courses approved t o meet this requirement are published each term. F. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency i n two lifetime sports. Registration A student must be registered for a course i n order t o receive credit for it. A normal load i s four courses per semester and o n e course i n t h e interim. Students registered for three or more Students who have completed at least 7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his or her achievement i s unsatisfactory. below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses FRESHMAN, If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, he/she i s subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the end of the spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by t h e Committee o n Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been o n probation for two terms and withdraws from the Cod lege voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards o f excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0. Unacceptable performance ( n o credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a Pass/ N o Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. O n the P/N grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an averageof two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on P/N grading system if approved by the department chairperson. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only o n the traditional system. English 111 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Students may select the traditional grading system i n most other courses. Students are cautioned t o use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish to take on the P/N grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according t o dates published each term. A fee i s charged after the first five days of classes. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the caseof extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that i s t o be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, 1, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time arecounted toward graduation and i n the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Students who wish t o fake courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within t w o weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed witti a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students i s listed under Expenses. Dean's List The Dean's List i s composed of students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of three full courses (or equivalent) graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes i n courses offered for credit. The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a letter of commendation from the Dean of the College. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summacumlaude Magnacumlaude Cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 g r a d e average 3.6 - 3.79 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Independent Study An opportunity for independent study i s offered through many departments. This i s available to conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Most departments also offer an opportunity for directed study. As the term suggests, this requires considerably more faculty direction than for independent study, and a student i s not expected t o have as much background as for independent study. Directed study is offered on a lower division level. Students interested in registering for either independent study or directed study must first secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it i n one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. I n such cases, a grade of X i s given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course i n order t o receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field i n which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions t o this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached t o independent study by the host campus. Veterans Augsburg College is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar regarding completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information t o the Veterans Administration. Students registered for three or more courses are classified as full-time students. It i s the responsibility of each veteran t o report any change i n registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a minimum of three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only i n t h e case of extreme emergency. See section o n Grading. Grade reports are issued t o students following each term. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran'; academic load for the term below three courses will be reported t o the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested i n earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairpersons or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore.. . 7courses . .I4 grade pts. Junior . . . .. .16courses . - 3 2 grade pts. Senior. . . . . .25courses . -50 grade pts. .. .. To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses A full course i s offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses (one-half course credit) are offered i n the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximatevalue of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition t o laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. students shouid consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300and above are classified as upper division. I n general, courses numbered i n the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some departments course numbers also designate areas within the deDartment symbol #Consent of instructor T o t a l Student E n r o l l m e n t Academic Year, 1978-79.. ............................................ Summer Session,1979 ........................................... Summary o f Graduates Graduates, 1870-1978 ................................................ Graduates, 1979 (August 31, 1978 - May 20, 1979). ..................... 1,712 408 7,290 337 Course Descriptions The descriptions of courses listed in the following pages are to be understood as general characterizations of topics t o be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and requirements f o r individual courses, please consult the respective instructors bf the courses. Consult Schedule of Classes for precise offerings each term. Courses and terms listed are subject t o change. The symbol # indicates "by consent of instructor". See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. American Studies Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5 courses i n one of these areas and 3 i n each of the others).* History of the United States American Studies, 231, 260 History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495 (American Emphasis) Religion 353, 363 Humanities i n the United States American Studies 232, 265 Art 102, 389 English 241 (also Speech 247), 250,351, 490 and497 ( A ~ ~ ~ ; Philosophy 344 Social Sciences i n the United States Economics 120, 122, 723, 251 Education 478# Political Science 127,122,170,325,326, 370, 371, 427 Sociology 171, 373, 381, 383 Social Work 361, 463 *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion i n the major. TEACHING M A J O R : 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery~ evangelicalism. Course content subject t o ~ ~ ~ change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject t o change from year to year. (Spring. Offeredon demand) 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS The situation of Indians in the United States sipce the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. (Spring) phenomenon in American life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 265 W O M E N IN AMERICAN CULTURE 495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. (Fall) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or For description, see course 295. Open t o juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Art Chairperson: Philip Thompson STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses including 107, and 3 art history courses. TEACHING M A J O R : Same as studio art major but 250 required and 132 recommended. STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses including 107, and 1 art history course. Two required from 118,221,223,225,250; one from 240,382,385,386,387,388,389. ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history including 386, 3 8 7 ~388. 100, 300 SPECIAL TOPICS Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS 225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience i n t h e environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980) The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) STUDIO ART 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. (Fall, Spring) 118 PAINTING I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring) 242 FILM M A K I N G Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 250 CERAMICS I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) 330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1 132 PHOTOGRAPHY The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention t o black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. A study of visual communications i n magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 150 JEWELRY 351 CERAMICS I1 An introduction t o the making of jewelry i n copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring) Advanced work i n ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring) 221 SCULPTURE I 355 PAINTING II An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring) Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 778. Fall, Spring) 223 PRINT M A K I N G I 360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING Principles and methods of print making i n a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring) Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of water-color painting with emphasis o n the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture i n drawing and transparent water-color. (Prereq.: 107. Offered alternate years). 368 PRINT M A K I N G I1 Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult chairman or internship director t o determine project. 478 SCULPTURE 11 Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) ART HISTORY proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture i n Europe. (Offered 7 982-83) 240 ART HISTORY SURVEY A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. (Offered 7 980-87) 387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART European painting, sculpture, and architecture through the 18th century. (Offered 7987-82) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS 388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia f r o m pre-history t o m o d e r n times. (7 982-83) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from neoclassic is^ through the present. (Offered 7987-82) 385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART 389 AMERICAN ART The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period t o the 4th Century A.D. (Offered 7980-87) 386 MEDIEVAL ART A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements.(7980-87) Early Christian through late Gothic and Biology Chairperson: Neal Thorpe MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122 also required. Students intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least course from each of the following groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355, inone five 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. M I N O R : 5 courses, including Ill, ll2and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application f o r t h e honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 H U M A N B I O L O G Y Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in .the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 707 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 H U M A N A N A T O M Y A N D PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structureand function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certair; other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 B I O L O G Y A N D SOCIETY What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal?What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 M I C R O B I O L O G Y Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN B I O L O G Y Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Applies towards the Natural Science requirement. 111,112 GENERAL B I O L O G Y A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular b i o l o g y , genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 771, Fall; 712, Spring) 323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N PHYSIOLOGY A laboratory-based course i n which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall, 7980. Offered alternate years.) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 772, Chernistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring, 1981 and alternate years). 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring, 7980 and alternate years) 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367 or #. Spring) 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring) A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772; Chernistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722or #. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 481 ECOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 491 SEMINAR Oral presentations and written papers relating t o recent biological literature and research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n biology) 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) Business Administration and Economics BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella M A J O R I N ACCOUNTING: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. M A J O R IN FINANCE: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373,379,478, and one from 381,382,483; 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. M A J O R IN MANAGEMENT: 10 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,145, 250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478; 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychology 371,373; Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111 or English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 i s strongly recommended. M A J O R IN MARKETING; 9 B,usinys A$ministration courses (101, 102, 131, 135, ., J 0 250, 261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics114 is strongly recommended. Majors in Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered in the department in addition to those listed above. NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in management information systems. In addition to the courses listed below, these are offered under Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, and Computer Applications. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101, 102, and one of 261, 373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and business-law courses offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Students who plan t o major in thedepartment are strongly encouraged to select a department advisor as soon as possible, i n order to carefully plan their program of study. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101, Fall, Interim, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring) 135 INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and techn o l ~ g i c a lfactors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand) 145 FUNDAMENTALS O F MANAGEMENT Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (On Demand) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees) 261 FUNDAMENTALS O F FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I search methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) 340 PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 745 or consent of instructor. O n Demand) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY A N D CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 267, Spring) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) An introduction t o quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Afgebra. Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I1 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING An analysis of accounting theory pertaining t o investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702. Spring) 330 MARKETING RESEARCH A N D ANALYSIS The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 107, 702. Spring. Offered alternate years.) Research process as an aid to decision making i n marketing management; re- 382 TAX ACCOUNTING 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity t o spend one full t e r m w o r k i n g w i t h some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report o n his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only). viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 267. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or consent o f instructor. N o lab fee. Spring, O n Demand) 440 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 483 AUDITING Concepts and principals related t o the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profi t organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: lunior or Senior or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 430 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.) 295,495 TOPICS Lecturer, discussions, meetings with 478 INVESTMENTS A N D FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the members of the staff or visiting faculry regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: ". FaSI, Interim, Spring] 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed t o afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue i n depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) NOTE: In addition to the courses listed below these topics are offered under 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business and Advanced Economic Theory. MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other upper division economics course. ECONOMICS MAJOR I N ECONOMICS: 8 Economics courses (including 122,123,251,258,454); Business Administration 101, 102, 379; Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. I n addition, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR I N APPLIED ECONOMICS: 9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and 445 or 453 and three other upper division);Business Administration 101, 102, 379, 479; Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 is strongly recommended. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The student i s strongly encouraged t o take other Economics courses in addition t o those listed above. - COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICS BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: 5 Economics courses (including 122, 123, 251, 258); 6 Business Administration courses (including 101,102,261,373,379). Courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student is very strongly encouraged t o take additional courses both in business administration and economics. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged t o select a department adviser as soon as possible, i n order to carefully plan their program of study. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income ~ i s t r i b u t i o n ; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, e t c . F u n d a m e n t a l m i c r o economic tools introduced t o facilitate discussion of t h e above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction t o macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term i n order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student t o progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 251 INTERMEDIATE M I C R O ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction t o welfare economics.(Prereq.: 123, Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE M A C R O ECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal PO"'YJ growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 340 MANAGERIAL DECISION M A K I N G Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students t o make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 723, Bus. Ad. 101 and h i g h school algebra o r equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS See under Department o f Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122, 123. Fall) 392 MONEY A N D BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and i t s role i n relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP P R O G R A M 454 WELFARE E C O N O M I C S A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation but not t o the major. This program w i l l afford t h e student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. I n addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only) Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring, alternate years) 442 LABOR E C O N O M I C S Analysis of labor markets; labor as afactor of production; determination of wagecollective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 257'or #. O n Demand) 445 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices i n forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems o f relevance t o management. (Prereq.: Econ. 257 or equivalent o r consent o f instructor. Spring, O n Demand) 479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS Provides the opportunity t o become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials t o be presented i n the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or consent of instructor. N o lab fee. Spring, O n Demand) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings w i t h members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring). 453 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools t o the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 257, 258 and at least Math. 722 or equivalent or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Chemistry Chairperson: Earl Alton GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year. A M E R I C A N C H E M I C A L SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including 115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 224; and Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent t o one semester also required. M I N O R : 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses i n chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: PHYSICAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS - CHEMISTRY MAJOR: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105, 106); 3 courses i n earth and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352,353, 361, 362, 482, 491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for 362); Physics 245. Students are advised t o consult with the Education Department early i n t h e i r planning. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance i n planning a course program early i n their college career. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation i n seminar. Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351,352. Concerning prerequisites: Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling i n the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher i n order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s necessary. These requirements must also be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second term. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward the major. (Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 703 and any one o f Chem. 105, 106, 115, 176, 223, 351, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3 years or # . Fall 105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL CHEMISTRY An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (One-hour lectures, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY Designed for non-chemistry majors and those in allied health science programs whose professional goals do not require either the two-term organic or the oneterm biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant to a survey of biochemistry is studied, followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Cannot serve as a prerequisite for Biol. 367. Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 223 and any one of Chem. 103, 351, 352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 105 or 115, Spring) 351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. Spring) 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121, 122; Mathematics 124, 125. 367, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems o f identifying organic compounds in the l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,351 or#; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed i n terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project i n the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (Junior Standing) East Asian Studies Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen The major i n East Asian Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This program enables students t o obtain a broad exposure to Japan and China as important world cultures. Componentsof the program include language, history, cultural specialization, comparative studies, and seminar work or independent studies. Requirements for the major consist of a minimum of ten courses, distributed as follows: 4 courses in Japanese or 4 courses in Chinese 2 introductory history courses 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies 2 seminars or independent studies Each student's major program must be submitted to the coordinator for approval. Economics Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella 74 See under Business Administration and Economics. Education Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Licensure programs for secondary education are offered i n the following areas: American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open t o all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted t o the teacher-education program. Students are advised t o apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 1. A minimum of 8 education courses t o include 255, 351, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2), 373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and electives. 2. Health Education 114 and 115. 3. Library Science 341 (%), 358 4. An academic minor. An academic major i s recommended. 5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least a 2.5 average in the major. 6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations. Requirements for Kindergarten License are the same as those for elementary education plus Education 375 and 483. Courses 371,372,373,374 are offered o n a traditional grading system only. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Bobbie Anderson, Coordinator Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for Elementary Education plus the following courses: Sociology of the Family Soc 231 Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Ed. 325 Contemporary Influences i n Early Childhood Education Ed. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Ed. 484 Student Teaching (160 hours) Coordinator: Marie McNeff Requirements for the major and for licensure i n Elementary Education: For an Early Childhood License with other than an education major, consult with the Early Childhood Education Coordinator. 255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION I N URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY) 371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art, Music ('/z course) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Science, Mathematics (Y2 course) Focus i s upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life in relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/z course) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374. 373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys. Ed., Health ('/z course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Social Studies, Language Arts (Yi course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 361,362 CREATlNG LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY 375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD O F KINDERGARTEN The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required f o r Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. o f Ed. Summer I) 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS Electives 483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring) 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) (See Secondary Education) 399 INTERNSHIP 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may select Opportunity for advanced and special- A learning'Ontract m~~~~ be developed and must have education faculty approval. ized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. a situations for professional work experi- 425 EARLY C H I L D H O O D CURRICULUM Learning a b o u t a n d d e m o n s t r a t i n g knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates o n details essential t o the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) SECONDARY EDUCATION (TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor meeting requirements i n a teaching major and licensure are available through the Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access t o computer.) 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) It is the responsibility of each student t o meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure. This consultation i s recommended in addition t o conferring with the student's major field adviser. Requirements of the Augsburg College Licensure Program for Secondary Education: 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Edu- 2. 3. 4. 5. cation. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if heor she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least a 2.5 average in the major. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. Completion of the State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program meets this requirement.) Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265, 359, 388, 478; the required course(s) in special methods i n t h e area of t h e student's major, and two or three courses in Student Teaching. Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for teaching i n Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) GENERAL INFORMATION: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special license which allows them t o teach i n their area i n all grades from Kindergarten through twelve (K-12). A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans t o teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the art major will register for Educ. 361 and 362; the P.E. major for Educ. 365; and the music major for Educ. 373. 2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School and Society in a one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect t o take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major i n a teaching area 3. Fulfull State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion o f Augsb u r g Education p r o g r a m meets requirement) 4. Health Educ. 114 and 115 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Licensure Program courses. 265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN A N URBAN SElTlNG (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teachi n g profession, with opportunity for inschool work. Open t o all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing. Fall, Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (ficourse) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 CREATING LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY (lh course) The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences, (Prereq.: Psychology 705, EDS 265) With the general methodology course, one or more of the following education courses i n special methods must be taken from the department in the major field. Special Methods Courses ('/i to 1 course) 374 Natural Science Methods % course (Spring) 375 Social Studies Methods % course (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods % course (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods % course (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410, Adm. and Superv. of School Health Program) 1 course 382 TEACHING CHILDREN W I T H LEARNING PROBLEMS This course will examine characteristicsof different kinds of learning problems found i n regular classroom environment. The primary focus of the course will be on teaching strategies, but attention also will be given t o procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students. (Fa 11) Methods and materials in teaching special areas 388 H U M A N RELATIONS % course 360 American Studies Methods '/Z course (Spring) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior high school) 1 course (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior high school) '/Z course (Fall) 364 English Methods % course (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) 1 course (Fall) 366 Foreign Language Methods (Consult with Language Department) ?hcourse 373 Music Methods (K-12) 1 course (Spring) Emphasis o n the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups i n Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. (Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP The student may select from a variety of situations f o r professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY The emphasis in this course i s on the school i n relation t o society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 481, 482,483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum o f two courses, except three courses required o f Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. LIBRARY SCIENCE M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. mensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials (Fall, Spring) 359 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations i n the metropolitan area. 475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION A N D ADMINISTRATION Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation t o curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/2 course) Psychological and philosophical d i - Independent study and research o n some topic of interest i n the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson: Adviser Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission t o the Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman year. Students are encouraged t o apply for admission t o the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged. English Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including one course i n American literature, one course i n the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must take 225, Advanced Expository Writing. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly urged t o consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department: MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: English: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language. Courses i n early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e recommended. Speech: (1) a course in public speaking: Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction. Library Science: 475, The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance. In addition t o field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, t o be arranged through the department chairperson. Students interested i n a teaching major are encouraged t o take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planningtheir courses of study with the department chairperson, students should consult an advisor in the Department of Education. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit program t o department chairperson early i n senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including one course in British literature, and one writing course. Teaching minors must include both 225 and a course in the English language. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration, and a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec- tion of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies t o the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416; English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423, 438 and sometimes 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222; American Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of t h e courses listed under the American Studies major w h i c h are selected f r o m t h e offerings of several departments at Augsburg. W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360, 361; Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490, 491. WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition t o Advanced Expository Writing, Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect Interim courses i n writing. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. lnterim courses, special courses, and other courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. English 111 i s strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course i s successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 DEVELOPMENTAL WRITING 226 CREATIVE WRITING A preparatory course for effective writing for students identified by an examination as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/N grading only. (Fall, Spring) The purpose of the course is t o encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing i n narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according t o the student's preference. 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING 227 JOURNALISM The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n order t o hold a place i n the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring) An introduction t o newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student i s first introduced t o the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on t o write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and communitv news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 223 WRITING FOR BUSINESS A N D THE PROFESSIONS A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals w i l l be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 7 7 1 or Equivalent) 225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING 241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART ' The development of essays i n a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given t o stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, i n which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 777, Fall, Spring) An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theater Arts. 245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. (Fall, Spring) Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. 331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times t o t h e emergence o f literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given t o the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1980-81) 332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE 261 M O D E R N FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER T O DANTE A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature,for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N PERIOD Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval t o the modern period, including such authors as 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M D O N N E T O BLAKE Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS A N D THE VICTORIANS A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution t o the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention i s given to the dynamics of American society and i t s intricate relationship t o the literature. Special emphasis i s given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) beginnings up t o the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing t o the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form (Alternate years. 1980-81) 367 M O D E R N POETRY 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. isc cuss ion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 368 M O D E R N D R A M A Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism, Existentialism, Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1980-81) 399 INTERNSHIP The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel i n England from its eighteenth century Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and seniors. 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES Open t o junior or senior English majors w i t h a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Chairperson: Cunta Rozentals Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the department. Students who register below their level may only d o so for a grade of P/N. ., be: ,c.J/. -- ,;.I - For majors, a minimum of four upper division courses at Augsburg College i s required for graduation. A maximum of four upper division non-Augsburg courses may be accepted. N o fewer than two of these four courses should be taken abroad. For minors, a minimum of two upper division courses at Augsburg College is required for graduation. For transfer students intending to major or minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended i s specified. See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint five-college offerings and should be taken in the fallof the senior year. ~ 3 . 0 average in Advanced Conversation and composition i s a. departmental requirement for teachingmaiors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply no later than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. / 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to pench culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hour? laboratory work. See above on placehent. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111or equivalent. Through convepsations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintaice with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH French MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the-basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) come acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (Offered o n Demand) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through informative and controversial articles, interviews and literary readings, this course works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills t o pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basic structures. Laboratory work. (Spring) 311 C O N V E R S A T I O N - C O M P O S I T I O N Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, a n d f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis o n vocabulary e n r i c h m e n t , grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. 243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major representative works of French literature read i n English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students be. . -- . , . a . - - % ..... (Fall) * ,,,...... . . * , * . . , 312 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Offered o n demand) 352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years) 354 REALITIES: INNER A N D OUTER WORLDS A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors i n poetry, and the literature of ideas that led t o new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.1 that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and Papers in French- (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 337. O n demand) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR an Or Study in depth genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, b m a n ticism). Student presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer in Germany strongly recommended. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 isfor studentswho have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives in simple G ~ insights ~ intoG~~~~~ ~ ~ culture and participation i n short conversations. ~~b~~~~~~~ materialsavailable. (Fa//, spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English. The readings are considered not only i n the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance t o perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply t o a German major or minor. (On Demand) 311 GERMAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility i n the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking i s supplemented with exercises i n written composition. (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. I n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered o n demand) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE T H R O U G H 18TH CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions i n Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or#. O n demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19TH CENTURY 332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered i n view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history o f t h e German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) I n c l u d e s later Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20TH CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed : Kaf ka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussibns are designed t o aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand) 411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION A N D CONVERSATION literature, linquistics, which can apply toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (771, Fall; 772, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, exand d e v e l o ~ m e n t pansion of Aims at developing and refining the stuof reading skills through selections from use of German as a vehicle for the New Testament and other Hellenistic expressing his own ideas and opinions. writings (early fathers, historians, etc.) Emphasis on written composition includOn parsing and 'yntax ingcontrolof style. Oral practicethrough the Greek text. (Prereq.: 772 0' #. Fall) language, use of German as classroom (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE 451 GERMAN PROSE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 452 GERMAN D R A M A Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand) A first course i n the theory and practiceof literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 272 or #. Offered on demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Japanese Greek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, Offered in conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Linguistics 289 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LINGUISTICS An introduction t o linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common t o all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in t o the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed i n language.) Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall) Norwegian MAJOR: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312, 331,350,353,411, and 499 (independent study). Interim or summer in Norway recommended. (Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway.) Consult department for details. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411; plus one course under Scandinavian Studies. TEACHING M I N O R : 311, 331, 353, 411 plus required education courses, including special methods. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING PREPARATION: Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (117, Fall; 712, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (prereq.: 172 or equivalent.) 311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 O L D NORSE An introduction t o the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some attention given to O l d East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter i s desired but not required. Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Offered alternate years) 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE 111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 371 or #. Alternate years) 350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to O l d Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention i s given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 217 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years) 411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Further intensive practice i n spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and t o the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Russian Offered in conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of class for course offerings, and Russiam Area Studies in this catalog. Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including 311,411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354. (Study i n Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course (711, Fall; 112, Spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 172 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 271, Fall; 212, Spring) 223 THE C H I C A N O EXPERIENCE Through essays, short stories, and novels written by Chicanos and leading sociologists, anthropologists, and psychologists, the course will introduce the student t o the world of the Chicano and his dual struggle t o maintain his traditions and culture on the one hand, and t o integrate into American society on the other. (On Demand) 249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various periods and movements are read i n English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student i s acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand) 311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course isa p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses. (Prereq.: 272 or equivalent. Fall) 312 SPANISH EXPRESSION Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speakingskills i n Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings t o stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution t o world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #, Spring 7987, alternate years.) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilization~to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or 272, with #. Spring 7980, alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 352, 353 SURVEY O F SPANISH LITERATURE I, II A study of representative authors i n Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and de- velopment of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. 352, Fall, 1981; 353, Fall, 1982) 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH D R A M A Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the ~ d d e r nPeriod. (Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand) 457 SPANISH NOVEL Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY History Chairperson: Orloue Cisselquist MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; u.S.; and non-Western. M A J O R FOR TEACHING: In addition t o the regular history major a social science major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing to become licensed teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years a language at the college level (0' i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o One course credit) to be defmded before a faculty committee. M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken i n sequence. There are16upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Five or six are offered each term, or 11 per year. Offerings depend u p o n faculty schedules and student registration. 101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations i n the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. (Fal1,Spring) 102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN CIVILIZATION A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE M O D E R N WORLD A study of the main currents i n western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts t o reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student t o do readings or study on topics not covered i n the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The relationship of foreign policy t o general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. 353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY A survey of topics relating t o the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D GREECE T O 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E T O 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. 370 THE LATE MIDDLE ACES T O 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division students majoring i n history. See department chairperson. 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel. 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. ~h~ emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the lastfifty years. 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA 412 ENGLAND I N THE TUDOR A N D STUART PERIODS A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role i n the world economy and o n the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. 416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis i s also placed on the emergence of modern science and i t s effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714. Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Attention i s given to overseas emigration. 463 M O D E R N SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments i n this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus o n Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 464 M O D E R N CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium Warof 1839.Theerosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions o f the 20th century. 465 M O D E R N JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power i n the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade i n Asia and Africa. breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o apply for directed independent study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. 474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST 114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires i n Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the An introduction t o the basicconceptsand tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns t o be found in our physical and human environment. MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Beverly Durkee MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,215, 224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for requirements. M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted t o department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study i n areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 104 BASIC MATHEMATICS A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities i n one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not apply toward a major or ,,,inor in mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. 114 [NTRODUC-lON T O COLLEGE ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, f u n c t i o n s a n d graphs, l i n e a r equations, exponents a n d radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS Topics of linearity and probability with applications t o the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications t o the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725, Spring; 224, Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) 215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of systems of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 INTRODUCTION T O MODERN ALGEBRA 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure of mathematical systems and mathematical models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. (Fall) A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275. Fa/ I ) 324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1 A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring, 1982, and alternate years) COMPUTER SCIENCE 145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL COMPUTER PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a non-scientific higher level language, such as COBOL. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee) 373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. 441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1981. Offered alternate years) 481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics d e f i n e d throu.gh consultation between student and department. 245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC COMPUTER PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer languages and methods.Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming in machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math 125 or #. Fall. Computer fee) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted toward a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of Required science courses: 1) Biology 111, three years of academicwork at Augsburg 112 and two additional upper division College and twelve months of internship (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, at Hennepin County Medical Center, 106 (or 115,116), 351, 352,353; 3) Physics: Metropolitan Medical Center or North- 103 (or 121, 122); one math course; one western Hospital. Specific recommended course in immunology. courses vary t o some extent depending on the hospital with which the students Students transferring to Augsburg Colplan to affiliate. I t i s important to work lege with an Associate of Artsdegreeor i t s closely with the Medical Technology equivalent should expect to spend two adviser. Augsburg College does not guaryears at Augsburg before participating in antee that all students will be accepted by the internship year. The Medical Technothe hospitals for the 12-month internship. logy major is not designed for persons Students must negotiate directly with the w h o already have t h e baccalaureate hospitals involved. - degree from another institution. Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl Director: Carry W. Hesser MAJOR: 15-courses including the following core requirements: Economics 123; Political Science 122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or independent study; plus two urban-related non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least one of which must be i n the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 103, Biology 101, 105). To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: Planning, Public Administration, or GeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below). M I N O R : To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required forthe Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an a p p r o v e d Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n c o m m u n i t y , e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hear- ings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related t o subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests. Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA): B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES METROPOLITAN AREA Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 INTERNSHIP Students are placed in a variety of public and private agenciesfor work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional) Independent Study i s done in conjunction with a one-course internship. In This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE A N D CULTURE Students are placed in beginning, intermediate or advanced study. depending on . proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student course work and daily living i n Oslo. An orientation t o current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the language instruction. 373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F SCANDINAVIAN CITIES Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed o n Norwegian urban development w i t h comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT I N THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits t o various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing w i t h urban problems. C. South American Urban Semester (SA U S) This "semester in the city" program is located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty, student .elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects o f seminar and/or major academic interests. 261 SPANISH LANGUAGE Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. D. San Francisco Summer Term An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and in- 362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N LATIN AMERICA - Readings. discussions, and lectures in " , both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n urbanists. -382 dependent study. FIELD EN'ERlENCE 383 FIELD SEMINAR: sAN FRANCISCO 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Music Chairperson: Robert Karlen Students wishing t o major in Music at Augsburg College must make application t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such application should be made by the beginning of the sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; pass a piano proficiency test, perform in music organizations for 3 years, participate i n Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music repertoire tests. MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of Performance Studies; recital performance. TEACHING M A J O R : 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital performance. Consult with Department of Education for requirements i n education. BACHELOR O F M U S I C DEGREE: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, 457, 458,476; two of 354,355,365,375,499 and electives; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years, and junior and senior recitals. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of Performance Studies in'cluding at least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective in physical education (232 recommended); elective i n speech (116 recommended). A maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses required for graduation. Students need t o apply for internshipsites nine months in advance of starting date. Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s limited, students may need to seek outof-state internship placements. This major normally requires four and one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. M I N O R : 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organ- izations; piano proficiency; and 2 music r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. Those wishing t o minor in music should declare their intent by the end of their sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. H O N O R S MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors i n music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/ or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitalsof graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee of a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and i t s defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 14 campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music degree, receives required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a music major must take a placement test in music theory before registration. Application f o r acceptance into a music program should be made at the end of the student's first term at Augsburg, after passing the piano proficiency test. 101,102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory i s an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented i n parallel, rather than i n sequence. (101,223, Fall. 102,224, Spring) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D ARRANGING Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE OF MUSIC The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fa 11) 261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE O F MUSIC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-music and music majors. 330 VOCAL REPERTOIRE A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 to the present. The study includes such aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Fall) Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) 440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired i n music theory and history classes t o the study of 20th century music. (Prereq. :224. Spring, alternate years) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 CONDUCTING Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 ORCHESTRATION The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Fall) 488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. students will give individual lessons to d r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach t o musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the socio-psychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS O F M U S l C II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 395 INFLUENCE O F M U S I C O N BEHAVIOR Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. MUSIC THERAPY 110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall) 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of thesenior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months i n advance. Sites i n Minnesota are limited. 435 MUSlC I N THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 PRACTICUM IN THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. PERFORMANCE WORKSHOPS An informal setting for student performmces, seminars, and guest lecture dem~nstrations. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. RECITALS Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion Student recitals afford an opportunity for public performance and acquaint students with all aspects of preparation a quality perforand presentation mance. Instruments: Technique as ertoire~performance. rep- MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The music organizations exist not onlyfor the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes t o PERFORMANCE STUDIES participate in groups affording - opportun. . Vocal and instrumental instruction i s ity for musical expression. The student available t o all students. For statement of must be carrying at least two courses each fees, see under Financial Information. No term. Participation for the full Year is course credit. (Fall, Spring) required. No course credit. Brass Ensemble** Piano Choir* Technique as needed, repertoire, perforChorale** mance, accompanying. Only those lessons Concert Band* in piano taken after the piano proficiency Jazz Ensemble** examination has been passed may be apOrchestra* plied toward the music major or minor. String Ensemble** Woodwind Ensemble** Organ *Membership by audition. Technique as needed, repertoire, per**Membership by audition or consent formance, hymn-playing, accompanying. - o f instructor. Natural Science Chairperson: Earl R. Alton NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. The Minnesota Board o f ~ e a c h i nhas ~ approved the licensure program for science teachers and has authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates for licensure in: Life Science, grades 7-12 Life Science, (minor) grades 7-12 Physical Science, grades 7-12 Earth Science, grades 7-12 Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-12 Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72 Physics, (minor) grades 7-12 Middle School Science, grade 5-9 PROGRAM COMPONENTS The program of courses i s designed t o provide a broad, basic background i n science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the general educa- tion requirements of the college and, i n the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. BROAD BASE COURSES 7 COURSES - Seven courses comprise the set for the broad base background. 1. Earth Science - 1 course Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding the Weather 2. Life Science - 2 courses Biology 111, 112 - General Biology 3. Physical Science - 4 courses Physics 121, 122 - General Physics Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) General Chemistry I n order t o make the program slightly more flexible, it i s recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute Physics 103 - Physics for Physics 121, 122 - General Physics. LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES 1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry 2. Biology Component - 7 courses Biology 491 - Seminar At least one course from each of the following groups: Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology OR Biology 353 - Comparative Vertebrate Zoology Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology 474 - Developmental Biology Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant -Biology OR Biology 474 - Ecology Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR Biology 473 - Animal Physiology Group v Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR Biology 476 - Microbiology SCIENCE - 7 COURSES Candidates may be recommended for licensure i n Physical Science upon comp l e t i o n o f e i t h e r Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science Emphasis-Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12. 1. Chemistry Major Chemistry 351,352 - OrganicChemistry Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Chemistry 361,362 -Physical Chemistry OR Biology 367 - Biochemistry in place of Chemistry 362 Chemistry 482 - Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Chemistry 491 - Seminar (no credit) Physics 245 - Modern physics 2. Physics Major Physics 245 - Modern Physics Physics 351 - Mechanics I Physics 362 - Electromagnetic Fields I Physics 395 - Comprehensive Laboratory Three additional Physics courses t o be selected from the following: Physics 261, Electronics; Physics 270, Optical Physics; Physics 352, Mechanics II; Physics 363, Electromagnetic Fields II; Physics 481, Thermal Physics; Physics 486, Quantum Mechanics. BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE Grades 5-9 - 7 courses 1. Earth Science - 2 courses Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding t h e Weather (the alternative course not taken i n the BROAD BASE section) 2. Life Sciences - 2 courses Any two biology courses above 112. 3. Physical Science - 3 courses Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Physics 245 - Modern Physics CERTIFICATION W I T H M I N O R Candidates requesting certification bas'ed upon minor preparation in life science shall complete 7 courses in Biology i n addition to the BROAD BASE. Candidates requesting certification based upon minor preparation i n chemistry or physics shall complete the broad basic competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For Physics, these are any four courses above 122. Nursing Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson Augsburg offers an upper division major i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor of Science degree. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. i n the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses i n inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior t o admission t o the nursing - major. . I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior t o acceptance t o the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, i.e. within the past five years. This may include I ) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. MAJOR: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325, 350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354 ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l C o m m u n i c a t i o n s ) is highly recommended. The required courses i n sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission t o the major. An upper division science course is required and must be completed during the first year of study in the nursing major. This is to be selected after consultation with a nursing faculty advisor. Courses in the nursing majoraredesigned so that they may be completed within two academic years. However, more than two years may be required to complete the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. 303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I (!h course) This course will present principles of teaching and learning within a process framework of assessment, planning, imp l e m e n t a t i o n a n d evaluation. The students will have an opportunity t o assess their own learning style, write behavioral objectives and develop a teaching plan for a selected client. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into nursing major.) 304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II (1/2 course) 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT I n this course the student will examine elements of assessment and selected assessment tools in the nursing process.The student will expand the use of communication skills for obtaining a health history and negotiating health goals. A developmental framework will be used t o do a holistic assessment of an elderly person. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.) 350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING RESEARCH Students will assess their own leadership style and examine concepts of management as they relate t o the professional nurse's role. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303.) The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students will critique nursing research and design a research project. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.) 310 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING I 403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill Focuses on systems theory, change theory and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Students will do a health assessment of a client and will explore a community health issue related t o the course content. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance to the nursing major.) This course will examine the diversity of American families. Content includes the structure and the role, rule and communication patterns of families in light of situational and developmental crisis events. The emerging role of the nurse in providing family health care will be explored. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304, 377, 325, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with Nursing 423.) 311 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING II 404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING IV This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community values of cultural groups as they relate to health care and the nurse's role in a community health team. Strong clinical component for application of knowledge from Community Health I and [I. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303, 370, 325.) This course deals with the integration of communication, leadership theory and the professional nurse role in the context of complex group interactions. (SpringSenior year. Prereq.: 403,430. To be taken prior to or concurrently with Nursing 427.) 423 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I The preceptorship practicum offers the student an opportunity to implement a negotiated learning contract in a selected practice setting. This approach provides opportunities for developing objectives, selecting learning experiences and collaborating with faculty, preceptor(s), client and agencies, in providing complex nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or followi n g Nursing 403.) groups i n a selected practice setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423, 430. To be taken concurrently with or following Nursing 404.) 430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES IN NURSING A course designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.) 427 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I1 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY This course is designed in the same manner as Nursing 423. It i s a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from nursing and liberal arts courses. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership theory t o I n depth study of a learner-selected topic or issue. Students must consult with faculty and submit a written study proposal prior t o registration. Philosophy Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, and 344. 110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS A N D M E T H O D M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses from 241,242, 343, and 344. H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission t o the Philosophy Honors program i s by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required t o evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 120 ETHICS Sometimes you say that a certain action i s right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) 130 L O G I C Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring). 241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: P L A T 0 A N D ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11: MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. H o w dark were t h e Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt t o discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward i n the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual i n the Renaissanceand the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 247.) 343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? I n innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 247 or 242.) 344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV: C O N T E M P O R A R Y PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in astudy of the m a j o r representatives o f l i n g u i s t i c analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 247, 242, or 343.) 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s man really immortal? Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language?I s it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Suggested prior course, 730 or 344.) 365 PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. I s this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions,students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 730 or one course in natural science.) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 MEDICAL ETHICS Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 410 TOPICS I N PHILOSOPHY Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 247, 242, 343, 344 or #.) 430 STUDIES I N INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physical Education and Health Education Chairperson: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474, 475; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354,355; P.E.223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474; Biol. 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W l T H SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474, 491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy major must be secured from the corrective therapy coordinator. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W I T H SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474, 485, 491; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243. C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114, 115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. 234 O U T D O O R EDUCATION This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared t o spend some weekends participating in these activities. (7/2 course. Spring) 243 HISTORY A N D PRINCIPLES O F PHYSICAL EDUCATION Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment i n Minnesota high schools are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week.Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 703; Fall) 351 PHYSIOLOGY O F EXERCISE Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 703. Spring) 231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS 354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL 223 TEAM SPORTS CHILD Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) (See Health Education) 355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES A N D RHYTHMS Theory and practice i n teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (7/2 course. Interim) (See Health Education) 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 MODERN DANCE An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. (1/2 course. Interim) 476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL '/Z course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall, 1st half of term, odd # years only) 477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL % course 399 INTERNSHIP Consult department chairperson 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (7/2 course. Fall) 474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming. 1/2 course. Fall) 475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHLETIC INJURIES1/2 course Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring, 1st half of term) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD '/Z course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular re- education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed 354 Summer school only) HEALTH EDUCATION HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114, 495, 496, 497 pROFESSlONAL AFFILIATlON 115, 320, 354, 410; ~ i ~103, l . 108, 111; Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Chem. 103 or 105; 105; 231, Includes actual hospital experience i n 241. four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4)Rehabilitation. Course497 isstudy o f Neurology and Pathology (Prereq. 485, HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING M A 491 and approval o f department.) ]OR: Same as health education major plus H.Ed. 35% and Educ. sequence for teachi n g license. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study i n an area of physical education. O p e n only t o junior or senior majors. HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114, 115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231, 110 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH 354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L CHILD % course Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall) Education of the exceptional child with special reference t o the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring) 114 SAFETY EDUCATION % course Princi~lesand practices of safety education i n school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCAT l O N '/z course An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. (Fall, Spring) 320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l courses i n the major sequence numbered i n the 700 and 200 series; also #.) 355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/2 course Survev of basic statistical ~roceduresand evaluation of tests in heaith and physical education. (spring) 410 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVIS l O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background,legal bases,school health services, and relationships t o community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience i n classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physics - Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson M A J O R : 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. I n planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,125, and Physics121,122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year. M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122. - - H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early i n their planning. SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the physics community o n a professional basis. Membership in SPS i s open to all students interested in physics. SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open t o those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0 overall. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 FOR LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life sciences. The course i s designed to serve students i n biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course i s also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 ELECTRONICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing " solid state devices. The study of diodes, transistors and integrated circuits, with applications t o both digital and analog circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122 o r 103 plus Mathematics 122 or 125 and conseni o f instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 COMPREHENSlvE An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent o f instructor. Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq. : 351. Spring) 486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. Fall) 488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Political Science Chairperson: Norma Noonan M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses i n 3 out of 5 areas.* H O N O R S MAJOR: The Honors Major i n Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT A N D POLITICS 121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT A N D POLITICS The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. 160 W O R L D POLITICS Introduction t o the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. *The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed i n more than one area may be counted i n only one area toward major or minor requirements.) 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, i n compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Education adviser. The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 ' course i n Political Science or #) 326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D BEHAVIOR 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS A N D PROCESSES The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in th: electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media i n presidential elections (optional i n non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term o f election years.) An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N SOCIETY Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states i n terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE (See Section V for description) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I1 (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D ANALYSIS 459 TOPICS I N ELITE A N D MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation i n the political system. ( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e course i n Political Science or #.) Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign policy. 363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES V. POLlTlCAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D PROCESSES (See Section II for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 461 TOPICS I N INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic t o be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. A study of influential political philoSophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls, emphasizing t h e values, goals, and assumptions which continue t o inform and t o rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state i n comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST, PRESENT, A N D FUTURE 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years.) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years.) Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #. Offered alternate years.) 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science.(Prereq.:StatisticalAnalysis;Political science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY A N D INTERNSHIPS. Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (prereq.: #,) 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY: METROPOLITAN RESOURCES 199 INTERNSHIP Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department t o determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by afccijliy member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 299 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Chairperson: Norman Ferguson M A J O R : 10 courses including 105, 264, 265, 381 or 399, and 493, with-a minimum of 5 courses at Augsburg. Physics 103 is also required. The major program should include 105 i n the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophomore year, 381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 i n the senior year. The major program i s planned in consultation with an adviser i n the psychology department and it i s approved by the department chairperson. The overall plan is directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. Not more than two courses from among 299, 399 and 499 may be counted toward the minimum 10 psychology courses required for a major. I t should be noted that this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stu.dent may actually take more such courses. I t i s recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests i n psychology. For example, developing a minor in business administration, biology, or communication i s recommended for many students. M I N O R : 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify for honors i n psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY An introduction t o the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, i s emphasized. (Fall, Spring) 251 SENSING A N D PERCEIVING An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates t o adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Major topics include: adaptation to novel environments such as outer space, animal & machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 705) 264,265 RESEARCH METHODS: DESIGN, PROCEDURE, A N D ANALYSIS I, II A' two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without c o n t i n u i n g i n Research M e t h o d s II. Majors i n psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 705. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory i n respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 7 05) 352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq. : 357) 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105) 361 PERSONALITY An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall) 355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and one course i n biology. Fall) A review of maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Experience in a variety of community service units will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring) 356 ENVIRONMENT A N D BEHAVIOR A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 705. Spring) 357 LEARNING Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705) 371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 705) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 381 PSYCHOLOGY IN HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE 490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses) Study of selected areas and topics i n psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior t o registration. (Prereq.: 705 and #). 399 INTERNSHIP 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Discussion of contemporary societal Issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and m e t h o d s used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. . 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Principles, methods, and attitudes involved i n the counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) Limited registration by special permission for advanced students i n psychology. Students must present a written plan prior t o registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe Religion 111 or 221 i s prerequisite t o all other courses. Department approval i s necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. ACADEMIC M A J O R : 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 4 8 1 a n d a s e m i n a r especially for majors to be taken i n the junior or senior year. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied t o the major. One course required from those numbered 361-363 and one from those numbered 471-475. C H U R C H STAFF WORKER RELIGION M A J O R : 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 362, 399, 481, 354 or 358, 360 or 483, 471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead t o Augsburg certification. PUBLIC SCHOOL RELIGION MAJOR: The Minnesota Department of Education does not at the present timegrant teacher certification for a religion major or minor. To prepare for teaching about religion in public schools, the student should work closely with the Religion Department t o design a program which includes: a) a major in an academic field which i s certifiable by the state for elementary or secondary teaching, and b) a religion major of 8courses, includinglll,221,355, 356, 360, 363 and 471. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquim with the department. M I N O R : 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. 354 LlFE O F THE CHURCH I N THE LlFE O F THE CITY The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident in urban structures. 355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087) 111 INTRODUCTION T O THEOLOGY 356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, inc l u d i n g Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. 358 LlFE A N D WORK O F THE C H U R C H 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Offered 7987-82) See under Department of Philosophy 360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY 353 DENOMINATIONS A N D SECTS I N AMERICA An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and 361 C H U R C H FATHERS 471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity i n c o n f l i c t w i t h Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e theological thought of the Protestant reformersof the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 RELIGION I N AMERICA A study of the development of religion i n America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o the challenges of its environing culture. 364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T CHURCH HISTORY Topics and themes related t o church history and Scandinavian immigration t o this country. 380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H (See under Department of Music) 399 INTERNSHIP Limited t o students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship t o the early church, and some of the themes to be found i n his writings. (Offered 1981-82) 473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D TESTAMENT The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Offered 1980-81) 475 JUDAISM A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the O l d Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as Buber and Heschel. The JewishChatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College i n support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction to some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N CATHOLIC THEOLOGY structive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of i t s representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic definitions of the church. (Fall) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a con- Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian A r e a Studies Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks t o give the student the broadest possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition to providing a good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching. MAJOR: 11 courses 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 2 courses i n Russian history 1 course i n Marxist theory 1 course in Russian literature 1 course i n Soviet politics 2 other courses of approved electives. M I N O R : 6 courses 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 1 course i n Russian history 1 course i n Soviet politics 1 course in Marxist theory 1 other course from the approved list of electives Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Director: Mildred l o e l MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses. Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign languages. 312 O L D NORSE An introduction t o the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some attention given t o O l d East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors and minors will have special assignments. (Offered Spring, 1981.) 325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C See under Department of Music. 330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis o n conditions and developments i n the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. 345 SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE - AMERICAN The O l d World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation t o the New Land, aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Offered on Demand) 351 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required t o d o assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Spring, 7987) 352 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramaticworks by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 7980) 364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T CHURCH HISTORY 396 URBAN PLANNING I N SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of Religion. Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies,Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE A N D CULTURE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F SCANDINAVIAN CITIES 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of History. 495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION EXPERIENCE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for ~ r b a ; Affairs. See M e t r o - - Offered periodically under Department Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies of History 495 Seminar. Term (SUST). 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS See description under Department of Art. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Cisselquist MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching i n social studies. The Social Science major i s also recommended for others, such as pre-law students, who desire a broad major in this area. This major may be earned i n any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major i s significantly different from the other major. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 1. 7 history courses; 2 American, 2 Anc i e n t - M e d i e v a l - M o d e r n Europe, 2 non-Western, 1 seminar. At least 4 of these must be upper division. 2. 2 political science courses. 3. 1 social science methodology course from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business; Psych. 264, Research Methods I; Soc. 362, Statistical Analysis: Soc. 365, Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation. 4. 4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: anthropology, economics, geography, psychology, sociology. vant topic; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241. 3. 1 social science methodology course from: Bus. or con. 379, psych. 264, SOC. 362 or 365. D. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS EMPHASIS 6. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 1. 4 lower division courses: Econ. 122, 14 courses, at least 5 of them upper diviHist. 103 or 104, Poli. Sci. 158 or 160,4th term of collegework in a modern sion, from economics, history, political foreign language. science, psychology, and sociology (including anthropology). These must in- 2. 3 upper division courses: Hist. 332, clude: Poli. Sci. 363, 461. I.2 or more courses from each of 30f the 3. 7 electives, no more than 5 from any disciplines. one discipline, from: Econ. 251, 258, 2. 5 or more courses from another of the 495, seminar, independent study or disciplines other than history. interim course on a relevant topic; 3. 1 American history course (may be Part Hist. 416,404,463,464,465,474, seminar, of requirement 1). independent study or interim course 4. 1 social science methodology course on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci. 350, 351, from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Psych. 264, Sot. 380, 381, 382, seminar, independent 362 or365 (may be Part of requirement study or interim course on a relevant 1 or 2). topic; Sociology 241; 4th term of colC. NON-WESTERN STUDIES EMPHASIS lege work in a second modern foreign language. 1. Hist. 103, The Modern World. 2. 12 courses in non-Western studies, Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from with at least 4 disciplines represented, each of five disciplines, selected from the from the following: Econ. 122, 258; f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics, Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, semigeography, history, political science, nar, independent study, or interim psychology, and sociology. The selection course on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci. of courses must be approved by one of 351, 363, 382, 461; seminar, independthe faculty supervising the social science ent study, or interim course on a relemajor. Social W o r k Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg The core program of Social Work begins i n the junior year, but all students are advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by the faculty, and should seek advisement from faculty as to sequence of requisite courses from other departments. MAJOR: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation for social work practice leading t o a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consists of Bio. I O I * ; Psych. 105*, 351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*, 365,375*, and 383*; and Social Work 257, 361, 363, 364, 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466 and 467. Recommended courses are: one CHR, Soc. 111, Econ. 123, Poli.Sci. 121,325,326, Speech 354 and/or 355. *These courses are to be completed before the beginning o f the senior year. SPECIALIZATION: Specializations i n Aging Chemical Dependency, Youth and Crime and Corrections are possible. Specialization consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. Completion of aspecialization i s noted on the transcript. SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK: State Department of Education required Human Relations Certification for school social work i s available through successful completion of Ed. 388. 257 PRACTICUM IN THE H U M A N SERVICES With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. .: .. I.. .. -,:. ' - Opportunity t o know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open to all students. (Interim) viduals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior. Spring) 340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed t o work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.) 361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE An examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare i n the U.S. and the role of social work i n them. Special emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state; description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social work, its ethics, values, and historical development. Three class periods per week; guest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.: Junior, o r #. Fall) 363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F SOCIAL W O R K Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with indi- 364 FIELD W O R K I 461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS IN SOCIAL W O R K Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis o n development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and 364, or #. Fa11) 463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant t o social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 462, 464, FIELD W O R K I1 A N D IV: Ten hours per week in a Social Service agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: completion and 2.0 i n 361, 362; concurrent with 467 and 467; Fall and Spring) 465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D DEVELOPMENT This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Develapment and implemenration will be viewed first hand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361, 463, and senior or #. Spring) 466 FIELD WORK Ill Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. ('/z course. Interim.) 467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS PROFESSIONAL Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464; Spring) 468 SPECIAL TOPICS Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (#half or full credit. Interim) 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, sympolia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consulattion with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. Sociology Chairperson: G . Nelson MAJOR: 10 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485. Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, independent study or upper division interim course i n sociology. This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take ad- vantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) H O N O R S MAJOR: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for "Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be completed. Honors degree i n sociology will be granted to a candidate if he/she successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. 111 H U M A N C O M M U N I T Y A N D THE M O D E R N METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES O F SOCIOLOGY Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of US. culture. (Fall, Spring) 300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS I N SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 360 RELIGION A N D S O C I E N An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n American society. 362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS 231 SOCIOLOGY O F THE FAMILY An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family t o its institutional and cultural context.(Fall,Spring) The first course in atwo-coursesequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of k n o w l e d g e by way o f a s c i e n t i f i c approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative informa- tion. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 RESEARCH METHODS The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by. wav. of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring) 365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D PROGRAM EVALUATION Consumer overview o f methods o f organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications t o program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. M a j o r attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 721, Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 721 and Psych. 105. Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city i n history and various cultures; major theoretical perspectives i n urban sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; major issues related to shaping the future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an important learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 777 or 127 or #. Spring) 383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only) 388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and typeof inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality i n the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 721. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses i n sociology including 721 or #. Fall) - 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal contai'ning rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according t o department guidelines. (Prereq. :721 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, C o m m u n i c a t i o n and T h e a t e r A r t s Chairperson: Raymond Anderson DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241; Sociology 375. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases -journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairperson or the Office of Admissions. C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses, including 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and English 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241, and Philosophy 130. C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses. 243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize i n any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $70. Fall) SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or 355,352, 354, 360,476 and participation i n forensics. 342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S IN SOCIETY See under Department of Political Science. 351 Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critica.1 listening. (Fall, spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY See under Department of Art 227 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM See under Department of English 353 ADVERTISING An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: /r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION A study of the dynamics of human inter2259 230 "ISUAL COMMUNICATlONS action through verbal and non-verbal I, II messages; emphasis on factors that build relatiokhips and help to overcome comSee under Department of Art munication barriers. (Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART 355 SMALL GROUP C O M M U N I C A T I O N See under Department of English A study of group dynamics and leadership 242 FILM-MAKING with emtlhasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups See under Department of Art. and organizations. (Spring) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Psychology. 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairperson for details. 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction t o principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring, a!ternate years.) 480 SEMINAR I N C O M M U N I C A T I O N Cooperative investigation o f topics i n speech and communication. (Fall) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) THEATER ARTS THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be supported by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and M o d e r n Drama o r Scandinavian Drama. Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning t o major i n theater arts should begin with courses 111, 116, and 228. Course 111 is not part of the major. A. ACTING EMPHASIS: 116,228,232,233, 243, 360, 361, 362, 366, and the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses i n voice and movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. B. DIRECTING EMPHASIS: 116, 228, 229, 232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses in voice and movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in stage management, and 1 internship. DESIGN EMPHASIS: 228, 229, 361, 362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290 C. in Art. Strongly recommended: courses i n cinema art, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1 i n design, and 1 internship. THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229, 232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor i n English. THEATER ARTS M I N O R FOR TEACHING: courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the following: 241,243,476, and participation i n dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS M I N O R : 5 courses including 228, 232, 360, 361, 366. SPEECH-THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366,476 or a voice and diction course,and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor i n English. and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd. (Spring, alternate years) 116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics i n theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice i n reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization,crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Offered alternate years). 229 STAGE DESIGN I lntroduction t o scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken i n freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.) 232 ACTING An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring) 361 THEATER HISTORY Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall, Alternate years.) 362 THEATER CRITICISM A study of forms and ideas as they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Fall, alternate years.) 366 STAGE DIRECTION I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper dividion students only. Spring) 233 ADVANCED ACTING 367 STAGE DIRECTION I1 This course explores t h e elements o f characterization through improvisation and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and In-depth analysis and practice i n directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or exerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent o f instructor. Spring.) 429 STAGE DESIGN II 399 INTERNSHIP Consult faculty in area of emphasis. 428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I1 Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Fall) - Advanced design projech based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Offered alternate years.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN D R A M A Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) Transdisciplinary M a j o r - - - . Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond t o a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: a. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; b. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar) c. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. BOARD OF REGENTS+' Charles W. Arnason Senior Vice President and Secretary Minneapolis Star and Tribune Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Clayton 1. LeFevere Attorney LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson, O'Brien & Drawz Minneapolis, Minnesota Chairman Oscar M. Austad President The Austad Company Sioux Falls, South Dakota James C. Lindell Treasurer West Publishing Company St. Paul, Minnesota Treasurer Chairman, Finance and Management Committee Dr. Paul B. Batalden Program Director, Health Services Research St. Louis Park Medical Center St. Louis Park, Minnesota Arley R. Bjella Chairman of the Board Lutheran Brotherhood Minneapolis, Minnesota Norman R. Carpenter Attorney Faegre & Benson Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Crangaard Chairman of the Board and C.E.O. First Bank System, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge Chairman of the Board Citizens State Bank of St. Louis Park St. Louis Park, Minnesota Norma E. Knutson Minneapolis, Minnesota The Rev. Harris W. Lee Pastor Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice Chairman Chairman, Academic and Student Affairs Committee *as of September, 1979 Dr. Harold I. Lunde Executive Vice PresidentAdministration Kobacker Stores, lnc. Columbus, Ohio Dr. Arthur Naftalin Professor, Public Affairs University of Minnesota Minneapolis, Minnesota William A. Nelson, jr. Chairman of the Board Nelson Resource Corp. Secaucus, New Jersey Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, jr. Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates, Limited Minneapolis, Minnesota Secretary Chairman, Development Committee Dr. Carl N. Platou President Fairview Community Hospitals Minneapolis, Minnesota The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo Member of Congress Fifth District-Minnesota Washington, D.C. Bertil Sandberg President, N. H. Sandberg Erection Company St. Paul, Minnesota The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack Professor, Church History Lut.her Theological Seminary St. Paul, Minnesota N. Stanley Stake Group Vice President Honeywell, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Howard E. Olson Mary Lou Williams President Sonford Products Corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald G. Padilla Chairman of the Board and C.E.O. Padilla and Speer, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota George T. Pennock Chairman Tennant Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Augsburg College Faculty R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson LYLA M A E ANDERECG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern University BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairperson *SCOTT L. ANDERSON, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1976, Augsburg College B *JAMES BACON, Lecturer in Library Science KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of Latvia *RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D. *MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor i n Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota *ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Percussion) JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern University * D O N A L D F. BIBEAU, Lecturer i n American Studies *JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota VERNON B L O O M , Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, University of Minnesota R I C H A R D BORSTAD, Instructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice) *MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet) LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary *ROGER A. BROOKS, Lecturer i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, Michigan State University *LAINE BRYCE, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Bassoon), B.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *DOLORES BURTNESS, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion, M.A. 1979, Luther Seminary *WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor in Economics, M.S. 1976, University of Minnesota CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary Foundation ROSALIE V. CLARK, Instructor, M.S.W. 1978, University of Minnesota T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University of California Barbara -Santa ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971,Yale University * J O H N COSGROVE, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1965, University of Minnesota *LIV DAHL, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota *C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University *JULIE H. DRIVER-BOLTON, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of Minnesota BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State University, Department Chairperson GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota *EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota *ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University, Department Chairperson *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach F SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University N O R M A N B.L. FERGUSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairperson LARRY P. FLEMING, Associate Professor of Music and Director of Choral Activities, Ph.D., University of Minnesota HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Associate Professor o f Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University *ROBERT A. FORNANDER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.F.A. 1979, University o f Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of Minnesota *FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMIXZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1979, University of Minnesota (Spanish) BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Instructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota STEPHEN M. GABRIELSON, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Professor o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University o f Minnesota PAUL H. GRAUER, Assistant Professor of Health & Physical Education, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota *BRIAN GRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone) *JOHNGRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor o f Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969, University o f Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska EDWINA 1. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture) JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota DUANE E. JOHNSON, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano) JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *LEOLA JOHNSON, Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science, M.A. 1976, University of Kentucky MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French) REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971, Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach A M l N KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson *JOANNE KARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia * D I A N A LEE KENNELLY, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Piano), M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota M A R Y MARIE KINCSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970, University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach) SUSAN J. KNUST, lnstructor i n Nursing, M.S. 1979, Wright State University * N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University B O Y D N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota *ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of Minnesota *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota *MARY ELLEN LUNDSTEN, lnstructor i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota M J U D I T H MACCANELLI, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.Ed. 1965, University of Minnesota NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California - Santa Barbara KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota *MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska *LYNNE E. MEDCALF, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1975, University of Minnesota ROBERTA A. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERC, Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota J O H N R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) JOEL MUCCE, Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota SUSAN K. NASH, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota Head Baseball Coach C O R D O N L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago, Department Chairperson RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota *CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson *CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University o f Minnesota, (American Studies) BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department Chairperson *CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano) RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota *JACK OSBERC, Assistant Football Coach *WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota (German) R O N A L D G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin *PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois - Urbana ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963, Concordia College LAURETTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University, Department Chairperson DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota DANIEL PETERSON, lnstructor i n Physics, Ph.D. 1978, Iowa State University LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953, Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of Minnesota *GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor i n Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960, Dartmouth College *ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana (Strings) M A R T I N QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Seminary Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University *BARBARA RICHARDS, lnstructor i n Political Science, B.A. 1972, Vanderbilt University * J O H N F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, CathoEc University of America *DENISE R. RIVET, Women's Gymnastics Coach GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson *PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making) - EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England), Department Co-Chairperson LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus. 1965, Lakeland College E D W I N 1. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of Music *WILLIAM 6. SCHEELA, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1974, Mankato State University *MARIA S. SCHWEIKERT, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1974, University of Pittsburgh IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University o f Illinois, M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany), Department Chairperson * D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.M. 1975, Augsburg College (Piano) * E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence i n Music (Voice) * H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Organ) *LOUISA A N N SMITH, Lecturer i n Library Science, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *PAUL C. SONNACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, M.A. 1960, University of Chicago *SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor i n Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg College PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota D O N A L D 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado *VAL STRACHAN, Women's Basketball Coach, B.A., Mankato State University *BRUCE STUART, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska *MARY T. SWANSON, Assistant Professor of Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota LARRY TALLMAN, Instructor i n Music, M.S. 1978, Michigan State University, Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble *JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass) *PAUL THOMAS, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Cello) PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting) Department Chairperson RICHARD J. THONI, Associate Dean of Students, Ph.D. University of Minnesota 1977. NEAL 0. THORPE, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairperson J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music *MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer i n Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota *MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University D A V I D C. W O O D , Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University *NANCY ZINGALE, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. University of Minnesota Administrative Personnel GENERAL ADMINISTRATION President ............................................. .Oscar A. Anderson Director of Facility Development ........................ Burton P. Fosse College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President.. .Avalon Okerson ...... FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT Vice President for Finance and Management ............ .Wayne Pederson Director of Plant Services .............................. .Gerald Johnson Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer Manager, College Center .............................. .Mildred Nelson Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending .............. .Robert Gores Director of Student Financial Services ................... .Herald Johnson Director of Personnel.. ................................ .Bonnie-Jean M o r k Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey Custodial Supervisor. .................................. .Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor ............................... .Alfred Sandau Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Fred Wolter Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College .....................................Charles S. Anderson Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker .Beverly Wegge Registrar ............................................. Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ................. .Charlene Weidenbach .Bonnie Wallace Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ...................... .Valerie Geaither Recorder ............................................. .Hope Schutte .Pamela Louisa Assistant Registrar ..................................... Executive Secretary t o the Dean ........................ .Carolyn Magnuson ......... DEVELOPMENT ........................ .Glen W. Johnson ...........................Sigvald Hjelmeland ............................. .Michael Walgren Vice President for Development Director of Deferred Giving.. Director of Annual Fund.. Asst. t o the Vice-president ..................... , Associate Director, Alumni and Parent Giving ....................................... Executive Secretary .................................... ....... .A. B. Batalden .Jeroy Carlson .Irene Steenson PUBLIC RELATIONS Director of Public Relations ............................ .Lois G. Wollan Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information.. Fine Arts Coordinator ................................. .Monica Maye Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison .... ADMISSIONS Director of Admissions.. ............................... .Kathryn E. Lange Assistant Director Bill Ross .Sue Bonner Coordinator of Transfer Programs.. Admissions Counselor ..................................Eric Anderson Admissions Counselor ................................. .Sally Hough Admissions Counselor ................................. .Tom Jackson ..................................... ..................... STUDENT AFFAIRS Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students.. .................................. .Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni Director of Student Life (Housing) ...................... .Linda Schrempp-Alberg Director of Career Planning and Placement ............. .Patricia M. Olsson Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater Head Resident, (UrnesdMortensen) .................... .Cindy Ragen Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren Area Apartment Manager .............................. .John Augustine INDEX ........... Academic Administration 47 Academic Life ..................... 14 Accreditation ....................... 7 Administration ................... 156 Admission to the College ........... 31 Advanced Placement ...............34 Advanced Standing ................ 34 American Indian Programs 26 American Studies .................. 56 Anthropology .................... 139 Art, Department of ................. 57 Biology. Department of ............. 60 Black Student Programs ............ 26 Board of Regents ................. 116 Business Administration ............ 63 Calendar ...................... Cover Campus Map ...................... 70 Certification Programs .............. 22 Chemistry. Department of .......... 71 Chinese ........................... 87 Classification ...................... 54 Communications ................. 141 Computer Science ................ 101 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) ................. 19 Continuing Education .............. 22 Corrective Therapy ................ 19 Costs .......................... 35. 44 Course Descriptions ................ 56 Course Value ...................... 54 Credit by Examination .............. 54 Dean's List ........................ 52 Degrees ........................... 23 Divisional Organization ............ 47 East Asian Studies .................. 74 Economics ........................ 67 Education. Department of .......... 75 Engineering ....................... 81 English. Department of ............. 81 Enrollment ........................ 55 Expenses ....................... 35, 4 Faculty ........................... 147 Financial Aid ...................... 35 Five-College Cooperative ........... 18 Food Service ...................... 29 Foreign Language, Department of ................... 86 French ............................ 87 44 Full-Time Student Defined General Education Requirements ................... 15 .......... .......... Geography ........................ 99 German ........................... 90 Glossary of Terms ................... 4 Grading ........................... 50 Graduates ......................... 55 Graduation Requirements 48 Graduation with Distinction 32 Greek ............................ 92 Health Education ................. 719 Health Service ..................... 29 History of Augsburg College 6 History. Department of ............. 96 Honors Program ................... 22 Housing ....................... 27, 45 Independent Study ................ 52 Intercollegiate Athletics ............ 25 Intercultural Center ................ 26 Inter-Institutional Programs 75 International Students .............. 27 Internship Program ................ 22 Japanese .......................... 92 Journalism ........................ 83 Library Science .................... 80 Location ........................... 6 Majors ............................ 15 Mathematics, Department of ........ 99 Medical Technology .............. 702 Metro-Urban Studies .............. 102 Music, Department of ............. 104 Music Therapy .................... 108 Nature and Objectives .6 of Augsburg ............... Natural Science ................... 109 22 New Dimensions Program Non-Discrimination Policy ........... 7 Norwegian ........................ 93 Numbering of Courses ............. 55 Nursing .......................... 111 Personnel of the College .......... 147 16 Pre-Professional Training 113 Philosophy, Department of Physical Education ................ 116 Physical Plant ...................... 12 Physics, Department of ............ 120 Political Science, Department of .................. 123 Probation and Dismissal ............ 49 Psychology, Department of ........ 126 Regents, Board of ................. 146 45 Refunds ......................... Registration ....................... 49 .......... ........ ......... ......... .., .......... ........... ........ Religion. Department of ........... 129 Religious Life ...................... 24 Russian Area Studies .............. 132 Scandinavian Area Studies ......... 133 Scholarships. Grants ................ 35 Social Science Majors ............. 134 135 Social Work. Department of Sociology. Department of .......... 138 Spanish ........................... 94 Speech. Department of ............ 141 Student Life ....................... 24 Student Rights ..................... 29 ....... Student Services ................... 25 Study Abroad ...................... 20 Summer School .................... 22 Symbol (#) ........................ 55 Theater Arts ...................... 143 Transdiciplinary Major 145 Transfer t o Augsburg 32 Tuition and Fees ................ 35. 44 Veterans .......................... 53 Visiting the Campus ................. 7 Work-Study ....................... 35 ............ ............... CATALOG 1980-82 AUGSBURG COLLEGE This material was published t o supply information on additions and changes to the 1980-82 Catalog. Material i s arranged in the same order as in the 1980-82 Catalog, with page number references. Although information was current at the time of publication, it i s subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies contained i n this publication and the main 1980-82 Catalog. If you have questions about anything in this bulletin, you should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Accreditation and Memberships National League for Nursing National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. College Costs 1981-82 Tuition (full-time enrollment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,300.00 600.00 Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course ........................... 300.00 Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ........................ Room Rent (includes telephone) ................................... 1,091.00 986.00 Full Board (19 meals a week) ....................................... Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) ACTC Bus (Full-time students only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Medical Technology (Senior Fee) .............. 5.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) ............ Class, per semester ....... 150.00 50.00 600.00 Music Therapy Internship (one course credit) ............ 600.00 POSTMASTER Volume 112, Number 2 Summer 1981 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) i s published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by AugsburgCollege,73121st Avenue South, Minneapolis M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Financial Aid/l7-18 Gift Assistance Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students w h o have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay u p t o full tuition and fees. A student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement 'are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents w h o have financial need. For 1981-82, they range f r o m $100 to $1050. All applicants f r o m Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of April 23. Supplemental EducationalOpportunity Grant - A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person niust: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have sufficient financial need as defined by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission. Pel1 Grants [formerly Basic Educational 0 portunity Grants) - A federal program ihat provider Rasic Grant awards to stufents who attend eligible institutions of higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1981-82 i s $1670. minus t h c a m o u n t the studentand family can beexpected tocontribute. The grants are based o n need as determined by the program guidelines. Application i s made by filing the F F S (or FAF) and requesting o n the application f o r m that the necessary information be sent t o the appropriate BEOG office. Bureau of lndian Affairs Scholarships/Grants - American Indian students whomeet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of Indian 4ffairs.fribal and/or lndian Stare Scholarship monies. You must be "1 degree lndian ancesrrv and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. lndian grants supplement a l l other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American lndian Program Director or your tribal agency. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The American Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs Committee. Scholarships/20-23 Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing in fields leading to full-time service in the church. Departmental Scholarships Chemistry Ellenand Courtland Agre Chemistr Award -given toa chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the dbctorate in chemistry. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship -awarded The Rev. and Mrs. study of history. annually to a history major. 0.1. Haukeness Award - given t o a senior student for excellence i n the Music Edwin W. and Edith B. NorbergScholarship - awarded to music majors preparing for careers in church music. Schubert Club Scholarship -awarded annually to a music therapy student. Political Science Political Science Scholarship - An award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in political science. Majors, Licensure/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study. may be wirhin ane department, within one division. or cror5 academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter coIlege. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a majorshould be elec~edby rhe end of the Fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Majors available at Augsburg are: Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Communication East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-BusinessAdministration Elementary Education Engineering' English Foreign Languages Chinese,l French German, Japanese,' Norwegian, Russian,l Spanish Health Education History International Relations Mathematics Medical Technology3 Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies' Social Science Social Work Sociology Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary I t is possible for students to complete other majors through the ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. 1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University Schooi of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered a t Augsburg in Elementary Education, Kindergarren. Earlv Childhood Education, and these fields in secondarv Education: Arf. English-Language Arts, French, German. Health, L ~ f eSc~ence,Mathematics. Music, Fhvsical Education, Physical Science (Chem~srrvor Phvsics\, Science (Grade5 5-9)) Social Studies, Spanish. Speech. Theater Arts. A minor is offered i n Librarv Science. 5tudcnts planning to teach on the secondarv level have advtjers both in the Education department and the area of their academic majnrisl. Graduation Requirements/39-40 Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available i n the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses o n the academic record). 1. Completion of 35 courses. 4r least 11 courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not more than 1 3 may be i n one de artmenl, except i n certain approved majors for the Bachelor of Science/Ani g g r e e . 17 for ,he Bachelor of Music a n d Bachelor of Sc~encern Music Thera y degrees. and 18 in r he Bachelor oi Science in Nursing degree. The course fotafmcsl include three l n ~ e r i r nfor i i1udenr5 whore complete academic work i s at Aupburg. For transfer studenrc. the course oral must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. No rnorerhan these maximums mav beapplied toward the 35 rota1 courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR] courses: 2 courses bv independent/ directed study: 4 courses of internship; and 8 courses w ~ t ha grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional g r a d ~ n g( P ) also has these limits: 2 In the major except Elementary Educar~on:7 i n the minor i f approved bv the departmen! chairperson. Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for the equivalent of a major i n Nursing. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except tor Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5 averages are required. 4. Residence The last year of full-time s:udy or equivalent must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology Psychology-Sociology English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Foreign Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the111 level of a foreign language will take one additional courseat placement level i n that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies -Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is, one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information i s available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Evaluation a n d Grading/40-41 Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools d o not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim coursesare graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education c.ourses are graded only on the P/N system or only o n the traditionalsystem. English 111 i s graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there i s a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. .4 grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. A n incomplete rade may be given only i n the case of extreme emergency. To receive i r , a 5;tu ent must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating he reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it,and comments from rhe instructor. If permission is granted. the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or i t becomes the grade submitted b v the teacher along with the incomplete. J A grade of X may be given for an independenr or directed study course or internship that is to be spread over morethan one semester. Such a course must be completed during rhe second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,f -5,N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit, but may be audrted. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Onlythe credits and gradesearned thesecond time are counted toward graduation and i n the grade point average. A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Art/49 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. Education Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, i t i s within the jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as applicable to requirements of the approved teacher education program at Augsburg College. Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education caurse5.a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore vear, during or after the Orientation course. Students transferring from an education program at another college must be readmissible to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Major and Licensure Requirements: Minimum of 8.5 education courses (255, 351, 383,and two professional semesters); Health Education 114,115; Library Science341, 358; Academic minor (major recommended); GPAof 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor for licensure; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341, 352,353,381,382,384. (Courses 381,382,383,384 are one-half courses offered on a traditional grading system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ. 481,482 and electives (483, 484,.478, 499). Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Educ. 385 and student t e a 3 i n g at the Kindergarten level. Early Childhood Education Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator) License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych. 351; Educ. 325,425,483 or484(160 hoursof studentteaching). Foran Early Childhood license with other than an education major, consult with the program coordinator. 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-schoo[ work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Secondary Education) 325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life i n relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations.and other interventionsand compensatory programs. Classsessions and two hours perweek of lab. experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources i n the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) 352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 o r d. Spring) 381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 o r 265. concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materialsand resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materialsand resourcesfor social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials. and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.. Summer I) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approvdl. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment. parental involvement. and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessionsand two hours per week of lab experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) 181,482 Student Teaching I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N. K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall. Spring) 483,484 Student Teaching II Additional experience In teaching. (Prereq.: 481. 482. Fall. Spring) 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the elementary education faculty. Secondary Education Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It i s the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised ta consult with Education faculty regarding state requirementsfor teacher licensure, This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Program Requirements for Secandary Education: ( 7 1 Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education teacher [icensure program. This mav be made before, concurrently or afrer rhe Orierrtarion course. Application formsare ava~lablein the Education Department office. Before applying f o r admission, students should receive approval from the departmenr ordivision of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education; (2) GPA of 2.0overall,2.0 in required education courses,and at least 2.5 in the major; (3) Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching; (4) Completion of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations through Augsburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Psychology 105; Health Education 114, 115; Education 265,354,388,478,special methods in the area of the student's major,and a minimum of two or three courses in student teaching as required. Requirementsfor State of Minnesota Licensurefor Teaching in Secondary Schools: (through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): (1) 6.A. or F.S. degree: ( 2 )Co[tege major i n a teaching a r e a ; 431 Fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 ,!VICAR 3.041 i n Human Relations (sucressfut completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement); (4) Psvchologv 105; ( 5 ) Health Educatton 114.175: (6) Stlcce~sfulcompletion of Augsburg Education Program EOUTSPS. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of rhese areas tollowsthe secondary education pragram even though h e or she plans ta teach az t h e e l e m e n t a r y school level. A penon with a major in one of rhese 5petial areas will take three courses in student reach~ngand do some student teach~ngarboth the secondary and elementarv levels. In addition to Edur. 354.rhe art major will register { o r Educ. 361,362; the Phrsrcal Education major for Educ, 365: and the music major for Educ. 373. The Professional Term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in one full-rime term i n professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminarsare held during the term a 5 par1 of the professional work. A studenr: taking two courses in srudent teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study. All studenrrare expected to be insolred full-time in the artivitim of tee professional term. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardatinn, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD dnd ED and giftedness. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265) Note on Special Methods Courses: With the general methodology course, one or more education courses in special methods must be taken from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or concurrent with 354. Courses 361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. ' (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory.The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 373 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 410 Health Methods -. (See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society -.I he emphas~si n this course is o n tne school in relation to society with particular ~ t t e n t i o n to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission t o student teaching and program approval) 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Library Science M a r j o r i e Sibley, G r a c e S u l e r u d ( C o o r d i n a t o r s ) , K a r e n H a r w o o d , B o y d K o e h l e r , James O l s o n , I r e n e Schilling, Louisa S m i t h Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4'12 courses, i n c l u d i n g 341. 345,358, 359,475. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquisition,cataloging,classification.and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance i n use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Sources and Services Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn h o w to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; h o w to find information and use libraries effectively.'(Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o d o field work in a variety of library situations i n the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Survey and e\,aluation of library materials on the secondary school level. with attention to their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 lndependent Study Independent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service. worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Germad75 301 German Business Communication German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.) Major for Teaching: Students interested in secondart education may take a history m a j o r i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social s c i p n c ~courses a n d rhe r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n courses, i n c o m liance with the state requiremenrs For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t c R i r p e r r o n o r t h e Social Srudiei Coordinator. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life i n the 20th Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women i n China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. 345 Scandinavian-American Experience (See under Scandinavian Area Studies) M a t hematics/89-90 361 Numerical Analysis (Formerly CSC 355) A study of merhods used 10 50h.e problems on comprlters. lnalys~sof computat~onal ofoan procedures problems and developnienr 0 1 alaorithms Inr [heir ~ u l u t i ~ n s , a p p l ~ c a t ~ l Topics tnclude the general concept or~entedprogrammrny ti:n$uapc In n u m ~ r i c aanalysr~. of lteratlve tnrmulae, inlu;~anor squarrons. Newton's method. l~nearsystems, ~nterpolariiiierentiatinn and Integrallnn, IPrereq.: M 4 T 224, CSC 245) tlon, numer~r-a1 Computer Science Augsburg College offers a n e w p r o g r a m i n C o m p u t e r Science that w i l l prepare students f o r f u r t h e r study i n c o m p u t e r science at a major university o r f o r entry i n t o a substantial variety o f c o m p u t e r related jobs. Augsburg has a PDP 11-60 with central memory at 256 kitobvtes and terminals a t several campus locations. The College also has several Apple I1 microcomputers, a Tektronix 4051 graphics m i c r o c o m p u r c r , a n d KEY(-1 l a b o r a ~ o r vmicrocomputers. Augsburg also has access to large r h r o u g h both Minnesota Educational C o m p u t i n g Consortium a n d the Univers~ryof ~Minnesota. ~~~~~~~r. Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 245, 261, 345, 350 a n d Mathematics 361 (formerly C o m p u t e r Science 355) o r Business Administration 479 o r Sociology 363 o r C o m p u t e r Science 395 o r 495. Note: Business Administration 250 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d f o r those p l a n n i n g a career i n business a n d is an additional prerequisite if Business Administration 479 is t o c o u n t t o w a r d the C o m p u t e r Science minor. 145 Introduction to General Programming An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming i n a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor. 245 An Introduction to Computer Science An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardwate register operations, and computer organization. Programming is done in machine language, assembly language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: MAT 125) 261 Electronics (See under Department of Physics) 345 Computer Systems Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. Comparison of batch, timesharing, and real time operating systems. Study of the social implications and applications of computers through the use of various applications packages. Continued development of competence in structured programmingand algorithms will be emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.: 245) 350 Data Structures and File Processing Conceptsand algorithms used in thesolution of non-numerical problems. Applications to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245) 355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods (See Mathematics 361, new number for this course) 395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science Specific topics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend on the topics selected. 395 for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms. Music L. L. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand, Laine Bryce, Stephen Gabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coetz, James D. Johnson, Robert Karlen, Diane Kennelly, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz, Paul Lohman, Cynthia Melson, Roberta Metzler, Celeste O'Brien, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George Stahl, Daniel Sturm, James ten Bensel, Paul Thomas, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson, Angela Wyatt. See ~ u s i cDe artment Handbook for additional and explanatory information, guidelines an8requirements. Students wishing t o major or minor i n music must apply to the department. Specific Music Major Requirements Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355, 365 or 375, music elective. French or German. Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476, 354 or 355, 365 or 375. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. Bachelor of Music (Performance or Composition): 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, 457, 458, 476, 499, 354 or 355, 365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods i n the last 2 years, and junior and senior recitals; French o r German. Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: C o r e Curriculum plus 354.360, 382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350 or476, one of 355,365,375, and 470 Introduc!ion to MusicTherapy (Interim).Spanish E Srecommended. Other requiremenrs: B i o l o g 103, Education 262: 2 Physical Educat~on(232 and 373 recommended); 3 Prychologv and 1Sociology. ~ncluding Psych. 105,362 and Psych. 264or 50c. 362 {Recommended courses include Psych. 264,357,352,355, 356, 357, and Sac. 211,121,237,741, 362, 3751; 1 Speech (116 recommended], Music Minor: 5 courses: 101,102, 260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music: Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Honors Major: Studenrs may qualify far graduation honors if they have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses and have demonstrated leadership in performance. Honors may be achieved by one oithefollowing: Senior thesisand i t s defense before a faculty committee; presentation of an addi~lonalSenior recital of graduate qua2ity: composition of a work for vocal and/orinstrurnental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration. Application should be made before the senior year. Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors) 1. Courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261. 2. Applied Music: Major Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters; Recital appearance. 3. Examinations: 3 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Applied Music Ensembles: Membership is determined by audition during the first week of the fall semester. Times and locations are posted on the department bulletin board. These organizations exist nol only for the benefit of the musicstudent, but for any student who wishes to particrpate: Augsburg Choir Brass Ensemble Chorale String Ensemble Concert Band Jazz Ensemble Woodwind Ensemble Orchestra Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening. Private Lrsxlns: Vocal and rnstrumental insrruction is avaifable to at! student5 in any area. MUSICstudents must reqister on the traditional gradlng system and take a jury exam at the end of each semes~erto fulfill the requiremen1 of prlvare studv toward a mus~cdegree. Other students m a y register for private lessons in the same manner ur use P/N grading. D ~ ~ r l nthe g junior and senior vear. a studern accepted by the Department of Mucrc as a major receives lessons In rhe area of concentration wirhaut ewrra cost. Practice rooms and Instruments are available for rent. jury Examination: All students taking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each semester for a faculty jury. Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminarsand guest lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument. Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend 30 (out of 50) designated music events each year. Recital: One-half recital i s required of B.A. and B.S. candidates. B.M. students must present full Junior and Senior recitals. Examinations All music majors and minors are required to pass a Piano Proficiency Test. Music majors must pass three Music Repertoire Tests, and Music minors must pass two. 101,102,223,224 Theory MUSICTheory i s a n integrated course ewtcndlng over four terms. Taught by a team of ~nstructors.the variausaspectsoi mus~caltheory (1.e , eartralnlng, harmony, counterpolnt, and analysis) are presenred rn parallel, rather than In sequence (101, 223. Fall 102. 224. Spr~ng) 110 lntroduction to Music Therapy A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area. with field trips to various institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music i s used as a therapy. (Interim) 230 lntroduction to the Fine Arts The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall) 260 History and Literature of Music Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 History and Literature o i Music Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 325 Scandinavian Music I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries. opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-music and music majors. (Fall) 330 Vocal Repertoire A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 to the present.Thestudy includessuch aspects of ccncern for the performer as interpretation, style. and diction. (Spring) 331 Diction for Singers (Spring, alternate years) 350 Choral Technique and Arranging Fundamentals of voice as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging for various combinations of voices. (Spring) 354 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 Instrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 360 Therapeutic Recreational Music Study of guitar and recorder.Orff instrumt.nts,applications of recreational musicactivities to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work. 365 lnstrumental Technique Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instrument^. (Fall) 375 Instrumental Technique Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 Music of the Western Church Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directo-s. and pre-theological students. (Spring) 382 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response. with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects. emphasison music i n a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent. and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Full-rime placement In an inrernrhip setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for rix months. This ir started after completion of the senior year and is nece5sary for regisrration by the NAMT. Appl~cationsfor ~nternsh~p sites must be made n i n e m o n t h In advance. 5ttes In Mrnne5o;a are lim~ted. 435 Music in Therapy The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded. and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 440 New Music Seminar Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 457 Conducting Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores. organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 Conducting Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 Orchestration The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Fall) 488,489 Piano Teaching Methods instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. 495 Practicum in Music Therapy Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, s i x terms. No credit 499 Independent Study Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty. Natural Science/99 Science (Grades5-9): 7 courses,2 i n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161.thealternative course not taken i n the Broad Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 i n Physical Science (Chemistry 223,353; Physics 245). Nursing/99 Augsburg offers an u p p e r division major i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor o f Science degree. The p r o g r a m is accredited by the National League f o r Nursing. 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating i n analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103 or 122 and Mathematics 122 or 125) 486 Prvchology of Religion and Thenlogy -\ rrtrdv ot cvrrenl pr-ychnlogiralvicrvsof religion in the context of the traditional Christian riew o i human nature. Spec~alartention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud. lung.and Wil[lamlames,~ncito thos~Christiantheologians who have been influenced by them. (Spring 1982) Scandinavian Area Studies/ll6 345 Scandinavian - American Experience The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever." adaptation to the New Land. aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982) Social Science/l17 Social Science M y l e s C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson) T w a ernphafes exist w i t h i n the S o c ~ a Science l major: t h e General M a j o r and the Van-Western emphasis. A student may n o t l ~ sat d o u b l e major I n Social Science a n d es t h e d ~ s t r ~ b u t ~selected on In the Soc~al I n one of the componen7 d ~ s c ~ p l ~ nunless Science major i_c s~gniticantlydifferent f r o m the other major. GeneraIMajor: IScotrrses: 10 required courres(Ecanom1cs1~,1?3: Hi5tory221,222; G ~ o g r a p h v714: 5ociology 221,241: Psvchologv 105: Roltrical5r1ence158 and121 or 710t. 4 upper d ~ ~ ~ s courses i o n in one of rhe l o l l o w i n g d ~ s c i p l ~ n e rEconomics. : Hisrorv. Political Science, Psychobogy or Socrvlogy: a stat~sricscourse approved bv the d~partrnentin which the 4 upper d i v i s ~ o ncourses are taken. The student should rhnose an adviser who 1s a m e m b e r of ( h e d e p a r t m e n t i n w h i c h the upper division course5 are ro be taken. (For supplementary information and a[rernatiwe ways to fulf~llrhestate-approved competency-hared program tor secondary teacher educarlnn, sce the f o l [ o w i n g section on Social Studies tor Secondary education.^ Non-Western Major: 14 courses: History 703; 1social science methodology course (Economics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology 362 or 365): and 12 courses,i n a t least 4 disciplines, from the followrng: Economics 122,258; History 104,322,323,324,440, 474: Political Science351,363,382,461; Philosophy 255; Religion356: Sociology241 : seminars, independenr study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and~'or Political Science. The student planning to fulfill this soc1a1science major should consul^ the chairperson of the Department of Hisrory tn choosing a major adviser. Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) on rhe high school level must complete, in Students preparing10 teach social s t u d i e ~ addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competencv-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Social Studies ticensure: 7 courser; (Economic.; 122 or 123, Geographv 174, History 222, Political Science 756, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 and 141) plusa ma'or in one of five fields - Economics, History. Political Sricnce, ~ r y c h o l o g or v sociology - o r incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major. described in section above\. Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. Social Work 118-119 Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program i s a professional program i n preparation for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consists of Bio. 101'; Psych. 105*, 351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*,365,375*,and 383*; and Social Work 257*, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466 and 467. At least one Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A minimum grade of 2.0 is required i n each upper division social work course required in the major. *These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year. Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corset tions, sorial Ministries,and Youth a r e possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional. dy~functianal,and programmatic aspects, plus field work placcment i n the senior year in the special area. Completion of a concentration i s noted on the transcript. Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship: 361; 364; Psych. 351 or Soc. 375; Soc. 383; and Pol. 121 or 158 or 325 or Social Work 465. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of Education 388. 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. AUCSBURC COLLEGE Official publication of Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue S. Minneapolis, M N 55454
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1994
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Introduction ..................................................................... 2 Calendar .......................................................................... 3 About This Catalog ........................................................... 4 Options ..................................
Show more Introduction ..................................................................... 2 Calendar .......................................................................... 3 About This Catalog ........................................................... 4 Options ........................................................................... 4 .................................. 5 Visiting Students .................... Interim Courses ................................................................ 6 UMAlE Courses............................................................... 48 Other Courses ................................................................ 49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ................................................ 51 . . . Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the Distribution requirements is required to complete three Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are required. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thornsen, 33@1025 Interim Director, Dr. David Gabrielson, 330-1025 October 25 - October 29 ............................Interim Registration November 29 ....................................Late Interim Registration January 3 .................................................... First Day of Interim Time I - 900a.m. (first day only) Time I1 - 1:00p.m. January 4 Last Day for Cancel/Add January 14 ...........Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 14 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 26 ..............................................................Interim Ends January 31 ............................................ Spring Semester Begins February 4 ................................................Interim Grades Due The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be obserued at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, ]anuay 17, at 1:00 p.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. .......................................... The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and infomation about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline - Friday, December 10. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed Internship Learning Agreement Plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 10). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 29. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement.Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education require ments. This qualification particularly affects courses offered in religion. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 41-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition dors not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will bc charged $1,050 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. It should be noted that both ACTC exchange students and visiting students may not register for 299 or 499 courses. Art 24 7-A Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $40 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 BIO 107-A lnstructoc Ralph Sulerud The development of the concept of evolution, arguably the single most important unifying biological principle, will be traced in this course from preDarwinian times to the present. In so doing the massive body of evidence in support of evolution will be addressed as will the pathway of the evolutionary process and the proposed mechanisms of that process. Notwithstanding its acceptance by the vast majority of biologists, evolution continues to be surrounded with controversy. The antievolution movement including its newest form, "scientific creationism," will be studied as will the ongoing scientific debate concerning evolutionary mechanisms. Finally the course will focus on some of the reciprocal relationships between evolution and society. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist primarily of lectures and discussion. Some audieslide presentations and videotapes will be utilized. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests, but participation in discussion will also be a consideration. Prerequisite: High school biology Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 2 1 3 BIO 7 40-A BIO 340-A lnstructoc Dale Pederson The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, sea-grass communities, and tide pools. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated on site and in the laboratory. A marine biologist from the Institute will be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a short t i p to the Florida Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of the course requirements. Cost is $1,350. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final examination. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper. Prerequisites: Biology 1I I; 112 for upper division credit Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: ' Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 610 185-A lnstructoc Robert Herforth With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in and research on the biological basis of the aging process has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes which occur in the body with age, dysfunctions and diseases associated with aging, and studies on what causes these changes, including findings on the cellular and genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental animals. Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for arriving at grades. Distribution: Biology/Chembry Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 205 BUS 295-A lnstructoc john Cerrito The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and performances on small business case studies. Business majors may not take this course for credit; course is applied toward the major. Distribution Requirement: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 BUS 302-A lnstructoc Milo Schield Examines micro-ethical issues involving individual choices in business. Reviews critical thinking skills in moral reasoning. Students will describe, analyze and evaluate business practices and policies. In addition to written papers, students will select and investigate a current topic and give a written and oral presentation. The class will visit several local businesses to discuss various perspectives on business ethics. This course is being submitted for a graduation-level critical thinking skill and for a Human Identity perspective. Check on status with the Registrar. Prerequisites: BUS 39 1 (now BUS 30 7) or PHI 120 or PHI 125 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 BUS 368-A lnstructoc Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-tern and final examination.This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan. Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of Instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 7 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 BUS 495-A Instructor Thomas Morgan What is "quality"? Do you "know it when you see it"? How and what should organizations learn? Searching for answers to these and other questions will be the central focus of this Special Topics course. Participants will develop and refine "systems thinking" skills and learn how to apply them to real strategic situations. Altemative perspectives on "the Quality Movement" and "Continuous Process Improve ment" will be explored through reading, discussion and field trips to local organizations involved in the pursuit of quality. Working in collaborative teams, participants will develop a hands-on project based on actual organizations. Evaluation will be based on two short papers and a group presentation. Prerequisites: BUS 242 & ECO 1 13, or permission of instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 43 BUS 495 lnstructoc Dr. Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp The events currently taking place in Central & Eastern Europe represent one of the most important changes of the post Cold War era. They cany major implications for world trade and certainly for U.S. bilateral interests. This course will provide an understanding of these events and will identify the most effective ways of doing business with Russia, Central & Eastern Europe. Prerequisite: ECO 1 12 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Memorial Hall 323 CHE 100-A lnstructoc Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the Pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supple ments, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Prerequisite: Math Placement 111 Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: 11 Room: Science 3 15 CSC 270-A Instructor Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. Students are expected to know how to do computer programming in some programming language (such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course which includes programming Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 42 ECO 1 10-A Instructor Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not apply toward an Economics, Business Administration, or MIS major. Does not apply toward an Economics minor. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2, or The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 ECO 1 1 3-A lnstructoc Satya Cupta An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or 112. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 7 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 7 6 EDE 295-A lnstructoc Carolyn Levy This is a class for both education and theatre students. The main objective will be to introduce the use of theatre with elementary children. One particular avenue of exploration will be the use of theatre in a multicultural environment. There will be a certain amount of theoretical discussion of why to use theatre with children, but the main thrust will be experiential learning: trying out various exercises, games and programs. The last part of the month will include five days of practice teaching in a local elementary school. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 EDE 375-A Instructor Mary Endorf The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy though the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: PPST Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Library 17 EDU 353-A lnstructoc Rich Cermundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Library 17 EDU 388-A lnstructoc loseph Erickson Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisites: junior or Senior standing Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 23 ENC 282-A ENC 482-A lnstructoc john Mitchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given, and two interpre tive papers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: lntro to Literature - for students enrolling for upper division credit Distribution: English/Speech Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum ~nrollment:I5 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 ENC 24 9-A lnstructoc Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late 70s, the 80s, and the 90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.) For comparative purposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and hy to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for the local productions. Prerequisite: ENC 1 I 1 (Effective Writing) is strongly recommended Distribution: English/Speech Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 2 1 FRE/CER/NOR/SPA 350-A lnstructoc Roman Soto An inboduction to the critical reading of a broad range of texts (short stories, novels, films and comic strips) through the understanding of their structural properties as well as the social contexts of communication they presuppose or create and/or transform. Selected theoretical readings (in English) prepare students to analyze representative texts (in a second language of their choice).Both the aesthetic and social-historical aspects of literary analysis will be explored, with special emphasis given to analytical approaches from outside the U.S. Workshops and discussions are key features of the course andevaluation will be based on classroom presentations, short papers, and a final examination. Lectures, class discussion and all written work in English. Students may register under their particular major/ minor language. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 HPE 1 16-A Instructor Ed Saugestad This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on the prevention of childhood health problems, and the promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 202 (MWF) HPE 232-A Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall: North Court (TITH alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/7, 1/7 1, 1/13, 1/18, 1/20, 1/21, 1/25 - 9 meetings) HPE 250-A Instructor: Lisa Broek, Richard Borstad Designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course provides a foundation for education, assisting and a p proaching fellow students about personal health issues. Students will apply student development models to peer education and peer helping. Topics include human develop ment theory, empowerment, communication skills, multicultural issues, referral sources and procedures, and decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies which promote a healthier campus environment. This course utilizes many interactive experiences combined with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations will include objective tests, journal entries, and a group project. This course should be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as those who desire learning practical skills such as communication and negotiation, group facilitation, program development, and public speaking. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 HPE 475-A lnstructoc Paul Kriegler Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisite: BIO 103 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 119 (M/W alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5, 1/10, 1/72, 1/14, 7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings) HPE 478-A lnstructoc Ed Saugestad Theory, techniques, and administrative aspecls of coaching hockey. This is a onehalf credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 7 19 (T-R) HIS 162-A Instructoc Don Custafson This area on the other side of the world has produced the world's largest working democracy. From this people has come one of our centuqs greatest individuals (Gandhi)as well as some intriguing charlatans. It is a prime example of 20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this - and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-Western subjects. The heart of the course will be a wide assortment of readings (including at least one novel) and at least two really good movies, but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and perhaps some slides. Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and a final exam. Distribution: History/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 4 HIS 220-A HIS 320-A Instructor Khin Khin lensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United States in the mid-19th century and the turn of the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the post-World War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the role of new Asian immigrants since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be used. There will be a mid-tern and a final project (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of term in consultation with the instructor). Prerequisite: None for lower division; more for upper division (see asterisk below) Distribution: Histo~y/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 "Upper division students will be required to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: A HISTORY OF HIS 33 1 -A lnstructoc Chris Kimball The poet Walt Whitman once called baseball "America's game." In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball has occupied a prominent (and permanent) place in American life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion, and race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship between the United States and its national pastime. Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country. Some of these include: professionalization and its impact on amateur baseball, the role of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this region. Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam. Prerequisite: One ( 1 ) history course or consent of instructor Distribution: History/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 3 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: LEGALHISTORY HIS 331-A lnstructoc Bill Green This course will examine the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American history that contributed to the emergence of a modem national legal system from English and colonial antecedents. Some of the topics covered in this course are the evolution of the roles of judges, lawyers, and juries; the criminal justice system; property, contract, and tort law; legal education; family law; civil rights (for women, African Americans, Native Americans, and children); and business and labor law. Requirements: Discussions, attendance required, research paper. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 2 1 HON 407-A Instructor: Larry Crockett This course will consider radical black American writers on the left and the right, most notably exemplified by Malcolm X and Angela Davis on the left and Norma Sowell and Walter Williams on the right. Course will feature several guest speakers. Students will write two small papers and one large paper. Restricted to junior and senior honor students or permission of instructor. Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss Center 42 INS 120-A Instructor Ann Fleener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul Public School; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 3 7 9 INS 197-A Instructors: Kristin Anderson, lulie Bolton, Merilee Klemp How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is the nature of art? How are ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music, and theater always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of their time. Using examples of music, art, and theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material comected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minnesota Opera, or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $20. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 75 Time: I (The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to attend a limited number of offcampus events (some evenings and/or weekends) as a part of the class work.) Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre/SaterenAuditorium INS21 1-A Instructoc loan Kunz Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists. This course satisfies the General Education Graduation Skill in speaking. Prerequisite: One year of an introductory science course Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 7 6 Time: I Room: Science 3 15 INS 264-A lnstructoc Virginia Allery This course will be an historical survey of Hollywood movies that created and continue to foster images of the North American Indian in American society. Movies will include: "Drums Along the Mohawk," "Shadow Catcher, Broken Arrow," "Little Big Man," and "Pow-Wow Highway." Issues to be discussed will be authenticity, misrepre sentation, stereotypes and the use of Indian and non-Indian actors. Upper-class students will be expected to do a project related to any of the issues discussed in class. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 LIN 290-A lnstructoc Don Steinmetz Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it present from birth? What do all languages have in common despite their obvious differences? How can learning a foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young children learning their native language seem to be having fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in this area and engage in some principled speculation as to what they mean. This course is open to all students with a healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite. There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main I 1 MIS 376-A Instructor Kathy Schwalbe This course develops practical project management skills by combining theories, techniques, work-group skills, and computer tools. Students will participate in numerous inclass activities to determine projects to be done during class, estimate required resources, motivate people to successfully complete projects, use project management software to track progress and develop alternatives, etc. Evaluation will consist of individual and team presentations, participation, and a final exam. Prerequisites: BUS 227, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 2 7 MAT 173-A Instructor Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Prerequisite: Math Placement Level 111 Distribution: Math/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 1 12 MAT 253-A lnstructoc Steve Zheng Our objectives are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it reveals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and experience it as a form of artistic expression via computer graphics. The class will observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of selfsimilarity regardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals and do a major creative project. There will also be a final project. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 111 or higher Distribution: Math/Physb Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 7 SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE (UMAIE COURSE) MU5 179-A lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler Much of American history and culture is derived from that of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris, Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunity to visit and experience important cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Students will gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily journal, art/music critique sheets, and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast daily, and five group dinners. Registration for this interim must be made before October 22 at the International Programs Office, 620 2 n d Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 331655. Offered on a P/N basis only. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 MUS 204-A lnstructoc 0. Nicholas Raths, An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s)periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a compre hensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I/ Room: Music 3 MUS 295-A Instructor Stephen "Cabe" Cabrielsen The program "Finale" will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professional level musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the computer. Prerequisite: Note-reading ability Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Music Library ( I st floor Music Bldg) MUS 394-A lnstructoc Mark Thomsen This course combines the study and performance of opera and music theater as well as study of the techniques of singing for the stage. Student participation will include reading, discussion, performance of opera/musical theater scenes, going to performances of other artists, and visiting some of the performing organizations in the Twin Cities area to see how they are run. Exercises devoted to release of tension and acting technique for the singerlactor will also be explored. Opera! Opera! will culminate in a performance of opera/ music theater scenes at the end of Interim that will be open to the public. Prerequisite: Permission of private voice instructor Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Sateren Auditorium NOR 1 1 I-A lnstructoc Nancy Aarsvold This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main I 1 PHI 146-A lnstructoc David Apolloni Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war? These questions and the various answers proposed arouse deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these issues. This course will utilize readings on these complex and burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical problems which lie behind the controversies surrounding abortion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war. The course will combine lecture and class discussion on some contemporary philosophical readings on killing. Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to 3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics) and class participation. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: old Main 29 PHY 151-A Instructor: leff lohnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using highpowered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve prob lerns in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisite: Math Level I 1 1 Distribution: Mathematics/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 30 PHY 337-A Instructor: Stuart Anderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modem physics, and lasers are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. "Making Light of Matter" will begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding imaging, beam control and dispersion, including the nature of light, reflection, refraction and interference. This sets the stage for treating the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequisites: PHY 121, 122, 245; MAT 145, 146, 245 (or consent of instructor) Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 9 Time: I1 Room: Science 30 POL 140-A lnstructoc Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice, and conditions in the United States will be measured against these standards. This course will stress the exchange of ideas, and students will be expected to be very actively involved in this exchange. The goal of the course will be for students to develop their own thinking about social justice, and to have a much greater awareness of values which may conflict with the pursuit of social justice. In addition, students should be able to use their ideas to evaluate and critique conditions in America today. Evaluation will be based on participation in class discussions and structured class activities, on two short (46 page) essays, and on a final exam. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 35 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 WORLD POLITICS: CONFLICT AND CRISIS IN THE 90s POL 160-A Instructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten By examining current crises and patterns of negotiations in places like Bosnia, South Africa, Israel, and the former Soviet Union, this course highlights the changing political structures and processes in the world of the 90s. Students will discuss new international economic patterns, security issues such as nuclear proliferation, United Nations efforts at peacekeeping, and environmental protection. Lectures will supplement readings from two textbooks. Students will give brief oral presentations of prepared materials on world crisis topics and they will prepare a final essay. The course will offer an opportunity for students to simulate how national leaders negotiate among themselves. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 20 POL 220-A POL 320-A Instructor William Morris This course will examine the impact of the American political system upon public policy making in the United States. Three topics of major policy importance will be selected for examination in the way they are addressed by particular political practices and/or institutions. The class will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light of the scholarly literature and other information available on each subject. It will then assess the interplay between these choices and their handling by the political system. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemma of decision-making in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluations of the success and/or failure of the policymaking process in addressing these problems. These, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The papers, a test on the assigned readings outlining the policymaking process in the United States, and class participation will determine final grades. Students taking the course for lower division credit will be expected to complete papers on two of the three policy issues addressed in the course. Those taking the course for Upper Division credit must complete an additional paper on a policy issue of their choice not covered in class. Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one lower division social science class. Distribution: Economics/Political Science General Education Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 POL 250-A POL 450-A Instructor: Einar Vetvik The course objective is to give knowledge of the political systems and the most important policy issues in modem Scandinavia. This will include party systems, elections, political institutions, public administration, and the welfare state. The course will include a comparative approach linking the Scandinavian system to the development within the European Community. Reference to the situation in the U.S. will also be made. The model of teaching is based on lectures, but emphasizes student participation in discussion and group work. Assignment 250: Readings, short essay paper, and a final exam. Assignment 450: More demanding exam, additional reading, and a more extensive paper. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Library 1 PSY201-A lnstructoc Victoria Littlefield The methods of psychology are used to study behavioral and social influences on health, including the interaction of behaviors, thoughts, emotions, and biological systems. Consideration is given to life styles, stress management, illness prevention and treatment, and the role that proactive behaviors play in health. Evaluation is based on class participation, homework assignments, papers, and quizzes. Prerequisites: PSY 10 1, 102, or 1 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 2 12 PSY 335-A Instructor: Nancy Steblay U.S. law and the legal system will be investigated from the perspective of psychological theory and practice. A speclfic focus will be on the social psychology of courtroom procedures with consideration of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation, and jury decision-making. Class readings and discussion will also cover such broader areas as morality, justice, ethics, and victimization. Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to class discussion. Prerequisites: PSY 7 02 or 1 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 73 PSY 340-A lnstructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about how they function as representations of the "self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of "self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics such as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on class participation and five short (600-900 word) papers. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 1 Room: Foss Center 43 PSY 370-A lnstructoc Duane lohnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. +â-h This course will be conducted as a wmina&th h,+I~i!: level of student contribution and participah. i\~I&il~rI ~ ,ltF each class session is required. Ppf!kIu 1 t wi l I inr-tucic class discussion frequent s h ~ r $ ~ ~ i l ~ i < f r ~v <n oral l reports. Typewriting or quiylcfil w o ~ png~.cxv,ing l will be r e quired. ~ ' ? U R As i*lrkl)rau&pl. 111%i i hrm1students are required lo read r The Mnr,rf Lifi I?t '/rilllnj~I by Robert Coles before the start of the i n l ~ ~ l ' book l t i ~(in paperback) will be available in the Augsburg Ik~okstore by November 1.An additional text may be required and Iibrary reference work will be a part of the course process. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PS Y I 02 or PS Y 7 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 REL 330-A lmtructoc Philip Quanbeck I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in the Grawo-Roman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons, and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of Paul (Romans and I Corinthians) and First Peter. Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper. Prerequisites: REL I 1 1 or REL 22 7 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 2 1 3 REL 343-A lnstructoc Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books will be required. Prerequisites: REL 7 7 7 or REL 221 or permission of instructor Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 REL 345-A Instructoc Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century, its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used. Some important readings will be done from the reserved shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams. Prerequisites: Religion 1 1 1 or 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 REL 374-A Instructors: john Benson, Mark Engebretson For some in our society, science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life. For others, science and its associated technologies, along with its invitation to become a global world view, constitute a grave threat. Some Christians particularly feel threatened by science. This course will address these matters in two ways. First, it will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the reevaluation of science and nature in the 20th century. Second, it will study systematically the world views of science and religion to see how they compare. Class time will be divided among a variety of activities including lectures, whole class discussions, small group tutorials, and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony, drawing from the ideas developed in the course. Course evaluation will be based on two short exams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthe sis paper based on the group project and course materials. Prerequisites: One religion course, one science course, and junior or senior standing Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 60 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 8 REL 385-A lnstructoc Lynne Lorenzen This course is an introduction to process theology which is based on the philosophy of A.N. Whitehead and is a critique of "Classical Christianity." Issues such as theodicy, christology, sin and salvation will be considered. An 8 to 10 page paper will be written and presented to the class. Class sessions will include video and discussion. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 3 19 SWK 257-A lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams Experiential learning occurs as stydents volunteer 80 hours (in a services agency or institution which students select). The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience students have opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.).The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 7 S WK 4 66-A (full course) SWK 4 6 6 4 (.5course) Instructor Vincent Peters This is a continuation of Field Work I1 -educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social work students Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 SOC 232-A lnstructoc Rita Weisbrod In American culture, we have gone from nostalgia and romanticism regarding children in the early decades of this century to an increasingly widespread neglect of child welfare. We will examine the social status of children in Western society focusing on understanding problems in the current social relationships of children in American society. Students will develop a journal of their readings and complete an individual project selected from several options, including a child observation assignment or a libray research assignment, and give an oral report to the class followed by a written summary of their findings. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: 11 Room: Old Main 25 SOC 265-A lnstructoc Jerry Cerasimo The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss Center 20 SPA 777-A lnstructoc Cabriela Sweet Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 SPC 348-A lnstructoc Deb Bart This course is an advanced television production course which combines studio and field production with special emphasis on post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program. Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I or consent of instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 175 (Media classroom) Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office, 620 2 n d Avenue S. (Tel. 33@1655)or from the Interim Office (Tel. 330-1025). Registration for these Interims ends October 29,1993. These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally cany a lower division number. Ancient Greece:Myth and Monuments Art and Architecture of Ancient Egypt China and Its Artistic Heritage The Church in Brazil: Comforting the Afflicted, Afflicting the Comfortable contemporary European Business and Economic Systems Coral Reefs in The Philippines and Hawaii Cultural Conflict in Renaissance ltaly English School and Family Environmental Issues: East and West Europe and The Rise of Modern Science Hawaii: Cross Cultural Transmission and lntegration Literary Ventures by Train: England and Scotland Nairobi and Arusha: The Tale of the Church in Two Cities The Natural History of the Galapagos Islands and an Ecuadorian Rainforest Post-Colonial Namibia: A land of Liberation and Peace Making Readings of the Bible ReJections in a Clouded Mirror: The Performing Arts and Iapanese Culture Russia, Ukrania and Poland after Communism Social Work and Social Welfare in Sweden Sounds and Sights of Europe Spanish Art and Culture of the Siglo De Oro Work Life in the Information Age: Action Research in Nonoay and Sweden These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. SAILING IN THE VIRGINISLANDS (JANUARY 4 - 20, 1994) HPE 455-A Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat mising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot fixed keel sailboat with 5 to 6 other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include mises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 41-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education Department (6 12) 330- 1247. Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit. Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports OUTWARD BOUND HPE 212-A Check for information in thehterim Office on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for whitewater canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). POL 398-A POL 398-A POL 398-A Students are required to take the full three week program (January 3-21). Segments I and I1 meet from January 3 to January 14,1994. Segment I11 meets from January 17 to January 21,1994. Campus liaison is Professor Milda Hedblom. Applications for financial assistance from the college are available i n Memorial Hall 117A; telephone is 33B1197. The following activities are available to students during interim and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. HPE 002-A lnstructoc Wayne Niles The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree M K A Black Belt inshctor. Fee of $30. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited Time: 12:OO-1:00 p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: P I N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I M, W/alternate Fridays (1/3, 1/Sf 1/lo, 1/12, 1 /14, 7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings) Room: Melby, north court HPE 002-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of racquetball. Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 8 Time: I T, Th/alternate Fridays (1/4, 1/6, 1/7,1/7 1,1/13, 1/78, 1/20, 1/2 1, 1/25 - 9 meetings) Room: Melby, north court HPE 002-A lnstructoc leff Swenson Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I M, W,F - all term Room: Melby, weight room HPE 002-A lnstructoc ]eff Swenson Grading: PIN only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 M, W,F -all term Room: Melby, weight room
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Graduate Catalog, 2014-2015
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: 2014-2015 Graduate Catalog at Augsburg College Graduate Catalog 2014-2015 Official Publication of Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454 The Augsburg College Graduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and student policies...
Show more 2014-2015 Graduate Catalog at Augsburg College Graduate Catalog 2014-2015 Official Publication of Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454 The Augsburg College Graduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and student policies and procedures for fall semester 2014 - summer semester 2015. It is subject to change without notice. The catalog is intended to complement other College publications including the Student Guide and College website. It is important for students to be familiar with all College policies and procedures. Students are strongly encouraged to consult their advisor(s) at least once each semester to be certain they are properly completing degree requirements. Published 2014 Phone: 612-330-1000 www.augsburg.edu 1 A Greeting from the President I am pleased to know of your interest in Augsburg College’s exciting and innovative graduate programs. You are part of a select and discerning group of professionals who seek to find a graduate program that combines an excellent curriculum, a values-based approach to work, a talented and experienced faculty, and program formats that meet the needs of busy and successful people. Augsburg College’s graduate-level programs in Business Administration, Creative Writing, Education, Leadership, Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies, and Social Work are distinguished by the opportunities they provide students to expand decision-making and strategic skills. Augsburg College is characterized by a strong mission: Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged community that is committed to intentional diversity in its life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran church, and shaped by its urban and global settings. For our graduate programs, this mission helps to shape an innovative educational experience that features an expansive perspective on social responsibility, economic realities, business initiative, and environmental sustainability. At Augsburg College we believe that our distinctive educational purpose is to help you find your calling, at work and in the world. Augsburg graduate programs are designed to offer you quality educational experiences, personal attention, and opportunities to expand your personal and professional talents and skills. We are confident that our graduates are prepared for leadership in our ever-changing global society, the hallmark of an Augsburg degree. Sincerely, Paul C. Pribbenow, Ph.D. President 2 Greetings from the Academic Affairs Office Welcome to graduate studies at Augsburg College. We are committed to education that prepares people for leadership in their communities and places of work. We believe that learning based upon intentional integration of the liberal and professional arts and sciences provides the best preparation for living in the fast-paced, changing, and complex world of today and tomorrow. We expect our graduate students to achieve tangible and measurable outcomes from their studies at Augsburg: specialized knowledge in a field of study, applied and collaborative learning, advanced intellectual skills (especially in engaging diverse perspectives and communication fluency), and demonstrated civic and global learning. When you join Augsburg, you become part of a community that offers lifelong learning opportunities in state-of-the-art physical and online classrooms with accessible libraries and dedicated faculty and staff. Our locations in vital metropolitan areas and the opportunities we provide for international travel offer exciting and challenging real-life learning. Cities and countries become extended campuses for Augsburg students. Additionally, the diversity in our own campus community ensures that our graduates are prepared for the range of experiences and perspectives that characterize today’s global environment. All of our graduate programs share distinctive qualities, including our commitment and mission to be of service, with one another and to our neighbors. Inspired by the faith of our Lutheran founders to be inclusive to the early immigrants who came to Augsburg’s doors, we welcome a diversity of cultures and faiths. And, we encourage interdisciplinary courses and opportunities for you to study with colleagues across disciplines. At the same time, each graduate program also has its own “neighborhood” and unique features. You join a body of experienced people that expands your network of employer connections and career opportunities. We encourage our alumni to become your mentors and build on our city and global connections through public events, including our convocations and our annual, internationally-recognized Nobel Peace Prize Forum. We are companions on your journey in fulfilling your dream of a graduate degree and we cannot wait to meet you. Sincerely, Lori A. Peterson Assistant Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate and Professional Studies 3 About Augsburg At Augsburg College, we believe that graduate education should prepare gifted people for positions of leadership in their communities and places of work. Augsburg graduates will be able to demonstrate not only the mastery of a major field of study, but also the ability to apply critical thinking, problem solving, and advanced communication skills in a collaborative approach within that discipline, thereby engaging others with diverse perspectives in the work of advancing civic and global initiatives critical for a sustainable future. The heart of an Augsburg education is the Augsburg mission, informed by the liberal and professional arts and sciences, to serve our neighbors in the heart of the city and out into the world with faith-based, ethical values. We welcome students from a diversity of backgrounds and experiences. Also, our programs look to the world through international courses and cultural exchanges. Mission Statement Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, “Education for Service,” and mission: Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged community that is committed to intentional diversity in its life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran Church, and shaped by its urban and global settings. Augsburg Today Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis, Minnesota in 1872. A Rochester, Minnesota campus was added in 2002. A short history of Augsburg College can be found at www.augsburg.edu/about/history. Today, Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of its founders who believed: • • • Education should have a solid liberal arts core at the graduate level; this focus centers on the ability to think critically and broadly about the world and the work we do in it. An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and centers of faith. The city—with all its excitement, challenges, and diversity—is an unequaled learning environment. The vision of the College’s work today is lived out in the phrase, “We believe we are called to serve our neighbor.” Through common commitments to living faith, active citizenship, meaningful work, and global perspective, Augsburg prepares its students to become effective, ethical citizens in a complex global society. Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the following graduate degrees: • • • • • • • • • Master of Arts in Education* Master of Arts in Leadership Master of Arts in Nursing* Master of Business Administration* Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing Master of Music Therapy Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies Master of Social Work Doctor of Nursing Practice* (with tracks in Transcultural Nursing and Family Nurse Practitioner) Augsburg offers the following dual degrees: • Bachelor of Arts in Accounting/Master of Arts in Leadership 4 • • • Master of Arts in Leadership/Master of Business Administration Master of Social Work/Master of Business Administration Master of Social Work/Master of Arts in Theology, with Luther Seminary *Programs offered at both of Augsburg’s campuses (Minneapolis and Rochester, MN) A Community of Learners Essential to the goals of Augsburg’s graduate programs is participation in a community of adult learners. This community is enriched by the presence of men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages students to make use of all College facilities, whether a student in Minneapolis or Rochester, and to participate in College activities such as music and dramatic presentations and lecture/speaker events. Graduate Faculty The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider teaching and service to be the focus of their activity at the College. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities, but these support and are secondary to their teaching. Faculty are actively involved in a dynamic faculty development program that introduces them to best practices in teaching and learning techniques and theories. Augsburg’s small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisors and participate regularly in campus activities. 5 Locations Minneapolis Campus Augsburg College is located in the heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul, Minnesota. The campus is bordered by Riverside Avenue and Interstate 94, near the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and the University of Minnesota Medical Center. Downtown Minneapolis is just minutes away, providing access to internships and careers with some of the country’s leading companies as well as entertainment, arts, sports venues, shopping, dining, and transportation. The campus is blocks from the Hiawatha light rail line and the Central Corridor line, which provide easy access to Minneapolis, St. Paul, and the Minneapolis International Airport. Rochester campus Augsburg’s branch campus in Rochester was established in 1998 as a natural extension of the College’s mission and its expertise in teaching working adults. Degrees offered on the Rochester campus include the Master of Business Administration, Master of Arts in Nursing*, Master of Arts in Education*, and Doctor of Nursing Practice*, as well as several undergraduate majors. The Rochester campus classrooms and offices are located at Bethel Lutheran Church (ELCA), a few blocks south of the heart of the city, which is home to about 100,000 residents. Rochester is a city that enjoys a rich ethnic diversity and superior technological resources. Augsburg classes in Rochester meet on a semester schedule with classes taking place on weekday evenings and on occasional Saturdays, making them accessible to working adults. Students may also take courses within their program at the Minneapolis campus. Students at the Rochester campus are Augsburg College students. They are supported through an array of e-learning resources ranging from access to Lindell Library databases to the use of online course management software. Information about the Rochester campus is available at www.augsburg.edu/rochester or by calling the Rochester office at 507-288-2886. *Program includes some Minneapolis courses Abroad Locations Augsburg is enhanced by its global centers in Namibia, Mexico, and Central America. Students can perform research, take courses, or consult with faculty in those locations to gain new perspectives on their disciplines. 6 Facilities Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the two tower residence halls, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Lindell Library, Oren Gateway Center, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication. Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the two tower residence halls, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Lindell Library, Oren Gateway Center, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication. Admissions Office—The Office of Admissions is located on the lower level of Christensen Center. Anderson Hall (1993)—Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, President of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this residence hall is located at 2016 8th Street. Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 students, as well as the Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies; Center for Global Education; and the Office of Marketing and Communication. Counseling and Health Promotion—The Center for Counseling and Health Promotion (CCHP) offers programs and services that enhance student learning by promoting personal development and well-being. Christensen Center (1967)—The College center, with the Admissions Office, student lounge and recreational areas, the Strommen Center for Meaningful Work, the Commons dining facility and Einstein Bros. Bagels, two art galleries, copy center, and offices for student government and student publications. Edor Nelson Field—The athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue, is the playing and practice field of many of the Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome covers the field during winter months, allowing year-round use. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication (1988)—The Foss Center is named in recognition of the Julian and June Foss family. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium are also housed in this complex, which provides space for campus ministry, the drama and communication offices. Ice Arena (1974)—Two skating areas provide practice space for hockey and figure skating, and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Kennedy Center (2007)—Completed in 2007 as a three-story addition to Melby Hall and named for Dean (’75) and Terry Kennedy, it features a state-of-the-art wrestling training center, fitness center, classrooms for health and physical education, and hospitality facilities. The James G. Lindell Family Library (1997)—This library and information technology center houses all library functions and brings together the computer technology resources of the College. It also houses the Gage Center for Student Success. The library is located on the corner of 22nd Avenue and 7th Street and the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS). Luther Hall (1999)—Named for theologian Martin Luther, Luther Hall is a three-story apartment complex along 20th Avenue, between 7th and 8th Streets that houses juniors and seniors in units from efficiencies to two-bedroom suites. Melby Hall (1961)—Named in honor of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity Department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center, and general auditorium purposes. The Ernie Anderson Center Court was dedicated in 2001. Mortensen Hall (1973)—Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, the Department of Public Safety and a lounge area. Music Hall (1978)—Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios, and offices for the music faculty. Old Main (1900)—Home for the Department of Art and the Department of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. 7 Oren Gateway Center (2007)—Named for lead donors and alumni Don and Beverly Oren, it is home for the StepUP program, Institutional Advancement offices, the Alumni and Parent and Family Relations Offices, Bernhard Christensen Center for Vocation, the Master of Business Administration Program, the Master of Arts in Leadership program, the Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing program, and substance-free student housing. It also houses the Barnes & Noble Augsburg Bookstore, Nabo Café, Gage Family Art Gallery, and the Johnson Conference Center. Science Hall (1949)—Houses classrooms; laboratories for biology, chemistry, and physics; mathematics; a medium-sized auditorium; faculty offices, administrative offices, and various other program offices. Sverdrup Hall (1955)—Named in honor of Augsburg’s fourth president, it contains the Enrollment Center, as well as classrooms and faculty offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall (1938)—Built as a residence hall and named in honor of Augsburg’s second and third presidents, it contains the President’s Office, Human Resources, and other administrative and faculty offices. Urness Hall (1967)—Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, this tower provides living quarters for 324 firstyear students. Each floor is a “floor unit,” providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. 8 Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships Augsburg College is accredited by: • • • • • • The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA) Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) (bachelor’s, master’s and doctoral degrees) Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) (bachelor’s and master’s degrees) American Music Therapy Association (AMTA) (bachelor’s and master’s degrees) Augsburg’s programs are approved by: • • • • • American Chemical Society Minnesota Board of Teaching Minnesota Board of Nursing National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS) National Association of Schools of Music Augsburg College is an institutional member of: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • American Association of Colleges and Universities (AACU) American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education (AACTE) American Association of Higher Education (AAHE) American Music Therapy Association, Inc. Association of Writers & Writing Programs (AWP) Campus Compact Council of Independent Colleges (CIC) Lutheran Education Council in North America (LECNA) National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) National Society for Experiential Education (NSEE) Physician Assistant Education Association Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) Minnesota Private College Council MPCC) Twin Cities Adult Education Alliance (TCAEA) Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. 9 Policies Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its educational policies, admissions policies, employment, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school-administered programs, except in those instances where there is a bona fide occupational qualification or to comply with state or federal law. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and students. (Approved by the Augsburg Board of Regents Executive Committee on June 16, 2010). For inquiries or grievances in any of the following areas, contact the director of Human Resources, ground floor, Memorial Hall 19, 612-330-1058. • • • • Affirmative Action—for matters based on race, creed, national, or ethnic origin Section 504—for matters based on physical or mental handicap Title IX—for matters based on gender or marital status Employment—All correspondence should be addressed to the Office of Human Resources at Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454. The Director of Human Resources serves as the Title IX officer and may be reached at 612-330-1058. Deputy Officer for Students: Dean of Students Sarah Griesse 612-330-1489 griesse@augsburg.edu Deputy Officer for Athletics: Kelly Anderson Diercks Assistant Athletic Director 612-330-1245 diercks@augsburg.edu Deputy Officer for Employees: Interim AVP, Human Resources Dionne Doering 612-330-1602 doering@augsburg.edu Any questions concerning Augsburg’s compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454, 612-330-1058. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg College is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with FERPA, you are notified of the following: Right to inspect and review education records You have the right to review and inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg College. The student must request to review their education records in writing with their signature. The College will respond in a reasonable time, but no later than 45 days after receiving the request. Right to request amendment of education records You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of your right to privacy. This includes the right to a hearing to present evidence that the record should be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education records according to your request. Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information You have the right to be asked and to give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education records, except to the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. One such exception which permits disclosure without consent is for disclosure to school officials who have legitimate education interests. A school official is a person employed by the College in an 10 administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); person or company with whom the College has contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a person serving on the board of regents, or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another school official performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility. Right to withhold disclosure of “directory information” FERPA uses the term “Directory Information” to refer to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg College without notification of the request or disclosure to the student. Under FERPA you have the right to withhold the disclosure of the directory information listed below. Please consider very carefully the consequences of any decision by you to withhold directory information. Should you decide to inform Augsburg College not to release Directory Information, any future request for such information from persons or organizations outside of Augsburg College will be refused. “Directory information” includes the following: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The student’s name The student’s address The student’s telephone number The student’s e-mail address The student’s date and place of birth The student’s major and minor field of study The student’s academic class level The student’s enrollment status (FT/HT/LHT) The student’s participation in officially-recognized activities and sports The student’s degrees and awards received (including dates) The weight and height of members of athletic teams The student’s dates of attendance Previous educational agencies or institutions attended by the student The student’s photograph Augsburg College will honor your request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no liability for honoring your instructions that such information be withheld. The Registrar’s Office must be notified in writing of your intent to withhold your Directory Information. Right to complain to FERPA Office You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Policy Compliance Office, US Department of Education, 400 Maryland Ave. SW, Washington, DC, 20202, concerning Augsburg’s failure to comply with FERPA. Reporting Educational Information Letters of reference must be requested in writing and explicitly indicate what information may be reported in the letter. Clery Act The Clery Act Annual Report for Augsburg College contains statistics on reported crimes on and near Augsburg property and campus, as well as institutional policies concerning campus security and crime. The report is available online at www.augsburg.edu/dps. For a printed copy, contact Augsburg’s Department of Public Safety at 612-330-1717. Copyright Policy Augsburg College Graduate Programs follows the norms of the US Copyright Law in granting exclusive rights under the Copyright Act to faculty and student authors to reproduce their original works, to use them as the basis for derivative. 11 Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matter of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal, as outlined in the Augsburg Student Guide, at www.augsburg.edu/studentguide. Official Notices Students will receive official notices via the student campus mail system (student campus box), the A-Mail publication, and the student’s Augsburg e-mail account. Students should check their campus mailbox and their student e-mail account regularly. The A-Mail is a daily online publication on Inside Augsburg. 12 Graduate Admissions All graduate programs require students to have a bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution or an equivalent degree from outside the US. All graduate students must submit completed applications. Each graduate program also has additional program requirements, which may include coursework, professional experience, testing, etc. See the program sections for these additional requirements. Please refer to each individual program’s catalog section (below) for additional instructions and for detailed information on applying to graduate programs, refer to the Graduate Admissions website at www.augsburg.edu/grad. Readmission Graduate students who have not registered for courses at Augsburg College for two or more semesters, must apply for readmission through the Registrar’s Office to resume attendance. Students who have attended other institutions during their absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Registrar’s Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. The last day to receive approval for readmission to the College and register for classes is the Friday prior to the start of the term. Pending approval by the graduate program, students who left on probation or who were dismissed from the College must have their readmission application and file reviewed by the program director. (Please consult with individual programs for information regarding readmission process). Special Student Admission Students who are non-degree-seeking, but wish to enroll for academic credit in courses within a graduate degree program, may be considered for admission as special students (non-degree). Special students (non-degree) can enroll on a space-available basis. Registration dates are included in the College’s Academic Calendar. Admission requires program director approval, and the student must be in good standing at all previously attended institutions. To be considered for admission as a special student (non-degree), the items listed below must be submitted to the Admissions Office. Some programs may have additional requirements. • • Completed special-status application for admission An official transcript of undergraduate and/or last degree earned. A bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited institution is the minimum requirement for admission. Students who have earned a degree outside the US must have their transcript evaluated to confirm it is equivalent to a US bachelor’s degree or greater. If a non-degree seeking student is pursuing regular admission status into the program; he or she should submit an application requesting regular admission to that program and submit the additional materials needed for regular admission to that program. Special student status is conferred for only one term of enrollment. Additional terms require reapplication as a special student (non-degree). Students may count up to 6-8 semester credits earned as a special student (non-degree) toward an Augsburg College degree with approval of the program director. International Students Admission Augsburg College graduate programs encourage qualified applicants from other countries to apply. An F-1 student is a nonimmigrant who is pursuing a “full course of study” to achieve a specific educational or professional objective at an academic institution in the United States that has been designated by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to offer courses of study to such students, and has been enrolled in SEVIS (Student and Exchange Visitor Information System). A student acquires F-1 status using form I-20, issued by a DHS-approved school through SEVIS. Status is acquired in one of two ways: • • If the student is abroad, by entering the United States with the I-20 and an F-1 visa obtained at a US consulate. If the student is already in the United States and not currently in F-1 status, by sending the I-20 to USCIS (United States Citizenship and Immigration Services) with an application for change of nonimmigrant status. 13 A student who is maintaining valid F-1 status may transfer from another DHS-approved school to Augsburg by following the transfer procedures set forth in the F-1 regulations. In addition to fulfilling all general admission requirements for a particular graduate program, prospective F-1 students must also comply with the following: English Proficiency Requirements for International Graduate Applicants To meet Augsburg College admission requirements, you must provide evidence of a sufficient command of both written and spoken English to study college courses conducted entirely in English. Below is a list of the tests and programs Augsburg College accepts as evidence for English proficiency. • TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) o o • IELTS (International English Language Testing System) o o • www.ielts.org/ Score report of 6.5. MELAB (Michigan English Language Assessment Battery) o o • www.toefl.org/ Score report of 80 on the Internet-based TOEFL (iBT) with a subscore of 20 on the written and 20 on the speaking sections. (The Augsburg College TOEFL code is 6014.) www.cambridgemichigan.org/melab Score report of 80, and score report must be accompanied by an official letter from the testing coordinator. Successful completion of a previous undergraduate or graduate degree at an accredited college or university in the US, the United Kingdom, Ireland, English-speaking Canada, New Zealand, or Australia. Score reports must be sent to Augsburg directly from the testing center. Score reports must not be more than two years old. Foreign Credential Evaluation Augsburg requires foreign credential evaluation for any transcript(s) from an institution outside of the United States. This evaluation should include the following: • • • • • Analysis of credentials to determine if your degree is equivalent to an accredited US bachelor’s degree Verification the degree is equivalent, at a minimum, to a four-year US bachelor’s degree is required. Course-by-course evaluation to show your complete course listing with credit values and grades received for each course, may also be required for specific programs. Calculation of grade point average to demonstrate your cumulative grade point average using the standard US grading system, i.e., A=4.0, B=3.0, C=2.0, D=1.0, F=0.0. Translation to English (if applicable) The evaluation report must be sent directly to Augsburg’s Office of Admissions. Refer to World Education Services at www.wes.org for information on how to obtain a foreign credential evaluation. Proof of Financial Support International applicants must provide reliable documentation that they have financial resources adequate to meet expenses for the duration of their academic program, which include tuition and fees, books and supplies, room and board, health insurance, personal expenses, and living expenses for dependents (if applicable). Funds may come from any dependable source, including scholarships, fellowships, sponsoring agencies, personal funds, or funds from the student’s family. Documentation of scholarships and fellowships may be in the form of an official award letter from the school or sponsoring agency; documentation of personal or family funds should be on bank letterhead stationery, or in the form of a legally binding affidavit. Government Form I-134, Affidavit of Support, or Augsburg’s Financial Sponsorship form can be used to document support being provided by a US citizen or US legal 14 permanent resident. All financial documents such as bank statements must be dated within three months prior to the date of application. Health Insurance All F-1 international students and their dependents (if applicable) are required to have adequate health insurance coverage for the duration of their program. International students will be enrolled in the Augsburg international student plan unless they fill out a waiver verifying proof of coverage through an alternative provider for the same period. 15 Financing Your Education Costs for Graduate Studies The Board of Regents approves the costs for the academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Program Tuition and Fees • • • • • • • • • • Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP) Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN) Master of Arts in Education (MAE) Master of Arts in Education Tribal (MAET) Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) Master of Fine Arts (MFA) Master of Social Work (MSW) Master of Business Administration (MBA) Master of Arts in Music Therapy (MMT) Master of Science in Physician Assistant (MPA) $894 per 1.0 credit $683 per 1.0 credit $550 per 1.0 credit UMD Rate $776 per 1.0 credit $604 per 1.0 credit $648 per 1.0 credit $776 per 1.0 credit $775 per 1.0 credit $716 per 1.0 credit* Tuition: Students are charged per credit. All associated costs must be paid by the beginning of each semester to avoid accruing finance charges, unless you have enrolled in an official payment plan through Student Financial Services. Fees: The standard semester fees are the Student Activity Fee and the Wind Energy Fee. Specific courses or programs may have additional fees associated with them, such as lab or supply fees. Payments Semester Charges Prior to the start of each semester a statement of estimated charges showing charges and financial aid credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student via e-mail. All statements are available online through Augnet’s Records and Registration site. Payments can be made online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/make-a-payment/. Augsburg may charge late fees and interest on delinquent accounts. Review the full policy regarding past due balances online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/disclosure/ Payment Options Augsburg College offers payment plan options for all students. Information about payment plans is available online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/policies/disclosure/. Financial Aid All students who wish to be considered for financial assistance must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis. This includes completing the application process as outlined below and making satisfactory academic progress. In order to maintain eligibility in financial aid programs, students must make satisfactory academic progress toward the attainment of their degree or certificate as stipulated in the College catalog. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg may be a combination of grants and loans. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependent family members, other educational expenses, retirement needs, and special considerations. 16 Types of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). Institutional Grants/Discounts Augsburg offers grants/discounts for a variety of different students. Specific information about the different grants and scholarships, along with eligibility requirements, can be found online at http://www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/payment-plans-and-discounts/ Loan Assistance Graduate students must be enrolled at least half-time in order to receive federal loans. Three semester credits per term is considered half-time. Six semester credits per term is considered full-time. • Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Student Loan o • Interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to accrue and be capitalized (added to the balance of the loan). Federal Graduate Loan Program (PLUS) o Graduate PLUS is a loan program to help graduate students meet college costs. Students may borrow up to the cost of attendance (minus all other student financial aid). Further information about loan programs can be found online at http://www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/. Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy Federal regulations require that all higher education institutions establish and implement a policy to measure whether students [1] receiving financial aid [2] are making satisfactory academic progress toward the completion of a degree. The purpose of this policy is to make sure that students who receive financial aid are using this money wisely. It is meant to curtail the use of financial aid by students who fail to successfully complete their course work. Failure to meet the following standards makes a student ineligible for all institutional, federal, and state financial aid. Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress 1) Minimum GPA requirements Undergraduate Students Students must maintain a minimum 2.0 cumulative GPA based on the entire academic record. Graduate Students Students must maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA based on the entire academic record. 2) Minimum Credits Completed Undergraduate Students Students must earn a cumulative 67% of the credits attempted based on the entire academic record. A completed credit has a grade of 4.0 – 0.5 or P. Credits earned and completed will include accepted cumulative transfer credits as defined by the Registrar’s Office. Unsatisfactory grades “W (Withdrawn),” “I (Incomplete),” “F (Zero),” and “N (Not Passing)” are counted towards the cumulative attempted credits. Repeat Courses and remedial courses are not counted towards the cumulative attempted credits. Graduate Students Students must earn a cumulative 67% of the credits attempted based on the entire academic record. A completed credit has a grade of 4.0 – 2.5 or P. Credits earned and completed will include accepted cumulative transfer credits as defined by the Registrar’s Office. Unsatisfactory grades “W (withdrawn),” “I (Incomplete),” “F (Zero),” and “N (Not Passing)” are counted towards the cumulative attempted credits. Repeat Courses and remedial courses are not counted towards the cumulative attempted credits. 17 3) Maximum Time Frame Undergraduate Students To demonstrate academic progress, undergraduate students must complete their degree objective within 150% of the length of the program. In the CORE Curriculum, a student needs a minimum of 32 credits to graduate with a bachelor’s degree. For those under the CORE Curriculum, they may not exceed attempting 49 credits. For students under the Perspectives and Skills Curriculum, a student cannot exceed attempting 52 credits. A student who reaches the 150% maximum time frame to complete their degree due to a change in major will need to notify the Student Financial Services Office in order to continue to receive financial aid. Graduate Students To demonstrate academic progress, graduate students must complete their degree objective within 150% of the length of the program. Requirements to Meet Satisfactory Academic Progress Standards 1) Cumulative GPA Undergraduate Students Students who are not meeting the GPA SAP standard will need to follow the Academic Probation standards set forth by Augsburg College Registrar’s Office. The student must maintain a minimum 2.0 cumulative GPA or higher. Graduate Students Students who are not meeting the GPA SAP standard must maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA or higher. 2) Minimum Credits Attempted Undergraduate and Graduate students earning less than 67% credits attempted must be enrolled at least half-time, must earn all attempted credits, cannot withdraw from any of the courses, and must achieve a minimum grade of 2.0 or better in each course. 3) Maximum Time Frame Undergraduate and Graduate students must complete and attain their degree within the 150% of the length of the program. Monitoring and Evaluating Progress In order to ensure SAP standards are being met, the office of Student Financial Services will evaluate and monitor the students’ academic achievement at the end of each term. After the student’s record is evaluated and the Student Financial Services Office determined the student to be unsatisfactory, the student will be placed on Financial Aid Warning or Financial Aid Probation. Students will be notified through their Augsburg email if they fail to meet SAP standards. Financial Aid Warning A student who fails to meet SAP standards will be placed on Financial Aid Warning for the following term of enrollment. Students placed on Financial Aid Warning will still be eligible to receive financial aid. A student on Financial Aid Warning must work with the designated Financial Aid Counselor to submit an academic plan. Financial Aid Warning will conclude when the student meets SAP standards, or guidelines set forth in the academic plan. Students currently on Financial Aid Warning who do not meet the standards at the end of the term will be placed on Financial Aid Probation. Students can continue to be placed on Financial Aid Warning for periods longer than one term on a case by case basis and/or as determined by the Student Financial Services Office. Financial Aid Probation A student who fails to meet either the minimum GPA requirement or minimum credits attempted while on Financial Aid Warning will be placed on Financial Aid Probation. A student on Financial Aid Probation is ineligible to receive any form of financial aid. A student on Financial Aid Probation may submit an appeal to reinstate their financial aid, and if the 18 appeal is approved, the student must work with the designated Financial Aid Counselor to submit an academic plan. Financial Aid Probation will conclude when the student meets SAP standards, or guidelines set forth in the academic plan. Students can continue to be placed on Financial Aid Probation for periods longer than one term on a case by case basis and/or determined by the Student Financial Services Office. Financial Aid will be suspended when a student placed on Financial Aid Probation does not meet SAP standards. Because grades may not be available before the beginning of the next scheduled term, it is possible that financial aid may be disbursed to a student before the review can be conducted. In the event that a student is found to be ineligible for the financial aid that has been disbursed due to a failure to meet one of the Standards, the aid that was disbursed will be canceled, and returned to the appropriate program(s). Right to Appeal Students who have had their financial aid suspended may submit the SAP Appeal Form to the Student Financial Services Office. The appeal must be submitted within 7 days of notification of unsatisfactory status or by the due date given on the appeal letter. The SAP Appeal Form must be completely filled out, along with any additional documents required by the Committee. The appeal should state reasons why the student failed to meet SAP standards, and what changed for the student that will allow the student to demonstrate progress towards meeting SAP standards. The appeal will be decided by the SAP Committee. All decisions made by the Committee are final. [1] Include all degree seeking students in both the Undergraduate Day and Augsburg for Adults, and all Graduate programs. [2] Financial Aid is defined as: Augsburg Institutional Aid, Federal Title IV funding, and Minnesota State Financial Aid programs. Financial Policies Registration is permitted only if the student’s account for a previous term is paid in full or if the student is making scheduled payments in accordance with an approved payment plan. Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts or graduation diplomas/certificates until all student account charges are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Federal Perkins Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. Tuition Refund Policy Students are eligible for a 100% tuition refund for any courses they drop without notation through the date labeled “Last day to drop without a ‘W’ grade & 100% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar. After this date, students are no longer eligible for any refund of tuition unless they withdraw from all of their courses. This policy is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. Students withdrawing from all of a term’s courses may receive a 50% tuition refund when they withdraw by the date labeled “Last day to withdraw with 50% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar. Students are responsible for cancelling courses through the Registrar’s Office (or online) in order to be eligible for any refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do not complete the drop/add form are responsible for all charges. Financial aid may be adjusted based on the student’s last recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations are based on the date that the drop/add form is processed. Medical Refund If a student is forced to withdraw from one or more courses in a term due to illness or an accident, a request for a medical refund should be made through the Financial Petition Committee. Petition forms are available through the Registrar’s Office website. An extra medical refund may be granted by the committee upon submission of documentation from the attending doctor, on letterhead, verifying the medical circumstances. 19 Unofficial Withdrawal Federal regulations require that records of financial aid recipients who earn failing grades in all their classes be reviewed. If courses are not completed (e.g., unofficial withdrawal, stopped attending), the College is required to refund financial aid to the appropriate sources according to federal or Augsburg refund policies based on the last recorded date of attendance. Students are responsible for the entire cost of the term including the portion previously covered by financial aid should they stop attending. Students are strongly urged to follow guidelines for complete withdrawal from college. If there are extenuating circumstances, a petition to have the cost of tuition refunded can be made. Petition forms are available online through the Registrar’s Office website. A student who registers, does not attend any classes, and does not withdraw may petition to withdraw retroactively. The student must petition within six months of the end of term and provide proof of non-attendance. Proof can include, but is not limited to, statements from each instructor that the student never attended, or documentation of attendance for the term at another college or university. If approved, grades of W will be recorded and tuition charges for the term will be replaced with an administrative cancellation fee of $300. Financial Aid Policy Financial aid such as federal, state, and institutional grants and scholarships are awarded based upon the total number of registered credits on the “Last day to add with faculty signature – Full Semester class” as noted on the Academic Calendar. Students must register for internships, Time 2 classes, and ACTC classes before the “Last day to add with faculty signature-Full Semester class”. Financial aid will not be adjusted for classes added after this date. Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester by actively attending and participating in classes throughout the semester. Financial aid is recalculated when students do any of the following: drop classes without a “w” grade, fail to begin classes, cease to attend classes, fail all classes, or fully withdraw from all classes. Financial Aid-Return of Aid Policy Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester. A student can earn their aid by attending classes, or in the event of hybrid/online courses, be an active participant in the course. Federal/State Aid Adjustments Augsburg is required to return unearned federal/state aid for students who fully withdraw from their courses. Student are eligible to keep more aid the longer they attend their courses. After 60% of the term has passed, students are eligible to keep all of their federal/state aid. See the dates below. If you are planning to completely withdraw from your courses, please see a Student Financial Services counselor to determine what aid may need to be returned. Institutional Aid Adjustments Augsburg will return institutional aid for students who partially withdrawal or fully withdraw from courses if the student received. If students withdraw from their courses they will receive a 50% tuition refund and 50% of their institutional aid will be removed. If a student withdraws after the last day to receive a tuition refund, there will be no adjustment to their institutional aid. Credit Refund Policy Augsburg students may be eligible to receive a credit refund if their financial aid exceeds tuition and fee charges for a term. Credit Refunds are issued within two weeks after the last day to drop courses without recorded notation. Financial Aid needs to be finalized (You can verify your financial aid status online through Track Your Financial Aid and applied to a student’s account (Check your Transaction History online to verify all of your financial aid has been applied to your account and nothing is left pending) before the Credit Refund can be issued. Changes in enrollment status, housing status, and program status may affect financial aid eligibility and credit refunds. Students who are enrolled less than half-time (less than 6.0 credits for undergraduates, less than 3.0 credit for graduates) may not be eligible for financial aid; however, students may apply for private alternative loans. Registration changes made from the first week of the term through midterm may require a return of financial aid funds. Students who drop courses may receive a tuition refund, but some forms of financial aid may have to be adjusted before a refund will be available. Financial aid return of funds may take up to 30-45 days to be processed. 20 Bookstore Policy Students who are registered for the upcoming term will be allowed to charge up to $600 to their student account. Students DO NOT need to request a bookstore account this year. Please plan ahead and purchase books and supplies before the scheduled cut off dates; be planful for courses that start midterm as you will be unable to charge anything to your student account after the cut-off date. Student’s accounts will be billed for only what was spent on their bookstore account before credit refunds are issued. If your bookstore charges creates a balance on your account you need to make payments in accordance with your statement. Bookstore purchases charged to a student’s account are intended for students who have excess financial aid funds to cover their tuition, fees, AND their books or supplies. Please contact Student Financial Services before you purchase books if you need to discuss payment options. Due to the financial aid cycle, you can only charge expenses to your bookstore account during specific times. Third Party: If you are expecting a third party to cover the cost of your books, you will need to turn in an itemized receipt of your purchases to the Student Financial Service’s office along with your invoice request. Additional Funds: If the cost of your textbooks and supplies are above $600 in one term, you have enough financial aid to cover the additional costs, and you would like to charge the additional amount to your student account please send the following information to Student Financial Services (studentfinances@augsburg.edu). All requests need to be in writing. Subject: Request for additional funds Full Name: Student ID number: Additional request: Students will receive an e-mail when the additional request has been processed. Accounts are opened as quickly as possible, but it could take up to two business days for activation. Consumer Information LOSS OF FINANCIAL AID ELIGIBILITY DUE TO A DRUG OFFENSE A student, who is convicted of a state or federal offense involving the possession or sale of an illegal drug that occurred while the student was enrolled in school and receiving Title IV aid, is not eligible for Title IV funds. [An illegal drug is a controlled substance as defined by the Controlled Substance Act and does not include alcohol and tobacco. A borrower’s eligibility is based on the student’s self-certification on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Convictions that are reversed, set aside or removed from the student’s record, or a determination arising from a juvenile court proceeding do not affect eligibility and do not need to be reported by the student. A student who is convicted of a drug-related offense that occurred while the student was enrolled in school and receiving Title IV aid loses Title IV eligibility as follows: For the possession of illegal drugs: First offense: one year from the date of conviction. Second offense: two years from the date of the second conviction. Third offense: indefinitely from the date of the third conviction. For the sale of illegal drugs: First offense: two years from the date of conviction. Second offense: indefinitely from the date of the second conviction. 21 A school must provide a student who loses Title IV eligibility due to a drug-related conviction with a timely, separate, clear, and conspicuous written notice. The notice must advise the student of his or her loss of Title IV eligibility and the ways in which the student may regain that eligibility. Regaining Eligibility after a Drug Conviction A student may regain eligibility at any time by completing an approved drug rehabilitation program and by informing the school that he or she has done so. A student regains Title IV eligibility on the date he or she successfully completes the program. A drug rehabilitation program is considered approved for these purposes if it includes at least two unannounced drug tests and meets one of the following criteria: • • • • The program received or is qualified to receive funds directly or indirectly under a federal, state, or local government program. The program is administered or recognized by a federal, state, or local government agency or court. The program received or is qualified to receive payment directly or indirectly from a federally or state licensed insurance company. The program administered or recognized by a federally or state-licensed hospital, health clinic, or medical doctor. Policies may change throughout an academic year if necessary to comply with federal, state, or institutional changes or regulations. 22 Student Resources/Academic and Support Services Library and Information Technology Services The James G. Lindell Family Library opened in 1997. The four-level, 73,000-square-foot facility houses the library and information technology functions of the College as well as the Gage Center for Student Success. In addition to its large collection of print volumes, e-books, and e-journals, Lindell Library includes special collections and archives, a curriculum library, a computer lab and student computing help desk, a library instruction classroom, and facilities for media viewing and listening. Skyways link the library to Oren Gateway Center and Sverdrup Hall. Learning Commons Within Lindell Library, a Learning Commons provides assistance in research and the use of technology as well as spaces for collaborative learning. In the Learning Commons multimedia lab, students can create digital audio and visual projects. Library Resources Students can search a wide variety of local, regional, national, and international databases. They have access to 27,000 e-journals, 18,000 e-books, and 190,000 print volumes within Lindell Library and, through a daily courier service, access to the library holdings of six other private liberal arts colleges in the Twin Cities. In addition, Lindell Library has a large collection of media resources. A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty with research assistance and instruction in the use of information resources. Arrangements are made for access by students with physical limitation and special needs. Information Technology Resources Augsburg College has built a reputation as a leader in its commitment to provide students with relevant and timely access to information technology and training. Visit the Student Technology website, inside.augsburg.edu/techdesk, for more on Information Technology at Augsburg. Computing Students have access to more than 250 on-campus computers. Both PC and Macintosh desktop computers are available in the Lindell Library Learning Commons and computer lab, and in the 24-hour Urness computer lab. The College has five computer classrooms, 41 technology-enhanced classrooms and one video conferencing-enabled classroom. The circulation desk in Lindell Library has 40 wireless laptops available for use in the library. Several computer clusters are available for more specific student use within academic departments. A high-speed fiber optic campus network provides access to AugNet online services, printing, and to the internet. Network-ready student machines can connect to the campus network from residence hall rooms or any building on campus using WiFi. All of the AugNet online services are available securely on- and off-campus. Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS) The Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS) provides individualized accommodations and academic support for students with documented learning, attention, psychiatric, and other cognitive disabilities, and for students with physical disabilities which may include TBI, chronic illness, mobility impairments, and vision, hearing or speech impairments, and temporary disabilities. CLASS has been recognized as a leader in its field, helping these students gain access to the college curriculum. Its mission is a reflection of Augsburg’s commitment to providing a rigorous and challenging, yet supportive, liberal arts education to students with diverse backgrounds, preparations, and experiences. Each term, Disability Specialists work directly with students to discuss their disabilities and determine a plan for academic access. Typically, meetings are held weekly and discussions may include: • • • Accommodations for testing and coursework (e.g., extended time, note-taking) Referrals to other campus resources (e.g., tutoring, student technology assistance, academic advising, counseling, financial aid) Training and use of assistive technology through the Groves Accommodations Laboratory 23 • • Assistance with academic, organizational, and time management skills Campus living accommodations The Disability Specialists may also consult with instructors, academic advisors, and other members of the College faculty, staff, or administration to support each student as they work toward success. Taking advantage of these opportunities and services, however, remains the student’s responsibility. Any Augsburg student who wants to establish eligibility for accommodations and services should schedule a meeting with a Specialist to discuss appropriate documentation. CLASS also provides informal screenings for students who suspect they may have a learning-related disability. These screenings are meant only to help students determine whether they should seek a thorough evaluation by a qualified professional. Academic accommodations are intended to ensure access to educational opportunities for students with disabilities and may not fundamentally alter the basic nature or essential curricular components of an institution’s courses or programs. CLASS services are made possible in part through endowment support provided by the Gage family and the Groves Foundation. 24 Academic Programs and Policies Academic Calendars All of our graduate programs meet on a semester calendar. Academic Calendars can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. All academic calendars are subject to change without notice. Academic Policies The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Academic Honesty A college is a community of learners whose relationship relies on trust. Honesty is necessary to preserve the integrity and credibility of scholarship by the Augsburg College community. Academic dishonesty, therefore, is not tolerated. As a College requirement, student course projects, papers, and examinations may include a statement by the student pledging to abide by the College’s academic honesty policies and to uphold the highest standards of academic integrity. (See Augsburg’s Academic Honesty Policy in the Student Guide at www.augsburg.edu/studentguide) Evaluation and Grading Evaluation of academic performance in each program will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale, where 4.0 achieves highest standards of excellence. See each program for details of field study and special projects. Students must achieve a 3.0 GPA in order to graduate; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. Grading option cannot be changed from traditional (0.0 - 4.0) to Pass/No Credit. Explanation of grades for Graduate Studies: Grade 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0–0.0 FN P N V W I X Explanation Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above acceptable standards Meets acceptable standards Meets minimum standards Unacceptable performance Unacceptable performance Represents work at 3.0 or higher (not counted in grade point average) No credit (not counted in grade point average) Audit Withdrawn Incomplete In progress, extended beyond term of registration Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V) on a space-available basis. Graduate students will be charged an audit fee of $1,000. The written permission of the instructor is required to register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance, and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript with a V grade. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W. Audited courses do not count towards graduation. Withdrawal Grade A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a W grade and before the last day to withdraw. 25 Incomplete (I) Grades An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission after determining that a student emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who receive an incomplete grade should be capable of passing the course if they satisfactorily complete outstanding course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an Application for Incomplete Grade form with the Registrar’s Office that states the reasons for the request, outlines the work required to complete the course, and includes the course instructor’s signature. The instructor may stipulate the terms and conditions that apply to course completion; however, students may not attend the same course (or a portion of the same course) in a following term with an incomplete grade. The student must complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and the filing of a grade before the final day of the following academic term in the student’s program. If the work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the course becomes 0.0. Extension (X) Grades Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X (extension) is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor has the right to not grant an extension where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. If the course is not completed, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned. Repeated Courses A course in which a grade of 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken each term and grades earned, including W and N, will be recorded on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses completed at Augsburg College must be repeated at Augsburg to be included in the repeat policy. Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is: GPA = Total grade points divided by number of credits attempted, i.e., courses with 0.0 to 4.0 grade assigned. Attendance Attendance and participation are critical to the success of any course. Evaluation of the level and quality of participation may be incorporated into the course grade. We view attendance as a joint commitment of both instructors and students to our professional development. Each instructor has the authority to specify attendance and participation requirements to address the needs of particular courses, individual students, or various learning styles. Lack of attendance may result in a failing grade and the requirement to repeat the course. Students must notify the professor in advance of any expected absence. In the case of emergency, when prior notification is not possible, students must notify the professor of an absence as soon as possible. Non-Attendance/Non-Participation Attendance/participation in class is important for academic success and financial aid. Therefore, students are dropped for non-attendance/non-participation after the 10th business day of the term if reported by the instructor. Students are ultimately responsible for dropping classes if they no longer plan to attend/participate. Students who have been dropped and wish to re-enroll must submit and Academic/Financial Petition. Graduate Continuation Policy Students registering for the final project course must complete the Final Project Registration/Graduate Continuation Contract by the last day to add with faculty signature for a Full Semester class as noted on the Academic Calendar. Upon 26 receipt of the contract, the Registrar’s Office will enroll the student in the Continuation Program for 13 semesters. Entry into the Continuation Program maintains students’ active status in the graduate program, including library and AugNet Services. Students can request an extension of up to 3 semesters beyond the initial 13 semesters to the program director by completing the Graduate Continuation Extension Contract. Approval of the extension is at the discretion of the program director. If a grade is not received and an extension has not been granted by the grading deadline of the 13th semester, the grade will change from X to N. Students who wish to complete the final project after receiving a failing grade must meet with the program director to evaluate readmission to the College and program. Students who are readmitted may need to complete additional coursework and will need to pay tuition and fees for any additional courses. If/when the final project course is completed, the new grade would replace the previous N grade. Students may withdraw from the College, and thus from the Continuation Program and the final project course, at any point during the continuation period and receive a W notation on the transcript for the final project course. Following a withdrawal, students are welcome to meet with the program director to evaluate readmission to the College and program. Students who are readmitted may need to complete additional coursework and will need to pay full tuition and fees for any additional courses. If/when the final project course is completed, the new grade would replace the previous W grade. Credit and Contact Hours Augsburg’s credit hour policy follows the federal guidelines in defining a semester credit hour as one fifty-minute period of instruction and 100 minutes of out-of-class work per week for fifteen weeks, or the equivalent amount of student work completed over a different time frame or via a different delivery method. All Augsburg programs follow the semester calendar with semester lengths from 14-16 weeks. Augsburg offers a summer semester which follows the same format as both fall and spring semester. Students must take at least 3 credits to be considered half-time, and 6 or more credits to be considered full-time. Students may take up to 22 credits. Degree Requirements To be conferred the graduate degree, all graduate students must achieve the following: • • • Successful completion of all required courses A cumulative GPA of 3.0; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. Successful completion of all degree requirements within the stipulated period of matriculation or a signed continuation agreement with Augsburg College. Probation and Dismissal Graduate students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on academic probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. Graduate students in the Physician Assistant must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. A student whose GPA falls below the required GPA for his/her graduate program (3.0 in most programs) in two or more terms may be subject to probation or dismissal. A plan for the student to continue in the program may be worked out with the program director. Students may also be dismissed for violation of standards of behavior defined by their profession, their program, or the College. Dismissal Appeals Process A student may appeal a program’s dismissal decision using the College’s program dismissal appeals process. Appeals are limited to procedural errors that the student can demonstrate negatively affected the outcome. The student initiates the appeal process by submitting a hard copy of the statement of appeal to the Assistant Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate Studies (AVP-Graduate Studies); email is not acceptable. The statement must identify each procedural error and state how each error negatively affected the outcome. The 27 statement of appeal will be the only basis of the student’s appeal. The AVP-Graduate Studies must receive the student’s statement of appeal within 14 calendar days of the date on the department’s written notification of dismissal. The AVP-Graduate Studies will send a copy of the statement of appeal to the program chair/director. The program must submit a response to the student’s statement of appeal within 15 business days of the date that the statement was received by the AVP-Graduate Studies’ office. A hard copy of the program’s response should be submitted to the AVPGraduate Studies. The AVP-Graduate Studies will send a copy of the program’s response to the student. The AVP-Graduate Studies will convene the Program Dismissal Appeals Committee, which will include the AVP-Graduate Studies as a non-voting chair and three program faculty members (one from programs not named in the appeal: Business, Creative Writing, Education, Leadership, Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies, Social Work). The Program Dismissal Appeals Committee will schedule its hearing within 15 business days of receipt of the program’s statement of response. The Committee will meet with the student and a program representative to review the procedures and ask questions of both the student and the program representative. The student and program representative may each bring a third party to the review meeting (limited to an Augsburg College faculty member, staff member, or student). The role of the third party representative is to provide support to the student or the program representative, not to serve as an advocate during the meeting. Dropping or Withdrawing Courses may be dropped or withdrawn online through AugNet Records and Registration or with a Registration Form. To see the drop and withdrawal deadlines, see the Academic Calendar at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. Independent Study Students may request to complete an independent study course as an addition to the required coursework. A faculty sponsor is required for an independent study project, and project proposals must be approved by the program director in order to receive credit. Normally, independent study may not be used as a replacement for a standard course offered in the curriculum, with the exception of the general elective (if approved). A special independent study registration form is required and is available on the Registrar’s Office website. Term Off Students may take a term off for up to two semesters and have continued access to Augsburg e-mail and AugNet Services. If a student is not registered after 10th day of the third semester, the student’s file will be deactivated and the student will need to submit an Application for Readmission to re-enroll. For an absence of any length, students should coordinate with their program director prior to leaving. Due to a variety of program schedules and cohorts for some degrees, it is required that students meet with their advisor and obtain the advice of their director. Evaluation of Transfer Credit Students may petition the program director for transfer credit to apply to program requirements. The transfer of credit will be evaluated on an individual basis. Students will be asked to provide appropriate documentation regarding previous coursework, including but not limited to an official transcript, course description, and syllabus. In order to be considered for transfer, a course must be from a regionally-accredited college or university institution and graded 3.0/B or better. Courses must have been taken at the graduate level and course content must be comparable to program requirements at Augsburg. The maximum number of semester credits that can be transferred is: • • • • • • Master of Arts in Education (6) Master of Arts in Leadership (6) Master of Arts in Nursing (9) Master of Business Administration (18) Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing (12) Master of Music Therapy (Contact program director) 28 • • • Master of Science, Physician Assistant Studies (Contact program coordinator) Master of Social Work (22) Doctor of Nursing Practice (Contact program director) Augsburg credits are calculated in semester hours. If you completed courses at other institutions that are quarter hours, they will be converted to semester hours. One quarter hour equates to two-thirds of a semester hour. Courses and credits that are accepted in transfer are recorded on the student’s transcript. Grades and grade points from other institutions are not transferred to Augsburg and are not included in the student’s cumulative grade point average. 29 Master of Arts in Education Augsburg has a long history in teacher education with alumni of our programs teaching throughout Minnesota and elsewhere. The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program combines our excellent undergraduate licensure program with a master’s level focus on teacher leadership, preparing teachers to serve K-12 students effectively and to nurture healthy change within schools and school systems. Our Philosophy The Education Department program themes include relationships, reflection and inquiry, diversity and equity, and leadership. One of these themes is lived out within the MAE program —leadership. As this program theme suggests, we expect our students to leave our programs as responsive, knowledgeable teachers prepared to exercise leadership in the classroom and, eventually, the school and community. Our urban setting provides yet another dimension to our programs through a combination of course content, field experiences, and classroom instructors. Our goal is that students will leave our programs as collaborative and capable teachers committed to educating all learners in a diverse and changing world. Our Faculty Augsburg faculty members who teach in the MAE program are a mix of full-time and adjunct instructors, all of whom have K-12 teaching experience. Many adjunct instructors are currently teaching in K-12 settings; all full-time faculty members are frequent visitors to K-12 settings through student teaching and field experience supervision, volunteer work, and/or in-service education. We understand the importance of what we do and what you hope to do. We value good teaching and, most especially, we value good teachers. Our Accessibility We realize that although teaching is your dream, your reality most likely includes work, family, and personal responsibilities. Because we understand the demands adult students face, we offer flexible scheduling. A majority of licensure and graduate-level courses are taught in the evenings to allow you to manage these responsibilities while pursuing your goals. You will need to be available during the weekday for the challenge and responsibility of field experiences, but education coursework is accessible through the evening schedules*. As a student in Augsburg’s Master of Arts in Education licensure and degree program, you will find yourself among interesting students and dedicated professors who believe that all children deserve a good, highly-qualified teacher— the teacher you can become. *As of Fall 2014 our programs are transitioning from a weekend to an evening schedule. New students will be in the evening program. For the time being, end of program MAE degree completion options will remain on the weekend schedule. Education Department Mission The mission of the Augsburg Education Department is to develop responsive, knowledgeable teachers committed to educating all learners in a diverse and changing world. Program Themes Responsive, knowledgeable teachers understand the dynamic interaction among relationships, reflection and inquiry, diversity and equity, and leadership. These four interrelated program themes provide lenses through which we filter our practice. Relationships Learning is relational and communal. Responsive teachers create significant relationships with their students, colleagues, and community partners by developing learning communities. These nurturing learning communities provide safe, trustworthy places where challenging and engaging questions can be considered. We model the kinds of learning communities that we expect our graduates to create. We share with our students a learning model that connects 30 content, theory, and practice in an ongoing cycle. Students and their learning are the focus for responsive teachers. Therefore we embrace and foster a progressive and constructivist orientation. Reflection and Inquiry Responsive teachers are reflective practitioners who are students of teaching and learning. Providing numerous frameworks through which to filter our experience encourages intentional and thoughtful inquiry. Through field placements, service learning, generative questions, and classroom experiences, students and faculty develop their perspectives about teaching and learning. Critical reflection allows us to examine content, theory, and practice in ways that transform our practice. We think it is important to understand and learn how to manage the many polarities inherent in the teaching and learning process. Diversity and Equity Responsive teachers embrace diversity and intentionally work to ensure that all learners, especially those who for some reason have been marginalized, learn and develop in powerful ways. We continually reflect on what it means to be a “school in the city.” We recognize that each student is unique, shaped by culture and experience; therefore, differentiating instruction is essential. The perspective of multiple intelligences, learning style theory and teaching for understanding help us differentiate and enable us to provide choice, variety, and flexibility. Responsive teachers believe that all students can learn. They also have a sense of efficacy and believe that they can help all students learn. Leadership Responsive teachers recognize that becoming a learning leader is a developmental process, which begins in pre-service education and continues throughout one’s career. Teachers serve as leaders within the classroom, and with experience, increased confidence, and professional development become leaders within the school, the district, and the community. Teacher leaders view themselves as lifelong learners. They become role models committed to their profession as a vocation rather than a job. Emerging teacher leaders keep student learning at the center of their work while advocating for instructional innovation, constructivist curricular development, and systemic change. Master of Arts in Education Conceptual Framework Teacher leadership is the theme that threads through our graduate licensure and degree completion program. The Augsburg Education Department believes that teachers are leaders in their classrooms and should be leaders in their institutions and communities. The leadership focus plays out in three ways. First, the additional work required in the graduate versions of the combined undergraduate/graduate courses focuses on providing graduate students the chance to exercise leadership as well as extend their knowledge beyond the basic requirements. Second, in the degree completion component, students are required to include coursework focused on leadership and study aspects of leadership as part of their degree program. Third, the final project—be it an action research, a leadership application project, or performance assessment —gives students the opportunity to study an issue of concern and, supported by research, define a means for addressing it. Three Teacher Leadership Aspirations inform our program. They are as follows: Aspiration 1: Teacher leaders value learning for personal and professional growth. Teacher leaders share knowledge effectively with colleagues. We believe that teacher leaders are comfortable with their knowledge and expertise, neither flaunting it nor hiding it, but sharing it with others generously. They work to build bridges with a full range of colleagues, but they don’t let recalcitrant colleagues stop their own development. They see learning as a continuous endeavor and seek it throughout their careers. Aspiration 2: Teachers leaders think big—beyond the classroom to the broader context of education and community. We believe that teacher leaders see systems and the “big picture” and are able to put their classrooms, schools, and communities into a broader context. They understand the link between policies, politics, and education and participate in change efforts at the macro and micro levels. They seek to work with administrators to establish school and district policy that improves life for everyone. If this involves political action, they are prepared to engage in it. Teacher leaders also understand that teaching and learning are dynamic and that change within school systems is an ever-present 31 phenomenon. They are informed decision-makers predisposed to take on the challenge of change when they think it benefits students, teachers, and/or community. Aspiration 3: Teacher leaders possess courage and an orientation to action. We believe that teacher leaders help others not be afraid. They are able to help people to take warranted risks and step outside their comfort zones. They have the courage to bring people together to see the bigger picture and then help people get there. Teacher leaders accept both power and accountability. They understand that responsibility without power diminishes potential for effectiveness. They believe that accountability is a fair trade for the power to take effective action. They operate from a foundation of self-efficacy. Program Overview The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) is designed to provide a teaching license as part of a master’s degree program. K12 initial teaching licenses offered at Augsburg include: • • • • Elementary education (K-6), with or without a middle school content area endorsement in math, communication arts, social studies, or science. Also available is the pre-primary endorsement to the elementary license. Subject matter courses for these endorsements may need to be taken in the weekday schedule or at a community college when unavailable through evening course work. Secondary education (5-12 and K-12) in social studies, communication arts/literature, visual arts, health, mathematics, music, and physical education; and 9-12 in biology, chemistry, and physics. Subject matter courses for these licenses may need to be taken in the weekday schedule or at a community college when unavailable through evening course work. K-12 English as a Second Language K-12 Special Education: Academic Behavior Strategist Teachers who are already licensed can work towards the MAE degree through the following four licensure endorsement options: • • • • K-12 English as a Second Language K-12 Special Education: Academic Behavior Strategist K-12 Reading Pre-Primary (This is an endorsement only to K-6 elementary licenses) All teachers seeking licensure through Augsburg must take and pass all tests required by the state of Minnesota for licensure. Accreditations and Approvals Augsburg College Teacher Education programs are accredited and approved by: • • National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) Minnesota Board of Teaching. (MN BOT) Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section of this catalog. Program Structure The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program is made up of a core of education licensure courses at the graduate level coupled with a degree completion option. Courses in the degree completion phase are drawn from the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) and graduate courses in education. Most students in the MAE program pursue a K-12 teaching license as part of their program plan. The MAE degree is also open to students who do not want a teaching license but do want a background in education and leadership. See the MAE program director for details. 32 The MAE degree requires ten or eleven Augsburg graduate level courses, depending on the degree completion option. In addition, several courses at the undergraduate level are required for licensure. Only courses taken at the graduate level apply towards the MAE degree. Credit MAE graduate level courses are offered for 3 semester credits. Each course is comprised of 37.5 instructional hours with the expectation of about 75 hours of independent study outside of class. Schedule The majority of the education courses in the MAE licensure and degree programs are offered through the evening schedule. Courses during the evening meet face to face every other week with online instruction during the alternate weeks. A few education courses and many undergraduate content area courses are offered in a face to face, classroom based format, meeting weekly in the evenings. The MAL and education degree completion courses are offered primarily in a weekend schedule through a mix of face-to-face and online instruction. Summer session courses are offered primarily weekday evenings. Summer courses are offered in a mix of formats from all online to all face-to-face. The following teaching licenses are available entirely through the evening and summer schedule: elementary education, pre-primary endorsement, 5-12 social studies, 5-12 communication arts, K-12 art, K-12 special education, and K-12 English as a second language. For the time being, the K-12 Reading Teacher endorsement and degree completion courses are offered in hybrid form through a weekend framework. Additional licenses in the following areas are available through a combination of weekday, weekday evening, summer schedules, and, occasional off-campus courses: biology, chemistry, health, mathematics, music, physical education, and physics. For these licenses, the education and degree completion courses are taken weekday evenings and summer while some, if not all, of the content area courses are taken during the weekday and/or off-campus. The weekday evening schedule is comprised of two semesters spread from early September through late April. In general, classes are held every other week, face to face with online instruction in the intervening week. The weekday schedule is also comprised of two semesters spread from early September through late April. Classes offered during the weekday meet one to three times per week. Classes offered jointly between weekday and weekend meet on a weekly basis in the evening. The official academic calendars can be found at http://www.augsburg.edu/registrar/. Curriculum—Teaching Licenses K-6 Elementary Education This program is designed to prepare teachers for grades K-6. Optional endorsements in middle school specialty areas of math, science, social studies, and communication arts and in pre-primary can be pursued along with or separately from the K-6 license. The teaching license and some endorsements are offered at both undergraduate and graduate levels through a mix of undergraduate courses and combined graduate and undergraduate courses. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and have been admitted to the MAE program. All of the following courses must be taken for K-6 elementary licensure. Up to seven courses may be taken at the graduate (500) level and applied toward the MAE degree. EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting* EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs* EDC 490/580 - School and Society EED 225/524 - Foundations of Literacy EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy* EED 350/550 - K-6 Methods: Math EED 360/560 - K-6 Methods: Science EDC 591 - Topics 33 To complete the license, the following undergraduate requirements must be completed: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education EDC 220 - Educational Technology EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience* (taken concurrently with EED 325/525) EED 311 - K-6 Methods: Health EED 312 - K-6 Methods: Physical Education EED 336 - Advanced Literacy Methods* EED 341 - K-6 Methods: Art EED 370 - K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematics EED 380 - Kindergarten Methods* EED 386 - K-6 Methods: Children’s Literature EED 481, 483, 485 - Student Teaching: Elementary K-6 EED 488 - TPA and Student Teaching Seminar *Field experience hours are required in these courses. Students spend 20 or more hours per term in field experiences. These experiences occur in K-6 classrooms during the weekday. If more than one course with field experience is taken in a given term, field experience requirements expand accordingly (i.e., two courses with 20 hours of field experience each require a total of 40 hours). Undergraduate Liberal Arts Requirements The number of supporting content area courses required for licensure depends upon the courses completed as part of the bachelor’s degree and/or other coursework. Requirements are determined by Minnesota licensure standards for specific college-level coursework in math, biology, physics, and earth science for all students seeking elementary licensure. Specific requirements are on file in the Education Department. Minnesota licensure standards allow for optional subject area endorsements in communication arts/literature, social studies, math, and science. Subject matter courses for these endorsements will be available through a combination of weekday, evening and off-campus courses. The optional pre-primary endorsement is also available. Specific requirements for these endorsements are on file in the Education Department. Previous coursework can be accepted into the licensure program if it meets Minnesota standards and if a grade of C or better was achieved. The Education Department and the content area departments determine the courses that are accepted. Transcripts, course descriptions, and course syllabi are used to make these determinations. Courses that are older than five years are judged on a case-by-case basis. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE degree. The program has limits on the amount and type of courses that are accepted. Grades of B or better are required for transfer consideration. See the MAE program director for approval of graduate coursework accepted in transfer. Preprimary Endorsement for Elementary Licensure This endorsement can be added to a K-6 elementary license. Required courses include the following: PSY 250 - Child Development (PSY 105 is a prerequisite for this course) SOC 231 - Family Systems: Cross Cultural Perspectives or SPE 490/540 - Parent and Professional Planning (Graduate students take SPE 540.) ECE 345/545 - Foundations of Preprimary Education ECE 346/546 - Learning Environments for Preprimary-Aged Children ECE 347/547 - Immersion and Teaching Competence ECE 488, 489 - Student Teaching: Preprimary K-12 and 5-12 Secondary Education K-12 and 5-12 licenses in several content areas are offered through a combination of graduate and undergraduate coursework. K-12 licenses prepare teachers to teach a content area across elementary, middle school, and high school. Licenses for grades 5- 12 prepare teachers to teach at the middle and high school levels. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and meet MAE admissions criteria. 34 Subject matter courses in the following majors are offered on weekday evenings and summer: English, communications (for communication arts), history or economics or psychology (for social studies), art. Students seeking 5–12 licensure in social studies must complete a broad-based core of courses in the social studies in addition to a social science major. Education courses for these licenses are also taken during weekday evenings and summer. The following content area majors are offered primarily or entirely through the weekday program: biology, chemistry, physics, health, physical education, music, and mathematics. Students seeking licensure in any of these areas typically will need to take additional content courses in the weekday schedule and off-campus. Students can obtain a 9-12 license in physics, chemistry, or biology and have the option of adding the 5–8 general science to the 9-12 license. Students also can obtain the 5–8 general science license without the 9–12 license. Education courses for these licenses are taken during weekday evenings. Licensure Requirements The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for licensure; four to seven of them also may be taken at the graduate level and applied toward the master’s degree in education. EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting* EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs* EDC 490/580 - School and Society ESE 325/525 - Creating Learning Environments ESE 300/500 - Reading and Writing in Content Area* EDC 591 - Topics To complete the license, students also will need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education EDC 220 - Educational Technology ESE 3XX - K-12 or 5-12 Methods (in the content area)* ESE 481, 483, 485 - Student Teaching: Secondary ESE 488 - TPA and Student Teaching Seminar *Field experience hours are required in these courses. A minimum of 100 hours in classrooms and education-related settings is required prior to student teaching. Students spend approximately 20 hours per term in field experiences. Undergraduate Content Area Requirements The equivalent of a major in the licensure content area is required for K-12 and 5-12 licenses. Students who have majored in a field in which we offer licensure must have their previous coursework evaluated by the major department at Augsburg. Two or more content area courses tied to Minnesota licensure standards are generally required, even with a completed academic major. Previous coursework is evaluated by the content area department and accepted if it meets Minnesota licensure standards and if a grade of C or better was achieved. Coursework older than five years is judged on a case-by-case basis. Specific course requirements for each content area are on file in the Education Department. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE degree program. See the MAE program director for approval to use graduate level transfer courses in the degree program. Special Education Augsburg College offers licensure in K–12 Special Education: Academic Behavioral Strategist (ABS). This program qualifies students to teach in special education programs and positions working with students with mild to moderate disabilities in the areas of emotional/behavioral disabilities, learning disabilities, autism spectrum disabilities, developmental and cognitive disabilities and other health disabilities. This program is built on an inclusive education model. Under this model, students learn how to work closely with both special and general educators to facilitate 35 inclusion of special education students into the regular education classroom. Five years after being licensed, teachers must extend their license in one of the above categories through additional coursework. Also available is the Naadamaadiwin Tribal Special Education Cohort—this graduate licensure program in Special Education: EBD/LD is designed and taught from an American Indian perspective. It is offered in collaboration with the University of Minnesota-Duluth as a hybrid (partly face-to-face and partly online) cohort program. The licensure courses can be applied towards the MAE degree. See the Education Department and http://www.augsburg.edu/mae/tribalspecial-education for more information. The ABS licensure program is offered through weeknight and summer schedules. The Naadamaadiwin Tribal Special Education Cohort program is offered primarily online with weekend sessions at the beginning and end of each semester. Licensure Requirements Licensure requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. Classes will include both undergraduate and graduate students, with graduate students having additional course responsibilities. Graduate courses are taken at the 500 level. All courses must be taken for licensure, and up to seven courses may also be applied toward the master’s degree in education. The following courses for the ABS license are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate levels: EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting* EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs* EED 225/524 - Foundations of Literacy EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy* EED 350/550 - K–6 Methods: Math* EED 360/560 - K–6 Methods: Science* SPE 410/510 - Implementing Assessment Strategies* SPE 411/511 - Etiology and Theory of Mild to Moderate Disabilities SPE 415/515 - Theory to Practice* SPE 425/525 - Transition and Community* SPE 430/530 - Instructional and Behavioral Practices* SPE 490/540 - Parent and Professional Planning EDC 591 - Topics To complete the ABS license students will also need to complete certain requirements at the undergraduate level: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education MAT 137 - Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I EDC 220 - Education Technology EDC 330 - Building the Public Good: Public Achievement and Organizing EDC 331 - Practicum in Public Achievement EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience* (taken concurrently with EED 325/525) SPE 481,483 - Student Teaching: Elementary Special Education SPE 485, 487 - Student Teaching: Secondary Special Education SPE 488 - TPA and Student Teaching Seminar *Field experience required as part of this course. This program is based on an innovative internship model that allows students employed in special education classrooms to fulfill a portion of their special education field experience requirements while they work. Students not employed in these settings are expected to complete a significant number of volunteer hours in special education settings. All must complete field placements or student teaching in classrooms serving these populations. Hours must be completed across elementary, middle school, and high school and include experiences with the five areas of disability that are part of this license. Specific information on field experience requirements is available from the Education Department. 36 Licensure Requirements—EBD/LD–Naadamaadiwin Special Education Tribal Cohort This program is available only at the graduate level. Courses are taught in a hybrid fashion, partially face-to-face and partially online. Courses are available only to those admitted to the special education tribal cohort program. SPE 501 - Historical and Contemporary Issues in American Indian Education SPE 503 - Assessment of American Indian Learners SPE 504 - Working with American Indian Families and Communities SPE 505 - The Manifestation of Multigenerational Trauma and Internalized Oppression SPE 506 - Indigenous Learners SPE 507 - Indigenous Methods of Instruction: Practical Application SPE 508 - Professional Issues and Development SPE 509 - Literacy Instruction for American Indian Learners with Exceptionalities SPE 481, 483 - Student Teaching: Elementary Special Education SPE 485, 487 – Student Teaching: Secondary Special Education EDC 591 - Topics K-12 English as a Second Language (ESL) License The K-12 English as a Second Language license is available as an initial license as well as an endorsement to an existing license. This license qualifies teachers to work with K-12 students for whom English is a second language across a range of subject areas. The K-12 ESL licensure program is comprised of both undergraduate and graduate courses; up to seven of the graduate courses can apply to the completion of the MAE degree. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and have been admitted to the MAE program. A pre-requisite to program admissions is two years of high school level or one year of college level language instruction. The K-12 ESL program is offered in a hybrid format which means that courses are a mix of face to face and online instruction. Classes are offered during the academic year in the evening semester framework and during summer session to make them accessible to working adults. This license is also offered as an undergraduate major to Augsburg Undergraduate (AU) students seeking a baccalaureate degree. The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for licensure, and up to seven also may be taken at the graduate level and applied toward the master’s degree in education. EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* EDC 206/566 - Diversity/MN American Indians EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting* EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs* EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy* ESE 325/525 - Creating Learning Environments* ESL 330/510 - History and Structure of the English Language ESL 340/520 - ESL Literacy* ESL 490/530 - Language, Culture, and Schools ESL 420/540 - ESL Methods* EDC 591 - Topics To complete the license, students also will need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education EDC 220 - Educational Technology EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience (taken concurrently with EED 325/525) ESL 310 - Second Language Acquisition ESL 320 - Introduction to Linguistics ESL 410 - ESL Testing and Evaluation ESL 481, 483 - Student Teaching: Elementary ESL 485, 487 - Student Teaching: Secondary ESL 488 - TPA and Student Teaching Seminar 37 *This course has a 20 hour field experience attached to it. K-12 Reading Teacher Endorsement The K-12 Reading Endorsement provides teachers with existing teaching licenses an opportunity to expand their knowledge and practice in the area of reading instruction and potentially provide leadership within schools and districts in reading instruction. Candidates for this license will complete five classes that have been designed to meet the requirements established for this license by the Minnesota Board of Teaching. Students may use these courses to fulfill requirements for the Master of Arts in Education degree. The K-12 Reading Teacher Endorsement program is offered in a hybrid format which means that courses are a mix of face-to-face and online instruction. Classes are offered during summer sessions and within the weekend format during the academic year. The endorsement program is designed to be completed within 12 months in a cohort model. Field experiences at elementary, middle school and high school levels are required; student teaching is not required. Required courses include: EDC 500 - Reading Leadership in the K-12 Schools EDC 506 - Readership, Literature, and New Literacies EDC 515 - Reading Leadership: Reading Theory and Research* EDC 535 - Reading Leadership: Assessment and Instruction with Elementary Readers* EDC 545 - Reading Leadership: Assessment and Instruction with Middle and High School Readers* *Field experience required Student Teaching Students are required to complete student teaching for initial and additional licenses (unless otherwise indicated). In the MAE program, student teaching is generally completed before finishing the degree. Students can apply for licensure at this point and finish the degree later. Student teaching for elementary, secondary, and K-12 initial licenses lasts 12-14 weeks, depending on licensure scope. During that time, students work full-time as student teachers and are supervised by an Augsburg faculty member. Students register for eight to twelve semester credits of student teaching and a two semester credit edTPA and student teaching seminar. They meet at Augsburg College for student teaching seminars several times during the term. Most student teaching placements are in the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area and Rochester. However, students do have the opportunity to student teach abroad, where students complete a 10-week student teaching experience in the metro area and then complete another student teaching experience abroad. Opportunities to teach abroad are available around the world, and it is a wonderful way to build a global perspective in education. Additional information is available through the Education Department. Student teaching for special education is 12 weeks in length for initial licenses and 7 weeks for those who already hold a license. For students who are working in a special education setting appropriate to the ABS license, a student teaching placement at that site may be possible, pending district approval. Additional information is available through the Education Department. Student teaching for ESL is 14 weeks in length and requires two placements, elementary and secondary. A single seven week placement is required for those who already hold a license. See the Education Department for more information. Student teaching is required for the preprimary endorsement and middle school endorsements. See the Education Department for more information. Curriculum—Graduate Degree Completion Options Students take graduate coursework as part of the licensure program. This coursework forms the Master of Arts in Education licensure core, with between four to seven Augsburg graduate-level licensure courses fulfilling master’s requirements. Students bringing fewer than seven graduate-level licensure courses or 21 semester credits into the degree program must complete additional Master of Arts in Leadership (ML) or education graduate courses to reach the required 30-33 semester credits for the MAE degree. To finish out the master’s degree, students will need to complete one of the following options. 38 Action Research Degree Completion Option (Minimum 30 credits) This degree completion option requires a minimum of three classes totaling at least nine semester credits: a Master of Arts in Leadership (ML) elective, EDC 592 Action Research 1, and EDC 593 Action Research 2. The action research courses guide the student through completion of a long-term action research project, typically conducted in the student’s classroom and focused on a question or concern identified by the student. The research is presented at an action research symposium and a formal written report of the research is placed in Lindell Library. The coursework for action research is designed to be completed in two semesters; the project itself is done once the research is presented at an action research symposium and the paper is accepted for placement in Lindell Library. Additional terms beyond those in which the courses are completed are available through continuing registration for up to 13 semesters at no further charge. Leadership Application Project (LAP) Degree Completion Option (Minimum 30 credits) This option is currently suspended until further notice. This degree completion option requires a minimum of three classes totaling at least nine semester credits: an ML elective, EDC/ML 514 Research Methods - Education focus or ML 514 - Research Methods and EDC 585 - Leadership Application Project. Students electing this degree completion option do so because they are interested in developing an educational product that meets an identified need or because they are interested in conducting an independent research project with the assistance of a faculty advisor. To be successful in this option, students must be self-directed and able to maintain momentum without the structure of an actual course. The goal for the project varies, depending on the type of LAP. There are two options within the LAP. • • The goal for those developing an educational product is to identify an issue or problem related to their practice, and after researching available literature, develop a solution to the problem or issue. The solution might be developed in the form of a curriculum, a workshop, a set of informational materials, a website, an article for publication or other appropriate educational product. The goal for those conducting independent research is also to identify an issue or problem to investigate; but in this case, the investigation is through an independent research project. For those conducting independent research, it is especially important to have a clear vision in mind for the research and have an advisor who is willing to provide support throughout the project. Students need a research background beyond what is provided within the MAE program to be successful with this option. Both options are completed through a final oral presentation and placement of the final paper in the Lindell Library. Additional terms beyond those in which the courses are completed are available through continuing registration for up to 13 semesters at no further charge. Performance Assessment/Teacher Leadership Degree Completion Option (Minimum 33 credits) This degree completion option focuses on the theme of the MAE degree program - teacher leadership - and requires a minimum of the following four classes: EDC 570 - Teacher Leadership EDC/ML 514 - Research Methods (ML 514 can be substituted if necessary) EDC 594 - Performance Assessment Project One ML leadership-focused course, preferably from this list: ML 510 - Visions of Leadership (when taught with an emphasis on leadership rather than literature) ML 531 - Dynamics of Change ML 535 - Organizational Theory and Leadership ML 540 - Political Leadership: Theory and Practice ML 545 - Decision Making and Leadership ML 565 - Women and Leadership Additional courses may also be used with approval of the MAE Director. 39 Students electing this degree completion option do so because they are especially interested in considering leadership within the context of education and themselves as potential change agents. EDC 594 must be taken as the last course in this sequence. Students finish their degree through this option with the successful completion of these four classes. Alternate Settings—MAE in Rochester In step with Augsburg College’s excellent reputation in the field of education, the Master of Arts in Education program is also offered in Rochester, MN. Licenses are available in elementary education and special education: ABS. Classes primarily meet weekday evenings and summer at Bethel Lutheran Church in Rochester. Elementary education The K-6 elementary education license allows students to teach in grade K-6. Augsburg College offers this license at the graduate level to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and meet admissions requirements. Courses for this license are available in Rochester. Special education The K-12 Academic Behavior Specialist (ABS) program is designed for students currently working with or planning to work with students with mild to moderate special needs. The program leads to Minnesota teaching licensure in special education and the ability to work with students whose special needs are categorized as EBD, LD, DCD, ASD, and/or OHI. All courses for these licenses are available in Rochester. The Performance Assessment degree completion option is offered in Rochester as needed, typically every other year. MAL Elective Courses At least one elective must be taken from the Master of Arts in Leadership courses. The following are recommended, but others may also be used. Course descriptions can be found in the MAL portion of the graduate catalog. ML 510 - Visions of Leadership: A Historical and Literary Journey ML 511 - Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process ML 520 - Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth ML 530 - Ethics in Communication ML 531 - The Dynamics of Change ML 545 - Decision Making and Leadership ML 550 - Communication, Decision Making, and Technology ML 560 - Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership ML 565 - Women and Leadership ML 599 - Topics For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to MAE Admission Requirements Students admitted into the MAE licensure and degree programs must have: • • Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution Cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher (required for full admission for the graduate licensure option and degree program). Students with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5-2.99 may be admitted conditionally into the graduate licensure program. To be admitted to the MAE degree completion program, all students must have a 3.0 or better Augsburg GPA. Application Checklist The following items must be sent to the Augsburg Office of Admissions: • • • Completed application form - www.augsburg.edu/admissions/mae/admissions $35 non-refundable application fee Personal summary outlining your tentative educational objectives and reasons for wanting to attend Augsburg 40 • Official academic transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions (including colleges, universities, vocational/technical schools, and PSEO institutions) sent directly to the Admissions Office. Admission as an International Student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students. Transfer Policy Acceptance of previous education coursework completed at institutions other than Augsburg College is limited. Most courses that have not been completed in the last seven years are considered to be too old to transfer and need to be completed as part of one’s program at Augsburg. EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development, EDC 220 - Education Technology, and ESE 3XX - K-12/5-12 Special Methods in Content Area are courses which may have a shorter acceptance time frame. Additional information on the transfer policy is available through the Education Department. Credit Evaluation: An official transfer credit evaluation of previous academic work will be completed as part of the admissions process. Education coursework is evaluated by the Education Department. For secondary licenses, content area coursework is evaluated by the content area department. This process is initiated as part of the admissions process. Generally, the requirement is that two or more classes in the content area must be taken at Augsburg, even with an undergraduate major in the field. In all cases, previous undergraduate courses must have received a grade of C or better to be eligible for transfer. Previous graduate coursework must have received a grade of B or better to be considered. Content area departments determine when courses are too old to be counted towards licensure. Acceptance into the MAE Program Application files are reviewed by the MAE director. Applicants are notified of the admission decision by the Office of Admissions, usually within one to two weeks after the application file is complete. Applicants whose cumulative undergraduate GPA is below 2.5 will not be admitted into the MAE program; however, these applicants can be reconsidered when additional undergraduate coursework raises the cumulative undergraduate GPA to 2.5 or above. An exception to this occurs when the applicant has completed an advanced degree with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or better. Under these circumstances, the applicant can be considered for full admission into the MAE degree and licensure programs. Advising and Registration Admitted students are able to participate in academic advising and the registration process. Typically, first-term registration occurs with intake advising. After the first term, students generally are able to register online through Records and Registration. All students are assigned an Education Department advisor early in the first semester of courses. Academic Policies Application to the Education Department Once accepted to the College and the MAE program, students may take designated courses in education and content areas. Prior to beginning the methods courses within a program, students must be admitted to the Education Department. This admissions process is outlined in the EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education and in admissions handbooks, which are available through the Education Department. Academic Achievement All MAE students are expected to achieve and maintain 3.0 or better GPA in their Augsburg course work. Students whose cumulative GPA falls between 2.5 and 2.99 at the end of their licensure program are able to complete the license but are not eligible for the degree. Students with cumulative GPA’s below 2.5 may not student teach and are subject to academic probation and possible dismissal. In all cases, a cumulative GPA on the Augsburg graduate transcript must be at 3.0 or better to be admitted to the degree completion component of the MAE degree. Students who are ready to begin the degree completion component must file an Intent to Complete form (available through the MAE coordinator) at which point a transcript review is completed 41 to confirm the 3.0 or better GPA and to determine the completed courses that apply to the degree and the courses that remain. Minimum Grade Policy Students who fail to maintain a cumulative 2.5 GPA in a given term are notified that they must raise their GPA to the required level. Students who receive below a 2.0 in any undergraduate course or 2.5 in any graduate course required for licensure are expected to repeat the course as soon as possible and raise the grade to the appropriate level. Dismissal from Licensure and Degree Program Students may be dismissed from the licensure program prior to and during student teaching for failure to maintain appropriate academic and teaching-based performance standards, for gross violation of College policy, and/or for conduct in violation of professional ethics. Dismissal occurs within the context of established department procedures described in the Education Department Handbook available through the Education Department. Students have the right to appeal dismissal from the licensure program on the grounds of procedural error, using the College’s program dismissal appeals process. Information about the program dismissal appeals process is available in the Augsburg Student Guide. Students who fail to complete the license may have the option to finish the degree. Fieldwork Requirements Fieldwork experiences are tied to several licensure courses. In most cases, these experiences are conducted within a service-learning framework, providing service to the school and classroom while also providing students’ opportunities for focused reflection linked back to course objectives. In general, students should plan for a minimum of 20 hours field experience per term. When multiple courses with field experience are taken in the same term, the requirements expand accordingly. Students in field experiences are evaluated by their host K-12 teachers on the basis of criteria drawn from the Minnesota Standards of Effective Practice. Evaluations are kept in the students’ Education Department files and used in decisions regarding progress through the program and student teaching. A full description of field experience requirements is available in the Education Department Handbook. Readmission and Withdrawal Students in good standing who fail to register for courses for two terms (not including summer) are withdrawn from the MAE program. To be readmitted to the College and the MAE program, students file a Readmission form through the Registrar’s Office. Program Costs In addition to tuition, students in this program can expect to pay a data maintenance fee upon admission to the department, as well as liability insurance at the student rate during student teaching and the cost of a background check for licensure and, possibly, field experience. In addition, optional international travel courses have associated costs above and beyond the charge for tuition. Full-time Faculty Elizabeth M. Ankeny, Associate Professor of Education. BA, Augustana College; MAT, Morningside College; PhD, Colorado State University. Christopher R. Brown, Field Experience Coordinator/Charter School Liaison; Instructor of Education. BS, Bemidji State University; MEd, University of Sydney, Australia. Renae Ekstrand, Assistant Professor of Education. BS, Bemidji State University; MS, Winona State University; EdD, Bethel University (expected May 2014). Joseph A. Erickson, Professor of Education. BA, MA, College of St. Thomas; MA, Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota. Margaret J. Finders, Associate Professor of Education. BA, University of Iowa; MA, University of Iowa; PhD, University of Iowa. Jeanine Gregoire, Associate Professor of Education. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. 42 Audrey Lensmeier, Assistant Professor of Education. BA Indiana University; MAT National Louis University; PhD University of Minnesota. Gregory Krueger, Instructor of Education. BA, Southwest Minnesota State University; MA, Hamline University. Rachel M. Lloyd, Assistant Professor of Education. BS, Carleton College; MA, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Minnesota. Susan O’Connor, Associate Professor of Education. BS, University of Minnesota; MS, PhD, Syracuse University. Vicki L. Olson, Professor of Education and Director of the MAE Program. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Donna Patterson, Assistant Professor of Education. BA, MEd, University of Minnesota. Barbara Short, Associate Professor of Education. BA Augustana College; MS Illinois State University; EdD Illinois State University. Christopher Smith, Assistant Professor of Education. BS Purdue University; MS Purdue University; PhD University of Minnesota. Diane C.Vodicka, Assistant Professor of Education. BEd, North Park College; MEd, Georgia Southwestern College. Barbara West, Instructor of Education, Faculty Coordinator of Teacher Placement/Licensing. BS, St. Cloud State University; MS, Syracuse University. 43 Master of Arts in Leadership MAL Mission The purpose of the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) program is to develop leaders for organizations, the community, and society. Organizations seek leaders who possess: • • • • • An ethically and morally responsible vision An understanding of how change occurs and how it can be managed A sensitivity to the complex problems of organizations and an ability to find solutions consistent with their mission Cultural competence and sensitivity to the needs of a diverse population The ability to inspire and motivate people to work toward a common goal The Augsburg leadership development model provides a framework through which the program recruits its students and develops their skills. Program Overview The study of leadership is central to Augsburg College. The College mission statement says, “Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders.” The Master of Arts in Leadership is quintessentially Augsburg. The integrated liberal arts perspective on leadership education is what we think of as the “Augsburg difference.” The Master of Arts in Leadership is the core program of Augsburg’s Center for Leadership Studies (CLS). Developed and launched in 1987, it is Augsburg’s oldest graduate degree and one of the oldest leadership graduate degrees in the United States. The program responds to the leadership development needs of both for-profit and not-for-profit organizations. MAL has a deep theoretical base in leadership studies, yet also offers its students practical approaches to leadership that can be applied in the workplace and society. Leadership Development Model The MAL program promotes leadership as a process that: • • • Inspires cooperation among people who must compete for limited resources Promotes productivity within and beyond the organization Works toward progress for the individual and the organization To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a sense of vision, the ability to persuade, and the ability to direct action. Underlying these attributes are abilities and awareness, outlined in the Leadership Development Model, which serve as specific outcomes for the MAL program. Augsburg’s model of leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance, and refine these capabilities within the individual. Learning Goals and Outcomes The MAL program is designed to support students in developing the knowledge and skills to: • • • • • • Explore the nature and practice of leadership in a wide variety of dynamic organizational and community settings Develop a personal understanding and philosophy of leadership Aspire to be responsible leaders who are informed citizens, critical thinkers, and thoughtful stewards Enhance knowledge of self and the capacity to be reflective learners Analyze and navigate increasingly complex changing environments Formulate and articulate a shared vision in order to inspire others to achieve desired goals MAL Courses Each course encourages pursuit of the designated outcomes and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to adult learners. Instructional techniques include case studies, debate, written and oral presentations, and group activity. These techniques develop targeted leadership abilities and understanding. Students are encouraged to see abilities and 44 understandings as cross-disciplinary and to view content areas as integrated. The program reflects the view that the world in which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative abilities. Plan of Study Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule Designed to meet the needs and preferences of working adults, the MAL program is based on the assumption that the students who enroll are career-oriented, self-disciplined, and well-motivated individuals seeking a balance of classroom experience, group interaction, and individual study. Courses are organized as seminars with the opportunity for discussion and dialogue. The program features classes taught by faculty from multiple disciplines and offers two formats to allow students to choose the option that works best for them. Both formats offer a combination of classroom and online learning styles in different proportions. The classic classroom format emphasizes face-to-face instruction augmented by online work. The integrated hybrid format combines online and intensive learning experiences with occasional sessions in a traditional classroom setting. Two Convenient Formats: Classic Classroom and Integrated Hybrid Cohort Overview Classic Classroom Format For more than 25 years, our classic classroom format has featured a flexible choice model that allows students to select courses that focus on individual goals, interests, and learning style. Students can also determine the pace at which they move through the program. This format offers numerous electives and allows for individualized studies. Some online work is incorporated into this format. Schedule During fall and spring semesters, classes usually meet every other Saturday morning or afternoon for four hours. Additional instruction time is provided online. Seven Saturday sessions are included in one semester. Some select classes meet on Monday evenings. Students can take a combination of Saturday and Monday courses. A sample class schedule in the classic classroom format: Period I Saturday 8:00 am to 12:00 pm Period II Saturday 1:00 pm to 5:00 pm Period III Weeknights 6:00 pm to 10:00 pm Note: Each class taken commits a student to Period I, Period II, or Period III, an average of two meetings a month. A few courses are taught on an immersion model, which features fewer but longer sessions. The MAL program also offers summer semester courses in seven-week, fourteen-week, or special immersion formats. Curriculum Four core courses: ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership ML 514 - Research Methods ML 580 - Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of Leadership ML 585 - Integrating the Theory and Practice of Responsible Leadership (Capstone Course) Seven electives, selected from more than 20 offerings* *Students may petition the program to do a thesis in place of two of the elective courses. Students who do the thesis are required to develop and carry out an in-depth study of some aspect of leadership or of a leadership-related topic and register for ML 592 Thesis Consultation I and ML 593 Thesis Consultation II. Students electing to write a thesis are still required to take ML 585 to complete the program. 45 Elective courses for the Classic Classroom format The MAL program requires that seven elective courses be selected from the following course list. All courses are 3 semester credits: ML 510 - Visions of Leadership ML 511 - Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process ML 520 - Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth ML 527 - Spirituality and Leadership in the Workplace ML 530 - Ethics in Communication ML 531 - The Dynamics of Change ML 535 - Organization Theory and Leadership ML 536 - Facilitating Organizational Change ML 538 - Communication Skills for Leadership ML 539 - Communicating a Self in the Modern Organization ML 540 - Political Leadership: Theory and Practice ML 545 - Decision Making and Leadership ML 548 - Coaching and Consulting ML 550 - Communication, Decision Making, and Technology ML 553 - Design and Leadership ML 557 - Language of Leadership ML 560 - Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership ML 563 - Leadership in a Global Society ML 565 - Women and Leadership ML 570 - Negotiation: Theory and Practice ML 574 - Strategic Leadership ML 575 - Constructive Conflict Resolution ML 576 - Leading Innovation ML 577 - Universal Responsibility and Leadership: A Nicaraguan Experience ML 598 - Independent Study ML 599 - Topics Overview of Integrated Hybrid Cohort Format A combination of online, classroom, and experiential learning The integrated hybrid model is completed in two years with a combination of intensive face-to-face sessions and online coursework. Students complete the program with a cohort of peers representing many different perspectives. Students learn from each other and build relationships that will provide support throughout the program and a valuable network for the future. Schedule After starting with a five-day summer experience, classes meet on a semester schedule September through mid-April (fall and spring semesters) and mid-May through mid-August summer semester). Coursework will be online and supported by three on-campus class sessions per term. Curriculum *ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership ML 512 - Responsible Leadership for the 21st Century (Intensive) *ML 514 - Research Methods ML 520 - Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth ML 523 - Leading Authentically ML 553 - Design and Leadership ML 563 - Leadership in a Global Society ML 574 - Strategic Leadership 46 ML 577 - Universal Responsibility and Leadership: A Nicaraguan Experience (or alternative elective) *ML 580 - Colloquium of Contemporary Theories of Leadership *ML 585 - Integrating the Theory and Practice of Responsible Leadership (Capstone Course) * Core courses offered in the integrated hybrid format (required for all students) A sequenced list of seven electives is prepared for each cohort. In the cohort program, students complete 11 courses, including a capstone course (ML 585). MBA/MAL Dual Degree The dual degree program takes advantage of the intellectual benefits of studying business administration and leadership in a coordinated program. It leverages Augsburg’s long tradition of graduate leadership training via the MA in Leadership with the robust demand for business education through our MBA program. The dual degree provides students with the leadership skills needed to run a business and, at the same time, helps them develop the comprehensive outlook they need to thrive in today’s interconnected world. A minimum of 18 Augsburg courses completes the MBA/MA in Leadership dual degree, including at least 7 MBA courses and 7 MA in Leadership courses. The following dual degree program requirements must be met. 7 courses are required from MBA courses: • • • • • • • MBA 510 – Managerial Economics MBA 520 – Accounting for Managers MBA 530 – Managerial Finance MBA 540 – Business and Professional Ethics MBA 550 – Marketing Management MBA 570 – Quantitative Decision Making for Managers MBA 580 – The Field Study 4 core courses are required from MA in Leadership courses with 3 MAL elective courses: • • • • • ML 505 – Foundations of Leadership ML 514 – Research Methods ML 580 – Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of Leadership ML 585, ML 585, ML 588 or ML 597 – Final Project ML Electives (3) Three Focus Area Courses Students will choose one course from each of the focus areas: Focus Area #1: Organizational Development • • • MBA 545 – Organizational Development ML 535 – Organizational Theory and Leadership Director approved course with organizational development focus Focus Area #2: Global/Multicultural Perspective • • • • MBA 565 – Global Environment for Managers ML 560 – Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership Ml 563 – Leadership in a Global Society Director approved course with global/multicultural focus Focus Area #3: Strategic Leadership • • • MBA 595 – Strategic Management ML 574 – Strategic Leadership Director approved course with strategic leadership focus 47 One Additional Elective Course Elective course may be taken in either MBA or MA in Leadership Program Admission to the Dual Degree Program Admission for the dual degree program is handled on a “rolling” basis and requires applicants to hold a bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited four-year college or university. Official transcripts from all post-secondary institutions are required as well as a current résumé and two recommendations. An interview with the program director is also part of the admissions process. Although we do accept the GMAT and GRE, we also offer candidates an alternative math and writing profile assessment entitled the Individual Learning Profile (ILP) which provides a picture of candidate’s math and writing (verbal) competency detailing strengths and areas of improvement. The profile is not an admissions screening instrument and will be used as a platform to develop a skills improvement plan for students should they need it. Earning the dual degree during or after the MBA or MA in Leadership program Students who are currently enrolled in the MBA or MA in Leadership program or alumni who wish to return to Augsburg may add the dual degree to their existing degree by completing most of the same requirements listed on the front of this page. Students may use previously completed application pieces and coursework to help meet these requirements. Returning students may complete an abbreviated application form after consultation with the MBA or ML program director. Upon entering the MBA program, a quantitative online profile assessment must also be taken. This is used as a platform to enhance skills, if needed. Students with an MA in Leadership who wish to add the dual degree will take a minimum of 7 required MBA courses. Students will complete one course in each of the 3 focus areas if they did not complete these courses during their MAL program. Each student’s program will be slightly different based on their prior course selections. Students with an MBA will complete 4 required and 3 elective MA in Leadership courses. Students will need to complete one course in each of the 3 focus areas if they did not complete these courses during their MBA program. Each student’s program will be slightly different based on their prior course selections. Students in both programs will meet individually with the program directors to determine whether their completed final project meets the criteria aligned with the dual degree final project. Directors may ask that the project be modified or added to or ask the student to complete another project. These decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis. Certificate in Leadership Studies The certificate program is an attractive option for people who want to develop their leadership skills without undertaking a full degree program. A certificate is awarded after completion of five Augsburg MAL courses in leadership. Students pursuing this option take ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership and four additional electives. The normal application process is used for students who wish to pursue the certificate. Joint BA in Accounting and Master of Arts in Leadership A BA in Accounting and an MA in Leadership (MAL) can be earned in this five-year program designed for students who wish to qualify for CPA certification and obtain a master’s degree. By the end of the fifth year and successful completion of all requirements, the student receives both a BA in Accounting and an MA in Leadership and will have fulfilled the 150-hour requirement to qualify for the CPA certification. The MAL program offers a large number of courses on a weekend schedule or Monday evening. Refer to the MAL program schedule for the list of courses each year and to the accounting program coordinator for a detailed academic plan. Students should meet with both the MAL director and an accounting advisor to create an effective plan for successful completion of the five-year program. General Requirements for the Accounting/MAL Program Accounting students planning to pursue the five-year degree must apply for admission to the MAL program at the end of their junior year. The application process includes submission of: 48 • • • • • • Completed application form Three letters of recommendation (two from professors and one from an employer) Personal statement Example of their writing in an academic paper GPA of at least 3.30 Interview with a three-person panel from the MAL program Students must also have faculty endorsement from the Accounting program. Students must complete at least one year of accounting work experience (either a job or internship) by the time they graduate from the MAL program. Program Coordinator: Professor Stu Stoller. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Admission Requirements Applicants to the program must have: • • • • • Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited, four-year college or university Minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 and a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0 for graduate courses completed at an accredited college or university. Should an applicant not meet the minimum admission requirements, a conditional admission may be possible as decided on a case-by-case basis. Applicants to the program must have two years of experience (or equivalent) with one or more organizations in a position of leadership or position demonstrating leadership potential. Applicants holding a master’s or other advanced degrees from accredited colleges or universities are admissible. Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis by the MAL Admissions Committee. Admission is handled on a “rolling” basis, with students admitted at the beginning of the fall, spring, and summer terms. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant’s: o Previous college record o Letters of recommendation o Experience and organizational background o Written statement o Interview, if requested Application Checklist The following materials must be submitted to the Office of Admissions: • • • • • • • • Completed application form $35 non-refundable application fee (waived if online application is used) A 1-3 page statement relating the applicant’s career and life goals to leadership aspirations Recommendation letter and checklist from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential Recommendation letter and checklist from a work colleague (at the same level) describing the applicant’s work style and leadership potential Official transcripts from all undergraduate institutions attended, listing all courses taken and any degree(s) conferred Official transcripts from all graduate institutions attended, listing courses taken and degree(s) conferred, if any. Résumé, if available. Applicants may be asked to participate in an interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff members. For further information, contact: Office of Admissions, 612-330-1101, gradinfo@augsburg.edu or www.augsburg.edu/grad. 49 Admission as an International Student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outline in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section. Academic Policies Academic Evaluation Courses not offered on the numbered grading system are noted in the course descriptions in this catalog as being graded on P/N basis. In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 3.0. No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade of or below 2.5 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. Any course with a grade of 2.0 or lower will be transcribed as 0.0 academic credit. In order to graduate, a student must have a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or above. All required courses and the final projects must be successfully completed. A student registered for a final course may be permitted to participate in commencement but will not receive a diploma until all courses are successfully completed. Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N or 0.0 in a course, the student must petition successfully with the MAL director before being allowed to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If a second grade of N or 0.0 is received, the student may be dismissed from the program. Students may also be dismissed for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a gross violation of College policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. MAL Program Enrollment Policy Students normally take either one or two courses per semester. Enrolling in two courses per semester (including summer semester) enables a student to complete the coursework in the program within two years. Students who are away from classes for one year or longer must complete an Application for Readmission and submit it to the Registrar’s Office. Students who have been out of the program for more than two years may, at the discretion of the program director, be required to take additional courses to refresh their understanding of the field. Accreditation and Affiliation Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditation, approvals, and memberships, in the Accreditation, Approvals and Memberships section. MAL Faculty Andrew Aoki, Professor of Political Science. BA, University of Oregon; MA, PhD, University of Wisconsin. John Benson, Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA, Augsburg College; BD, Luther Theological Seminary; MA, PhD, Columbia University. Thomas Berkas, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BCE, University of Minnesota, PhD University of Minnesota. Larry Bourgerie, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BS, BA, MA, University of Minnesota. Senior Vice President Human Resources, TrueStone Financial. Joseph A. Erickson, Professor of Education. BA, MA, University of St. Thomas; MA, Luther Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota. Stephen K. Erickson, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, Augsburg College; JD, University of Minnesota. Vice President and Advanced Practitioner, Erickson Mediation Institute. 50 Garry Hesser, Martin Olav Sabo Professor of Citizenship and Learning. BA, Phillips University; MDiv, Union Theological Seminary; MA, PhD, University of Notre Dame. Lucinda Hruska-Claeys, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BS, University of Minnesota; MA, Southern Illinois UniversityCarbondale; JD, University of Minnesota; MAL, Augsburg College. Vice President and Special Accounts Consultant, Wells Fargo Bank N.A. Steven Jeddeloh, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BS, Mankato State University; MED in Education and MED in Training and Organization Development, University of Minnesota; MA, PhD, Fielding Graduate University. President of Leadership Resources Consulting. David Lapakko, Associate Professor of Communication Studies. BA, Macalester College; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Velma J. Lashbrook, Assistant Professor of Leadership Studies. BS, Iowa State University; MS, Illinois State University; EdD, West Virginia University. Karen J. Lokkesmoe, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, Augsburg College; MPA, PhD, University of Minnesota. President, Lokkesmoe Consulting, LLC. Steven Manderscheid, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BS, St. Cloud State University; MS, University of Minnesota; EdD, University of St. Thomas. Chair, Department of Organizational Management, Concordia University. Marilyn S. McKnight Erickson, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, Augsburg College; MA, St. Mary's University; President and Advanced Practitioner, Erickson Mediation Institute, Mpls. Thomas Morgan, Professor of Business Administration. BS, Juniata College; MBA, University of Denver; MS, University of Oregon; PhD, University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan, Professor Emerita of Political Science and Leadership Studies, former Director of the Center for Leadership Studies and the MAL Program (1993-2011). BA, University of Pennsylvania; MA, PhD, Indiana University. Diane Pike, Professor of Sociology. AB, Connecticut College; PhD, Yale University. John S. Schmit, Professor of English. BS, St. John’s University; MA, University of New Orleans; PhD, The University of Texas-Austin. Kathryn Swanson, Professor of English. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Alan Tuchtenhagen, Assistant Professor of Leadership Studies and Director of the Center for Leadership Studies and the MAL Program. BS, Westmar College; MA, University of Nebraska; DPA, Hamline University. Joseph Volker, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, University of California-Irvine; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Vice President and Practice Area Leader, MDA Leadership Consulting Inc. Staff Patty Park, Program Coordinator. BA, University of Minnesota; MA, Augsburg College. 51 Master of Arts in Nursing and Doctor of Nursing Practice Welcome to graduate nursing education at Augsburg College. Our classes are made up of students representing a dynamic mix of cultures, spiritual traditions, and life-ways. It is exciting for us to offer experienced nurses transforming educational opportunities and engaging transcultural encounters that expand their career choices and advance their nursing practice. The increasing diversity of our population today challenges all of us to respond to individual health care needs with creativity and competence in a variety of emerging care settings. The Master of Arts in Nursing program is designed to prepare nurses for those evolving contexts of care. Students can choose between two tracks of study: Transcultural Nursing and Transformational Nursing Leadership. Each track of study emphasizes leadership skills, inter-professional collaboration and ways to serve persons in a variety of care settings. The post-master’s Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP) program builds on the MAN and prepares nurses for innovative health leadership and advanced nursing practice at local and system-wide levels. Drawing on a transcultural nursing foundation, the DNP curriculum embraces integrative health care and holistic nursing practice to maximize health for individuals and communities. Students design their own scholarly paths defined by their unique gifts, interests, and practice goals. Throughout the DNP program there are a range of opportunities for collaboration across cultures, socioeconomic strata and care systems. The post-BSN (Bachelor of Science in Nursing) to DNP/Family Nurse Practitioner track of study prepares nurses for advanced nursing leadership and integrative primary care of families across cultures and care settings. Drawing on a transcultural nursing foundation, the DNP/FNP curriculum embraces integrative healthcare and holistic nursing practice. Emphasis is on eliminating health inequities through peaceful, just, and collaborative actions that uphold and improve human potential. The curriculum emphasizes knowledge, skills and values that foster one’s ability to lead change, while addressing health needs and concerns of families and communities. Nursing scholarship and advanced autonomous practice frame the critical exploration of knowledge in transcultural nursing, integrative healthcare practices, transformational leadership, and health assessment. Classes in both the DNP and MAN programs are offered on the Augsburg campus and at Bethel Lutheran Church in Rochester, MN, where our branch campus is located. Video conferencing and online assignments are used for some of the classes, however, our students and faculty are committed to driving from one site to the other at least once during each semester to be physically present and together. Building relationships is important to us. Program faculty and staff are available at both sites and eager to assist students. Cheryl J. Leuning Chair, Department of Nursing Director, Master of Arts in Nursing Program and Doctor of Nursing Practice Program 52 Master of Arts in Nursing Mission The Master of Arts in Nursing program is designed to prepare nurses for transformational leadership and transcultural nursing practice across care settings with particular emphasis on addressing health inequities. Students select from two tracks of study—Transformational Nursing Leadership or Transcultural Nursing. Both tracks prepare nurse leaders to assume a wide variety of roles and responsibilities throughout the healthcare system and in emerging care settings in communities. Curriculum The MAN curriculum is organized into 33 semester credits –15 semester credits in a Nursing Core, in which all students enroll, and 18 semester credits in one of the two Tracks of Study. Practica are taken concurrently with most courses and are integrated throughout the program. Each semester credit of practicum is equal to 45 clock hours of practice. Students select a track of study when applying to the program, however, this is not essential until after one’s first semester. Students may study full-time (6-8 semester credits per term) or part-time (4 semester credits per term). Time to degree completion takes an average 22 months when studying full-time, and 32 months when studying part-time. Nursing Core Courses (15 semester credits) The core nursing courses integrate a strong foundation of social justice incorporating multiple ways of knowing with curricular emphasis on nursing science, art, and theory to guide practice. NUR 500 - Transcultural Health Care (3 semester credits) NUR 500P - Practicum: Transcultural Health Care (1 semester credit) NUR 541 - Politics of Health (3 semester credits) NUR 541P - Practicum: Politics of Health Care (1 semester credit) NUR 505 - Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Nursing Practice (3 semester credits) NUR 505P - Practicum: Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Practice Nursing (1 semester credit) NUR 520 - Research Methods in Nursing (3 semester credits) Transformational Nursing Leadership Track (18 semester credits) The Transformational Nursing Leadership track is designed to develop nurse leaders’ ability to critically analyze, articulate, and develop effective strategies to cope with high level health care disparities. Curricular emphasis is on interprofessional collaboration across care settings. Participation in nursing leadership practica in traditional and emerging care settings adds depth and meaning to classroom dialogue. Practica also provide opportunities for students to apply knowledge and gain experience partnering with diverse care providers, populations, and communities to address health inequities in creative and relevant ways. Transformational Nursing Leadership track courses include: NUR 501 - Nursing Leadership in Complex Adaptive Systems (3 semester credits) NUR 501P - Practicum: Nursing Leadership in Complex Adaptive Systems (1 semester credit) NUR 521 - Transformational Nursing Leadership (3 semester credits) NUR 521P - Practicum: Transformational Nursing Leadership (2 semester credits) NUR 523 - Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (3 semester credits) NUR 523P - Practicum: Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (2 semester credits) NUR 525 - Graduate Field Project (3 semester credits) NUR 525P - Practicum: Graduate Field Project (2 semester credits) Students graduating from the Transformational Leadership Track of the master’s program are eligible to apply to the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) for certification as a Nurse Executive, Advanced and to the Transcultural Nursing Certification Commission (TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing. Graduate Field Project in Transformational Nursing Leadership Students will fulfill their Master of Arts in Nursing through a final practice-focused project, which serves as the capstone of the master’s program. The last two classes in the curriculum–NUR 523 and NUR 525—emphasize the development 53 and articulation of a final field project focused on transformational leadership. Students present their final projects in NUR 525. Transcultural Nursing Across Care Settings Track (18 semester credits) The Transcultural Nursing track in the Master of Arts in Nursing program was designed to prepare nurses for advanced practice across care settings in culturally diverse communities. The curriculum is grounded in nursing science, theoryguided practice, and transcultural principles. Emphasis is on reaching out to persons and populations that are underserved by traditional care systems and who exist outside of the social mainstream. As such, the track provides rich alternative learning opportunities for graduate students locally and internationally. Transcultural Nursing Across Care Settings track courses include: NUR 532 - Transcultural Healing Practices and Self Care (3 semester credits) NUR 532P – Practicum: Transcultural Healing Practices and Self Care (1 semester credits) NUR 530 - The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for Healing (3 semester credits) NUR 530P – Practicum: The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for Healing (1 semester credits) NUR 523 - Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (3 semester credits) NUR 523P – Practicum: Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (2 semester credits) NUR 525 - Graduate Field Project (3 semester credits) NUR 525P - Graduate Field Project (2 semester credits) Students graduating from the Transcultural Nursing track of the master’s program are eligible to apply to the Transcultural Nursing Certification Commission (TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing and certification in Holistic Nursing through the American Holistic Nurses Credentialing Corporation (AHNCC) (www.ahncc.org). Graduate Field Project in Transcultural Nursing Students will fulfill their Master of Arts in Nursing through a final practice-focused project, which serves as the capstone of the master’s program. The last two classes in the curriculum—NUR 523 and NUR 525—emphasize the development and articulation of a final field project focused on transcultural nursing. Students present their final projects in NUR 525. Practica Practice experience is emphasized in both tracks in the Master of Arts in Nursing program. Students earn 9 semester credits of practicum work that is equal to 405 clock hours of practice—45 clock hours per semester credit hour. Practica are generally semi-structured, experiential, and led by faculty and cultural guides familiar with the communities in which the practica occur. Some practica are student directed. In all practica, students are encouraged to immerse themselves in practice settings that serve persons underserved or excluded from mainstream health care, as emphasis in the program is on cultural diversity and health inequities across health care settings. Practica focusing on experiential learning with a transformational nurse leader provides students with the opportunity to gain a greater understanding of organizational dynamics and change through a complexity science paradigm. Augsburg Central Health Commons & the Inner City A unique opportunity for students to explore advanced nursing roles and new models and forms of practice is provided by the Augsburg Central Health Commons, and the Health Commons in the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood. Both Health Commons are nursing-led drop-in centers dedicated to serving those in need and focused on healthy individuals and communities. People from diverse backgrounds, who have health experiences grounded in wide ranging cultural contexts frequent the Health Commons for health support and reassurance. Service and care are based on respect, relationship, and collaboration that connects health and hope for all participants. Health Commons partners include Central Lutheran Church in downtown Minneapolis, Fairview Health Services, U-Care, and the East Africa Health Project. Study Abroad and Away The Department of Nursing works closely with cultural guides and nurse mentors in various contexts of care in emerging care settings at home and abroad. The Center for Global Education is a partner with the Department of Nursing in developing and facilitating study abroad opportunities in Guatemala and Mexico. 54 Additional collaborative partners include the Ministry of Health and Social Services (MOHSS) in Namibia, the Pine Ridge Retreat Center, in Pine Ridge, SD, and a variety of cultural guides and local practitioners throughout England. A detailed listing of practica and immersion experiences abroad and away can be found at the nursing website (www.augsburg.edu/nursing). For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission Requirements Decisions about admission to the program will be made by the Graduate Admissions Committee on an individual basis. Admissions are handled throughout the year, with students being admitted at the beginning of the fall (September) and spring (January) semesters. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of the following items: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • An earned Bachelor’s degree in nursing from a regionally accredited college or university, or an Associate of Science degree in nursing in addition to a non-nursing bachelor’s degree A cumulative GPA of 3.0 in all previous college coursework Experience as a registered nurse Three letters of recommendation A current, unencumbered nursing license All required immunizations Transcripts from all colleges and universities attended A Criminal Background check A college level statistics course within the last 7 years is required for progression in the program, but is not necessary for admission A written statement describing professional and educational goals The following items must be sent to the Office of Admissions: Completed application form—www.augsburg.edu/ma_nursing $35 non-refundable application fee A 2-3 page typed statement describing the applicant’s professional and educational goals Three letters of recommendation (in English) addressing the applicant’s character and ability for graduate study. (Two of these recommendations must be from professional colleagues) Evidence of Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) training, and required immunizations Official transcripts from all undergraduate and graduate institutions attended, listing all courses taken and any degree(s) conferred An interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff members may be requested. Admission as an International Student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. For more information, refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section. Academic Policies Evaluation of academic performance in the Master of Arts in Nursing program will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale. See detailed information in the Academic Programs and Policies Attendance Policy Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s classmates and the course instructor. Instructors may lower grades if attendance and participation is lacking. Individual syllabi will contain individual instructors’ requirements. Because classes are held in Rochester and Minneapolis, students must prepare to drive to class at least once per term. 55 Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in the MAN program. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of 2.0 or less in a course, the student must petition successfully to the faculty of the Master of Arts in Nursing program before being allowed to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If a second grade of 2.0 or less is received, the student may be dismissed from the program. Students may also be dismissed for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a gross violation of college policy as published in the Student Guide. Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. Credit for Prior Education Students may petition the Master of Arts in Nursing faculty for approval of transfer of credit. Transfer credits will be evaluated on an individual basis. The only courses that will be considered for transfer credit are those earned from regionally accredited colleges and universities, whose course content is comparable to course content in the Master of Arts in Nursing program. No more than nine semester credits will be accepted for transfer credit. Schedules for Classes Master’s classes are taught in a hybrid format combining in-class and web-based instruction to meet the needs of working adults. Most classes meet 6 times per semester for 5 hour periods. Video conferencing is used to connect students in Rochester, MN, with students in Minneapolis. Some driving for class is required, as students from Rochester will travel to Minneapolis one time per term and students from Minneapolis will travel to Rochester one time per term. If weather is inclement, video conferencing is used. Classes in Rochester meet at Bethel Lutheran Church at 810 3rd Ave SE, Rochester, MN. Practica are additional to courses. Students enroll in practica concurrently with enrollment in courses. Accreditation and Affiliations The Master of Arts in Nursing program is fully accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE). Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation Approvals, and Memberships section. Department of Nursing Faculty Pauline Abraham, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Winona State University; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Minnesota State University; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Kathleen Clark, Assistant Professor and Coordinator of the Augsburg Central Nursing Center, BSN University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Cheryl Leuning, Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate Programs. BA, Augustana College; MS-PHN, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah. Joyce Miller, Assistant Professor of Nursing. ADN, Rochester State Junior College; BSN, Augsburg College; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Ruth Enestvedt, Assistant Professor. BSN, St. Olaf College; MSN, PhD, University of Minnesota. Joyce Perkins, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BS, University of New Hampshire, Durham, NH; Nursing Major, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St. Mary’s College, Minneapolis, MN; MSN, University of MN; PhD, University of Colorado. Kaija Freborg, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of Wisconsin- Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. 56 Lisa Van Getson, Assistant Professor of Nursing, BSN, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St. Catherine University, St. Paul, MN; MAN, FNP, Winona State University; DNP, Augsburg College. Staff Sharon Wade, Nursing Programs Coordinator. BA, Augsburg College. Linden Gawboy, Nursing Programs Administrative Assistant. 57 Doctor of Nursing Practice – Transcultural Nursing Leadership (DNPTCN) The post-master’s Doctor of Nursing Practice program prepares nurses for innovative health leadership and advanced nursing practice at local and system-wide levels. Drawing on a transcultural nursing foundation, the DNP-TCN curriculum embraces integrative healthcare and holistic nursing practice. Emphasis is placed on maximizing health within populations and communities through peaceful, just and collaborative actions across care settings and cultures, focusing on eliminating health inequities locally and globally. As a post-master’s program, the DNP-TCN track of study builds upon the strengths of the Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN) program and prepares nurses for advanced leadership and practice roles in Transcultural Nursing (TCN) and Holistic Nursing. Program Goals Graduates of the Doctor of Nursing Practice program are prepared to: • • • Negotiate the complexity of multicultural care settings and care systems to eliminate health inequities among populations and communities Challenge conventional knowledge about illness through an ecological approach to social determinants of health Lead change through building coalitions with marginalized people that are based on mutuality and common cause Program Structure The program is structured in a modified cohort model. One cohort a year will be admitted to begin in the fall term. Students can choose to take full or part-time study. Students taking full-time study take two didactic offerings, two seminars, and a practicum each semester. Students in full-time study can complete the post-master’s DNP-TCN curriculum in 20 months, including completion of the capstone project. Students selecting part-time study take one didactic offering, one seminar and a practicum each semester. As a part-time student, completion of the program is expected to take 32 months, including completion of the capstone project. The DNP curriculum is organized into 33 semester credits comprised of didactic classes, experiential practica, and seminars, with a capstone project completing the degree. As a practice doctorate, the emphasis is on building leadership and practice skills in knowledge application among diverse population groups. The goal is to improve health and decrease health inequities that lead to unnecessary morbidity and mortality in communities. Students graduating from the DNP-TCN track are eligible to apply to the Transcultural Nursing Certification Commission (TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing and certification in Holistic Nursing through the American Holistic Nurses Credentialing Corporation (AHNCC) (www.ahncc.org/). Didactic A total of six didactic courses (18 semester credits) constitute the DNP program. One course equals three semester credits. Courses are taught in an immersion model two days a month—eight hours of class time the first day and four hours the subsequent morning, followed by an afternoon seminar. Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s classmates and the course instructor. Classes are held on Augsburg’s campus in Minneapolis and in Rochester, MN, at Bethel Lutheran Church (810 3rd Ave SE) the location of Augsburg’s branch campus. Video conferencing is used for some of the classes, however, students must be prepared to drive to Rochester and/or Minneapolis for class at least once per semester. If weather is inclement, video conferencing is used. Practica Practica are organized to give flexibility and individual choice to students to support their increasing independence and depth of practice experience at the doctoral level. Students select practicum experiences that are either structured immersions in a variety of cultural contexts led by nursing faculty or that are student initiated and individually directed experiences mentored by nursing faculty. In a 15-week semester, practicum hours are computed as follows: 58 • • • 1 semester credit hour = 2 semester credit hours = 3 semester credit hours = 45 clock hours of practicum time per semester 90 clock hours of practicum time per semester 135 clock hours of practicum time per semester To earn the DNP, students must complete a total of 1,000 practicum hours in their Master’s and DNP programs. Students will be allowed to transfer up to 600 practicum hours from their master’s in nursing into the Augsburg DNP. As such, all students will register for at least nine semester credits of practica in the post-master’s DNP-TCN. Seminars Seminars focus on integration of conceptual learning with field practice, developing the student’s particular practice interests. Students are required to participate in a doctoral seminar every semester —fall and spring—until completion of the DNP degree. Cohorts of students who enter the DNP program together usually progress as a group in the seminars in which they enroll each term, depending on whether they are studying full-time or part-time. The final seminar (NUR 841) culminates in the capstone project presentation and completion of the requirements for the DNP degree. Final DNP Capstone Project Final DNP capstone projects must make a significant impact on nursing practice and health outcomes of populations and communities, demonstrate an evidence-based contribution to existing nursing knowledge, and be suitable for presentation or publication in a peer-reviewed venue. Through this scholarly project students demonstrate leadership in synthesizing and applying scientific knowledge to practice challenges in local and/or system wide contexts of care. Students should begin working on their DNP capstone projects in the early stages of the DNP program and continue throughout. This scholarly project is planned in collaboration with a major faculty advisor. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to the DNP Applicants to the Doctor of Nursing Practice program must have: • • • • • • An earned master’s degree in nursing from a regionally-accredited institution A GPA of 3.2 on a 4.0 grading scale in master’s in nursing program A current unencumbered RN license to practice in the US. Evidence of a completed graduate research course Evidence of up-to-date immunizations Satisfactory results of a certified federal criminal background check Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of the following items for each applicant: • • • • A three-page typed, double-spaced essay demonstrating ability to write in a thoughtful, coherent manner Official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended (Applicants with a college or university degree completed outside of the United States must submit an official evaluation from World Educational Services.) Three professional references An interview with program faculty The number of applicants admitted to the DNP program will be limited and based on availability of faculty members who share a student’s practice interests and goals. Meeting the minimum admission criteria does not ensure that an applicant will be admitted to the program. Applicants who have graduated from a foreign nursing program, should submit their coursework for validation to the World Education Service (WES) and have the reports sent directly to Augsburg College. Additionally, internationallyeducated applicants may request the Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools (CGFNS) (www.cgfns.org/) to forward their educational credentials report to the Minnesota State Board of Nursing. Once their credentials are verified, applicants must apply for licensure and demonstrate successful passing of the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX). 59 Nurses who have previously submitted CGFNS credential verification in a state other than Minnesota, who have passed the NCLEX, will be considered for admission and must meet the same residency requirements expected of all students. Applicants whose first language is not English must submit evidence of earning a minimum score of 95 out of a possible 120 (or 250 if previous version was taken) on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). See Graduate Admissions for more information. Accreditation The Doctor of Nursing Practice program is accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE), which has accredited the Master of Arts in Nursing and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing programs at Augsburg. Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section. Department of Nursing Faculty Pauline Abraham, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Winona State University; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Minnesota State University; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Kathleen Clark, Assistant Professor and Coordinator of the Augsburg Central Nursing Center, BSN University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Cheryl Leuning, Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate Programs. BA, Augustana College; MS-PHN, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah. Joyce Miller, Assistant Professor of Nursing. ADN, Rochester State Junior College; BSN, Augsburg College; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Ruth Enestvedt, Assistant Professor. BSN, St. Olaf College; MSN, PhD, University of Minnesota. Joyce Perkins, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BS, University of New Hampshire, Durham, NH; Nursing Major, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St. Mary’s College, Minneapolis, MN; MSN, University of MN; PhD, University of Colorado. Lisa Van Getson, Assistant Professor of Nursing, BSN, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St. Catherine University, St. Paul, MN; MAN, FNP, Winona State University; DNP, Augsburg College. Staff Sharon Wade, Program Coordinator, BA, Augsburg College. Linden Gawboy, Administrative Assistant 60 Doctor of Nursing Practice/Family Nurse Practitioner The post-BSN (Bachelor of Science in Nursing) to DNP/FNP track of study prepares nurses for advanced nursing leadership and integrative primary care of families across cultures and care settings. Drawing on a transcultural nursing foundation, the DNP curriculum embraces integrative healthcare and holistic nursing practice. Emphasis is on eliminating health inequities through peaceful, just, and collaborative actions that uphold and improve human potential. The curriculum emphasizes knowledge, skills and values that foster one’s ability to lead change, while addressing health needs and concerns of families and communities. Nursing scholarship and advanced autonomous practice frame the critical exploration of knowledge in transcultural nursing, integrative healthcare practices, transformational leadership, and health assessment. Program Goals Graduates of the Doctor of Nursing Practice/Family Nurse Practitioner program are prepared to: • • • • Negotiate the complexity of multicultural care settings and care systems to eliminate health inequities among populations and communities. Challenge conventional knowledge about illness through an ecological approach to social determinants of health. Lead change through building coalitions with marginalized people that are based on mutuality and common cause. Provide primary care to persons, families and communities with particular consideration for those who are underserved and/or marginalized by dominant societal structures. Program Structure The program is structured to admit students beginning each fall semester. Students may take courses on a part-time or full-time basis during the completion of their Masters of Nursing or Doctor of Nursing Practice courses. Full-time study is required during the didactic and clinical courses in the FNP course sequence during the last two years of the program. Length of program: The Post-BSN to DNP/FNP track of study leads to eligibility for certification as a Family Nurse Practitioner (FNP) through the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) and requires a minimum of 84 semester credit hours, including 57 didactic credit hours and 23 practicum credit hours. Didactic A total of 19 didactic courses (57 semester credits) constitute the DNP/FNP program. Didactic classes, structured practica, and clinical experiences are taught in a variety of flexible schedules that are responsive to student needs. Master level classes (NUR 500 level courses) consist of six classes a semester - five hours of class time, in addition to taking a one credit practicum course associated with the didactic course. The DNP courses (NUR 800 level), are taught in an immersion model two days a month - eight hours of class time for the first day and four hours the subsequent morning, followed by an afternoon seminar. The FNP courses (final two years of study) are offered on Mondays approximately five times a semester, class time hours will vary from 8 to 12 hours. Web-based assignments are integrated into all classes through Moodle. Summer meeting schedules will be more condensed. Community practicum experiences may be scheduled during the class meeting days as well. Additionally, some courses may be taught in an immersion format, where students and faculty are “immersed” in a unique socio-cultural context and course content and a set number of practicum hours are condensed into seven to fourteen days. Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s classmates and the course instructor. Classes are held on Augsburg’s campus in Minneapolis and in Rochester, MN, at Bethel Lutheran Church (810 3rd Ave SE) the location of Augsburg’s branch campus or at Hermitage Farm Center for Healing, 6415 West River Road NW, Rochester, MN. Video conferencing is used for some of the classes, however, students must be prepared to drive to Rochester and/or Minneapolis for class at least once per semester. If weather is inclement, video conferencing is used. 61 Practica Practica are organized to give flexibility and individual choice to students to support their increasing independence and depth of practice experience at the doctoral level. Students select practicum experiences that are either structured immersions in a variety of cultural contexts led by nursing faculty or that are student initiated and individually directed experiences mentored by nursing faculty. FNP clinical sites will be arranged by clinical faculty. In a 15-week semester, practicum hours are computed as follows: • • • 1 semester credit hour = 2 semester credit hours = 3 semester credit hours = 45 clock hours of practicum time per semester 90 clock hours of practicum time per semester 135 clock hours of practicum time per semester To earn the DNP/FNP, students must complete a total of 1,035 practicum hours. Students will be allowed to transfer up to 400 practicum hours from their master’s in nursing. To complete the DNP/FNP, students must complete 630 practica hours (530 hours of primary care of the adult and 100 hours of primary care of children and women’s health). As such, all students will register for at least 23 semester credits of practica. Seminars Seminars focus on integration of conceptual learning with field practice developing the student’s particular practice interest. Students are required to participate in a total of four one-semester-credit doctoral seminars during the DNP/FNP program. The final seminar culminates in the project presentation and completion of the requirements for the DNP degree. Final DNP/FNP Capstone Project Final DNP/FNP capstone projects must make a significant impact on nursing practice and health outcomes of populations and communities, demonstrate an evidence-based contribution to existing nursing knowledge, and be suitable for presentation or publication in a peer-reviewed venue. Through this scholarly project students demonstrate leadership in synthesizing and applying scientific knowledge to practice challenges in local and/or system wide contexts of care. Students should begin working on their DNP/FNP capstone projects in the early stages of the program and continue throughout. This scholarly project is planned in collaboration with a major faculty advisor. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to the DNP/FNP • • • • • • • • • A completed application form and payment of application fee ($50 fee waived if apply on-line). An earned baccalaureate degree in nursing (BSN or BAN), master’s degree in nursing, or a doctor of nursing practice (DNP), from a nationally accredited institution and a nationally accredited nursing program. A non-refundable check or money order for $950 to be used to hold a place in the DNP/FNP program if accepted. If not accepted the check or money order will be returned. If accepted the $950 will be applied to the orientation practicum. A minimum of five years active and current clinical practice as a Registered Nurse. Evidence of current unencumbered license as a Registered Nurse. MN license required. Other state licenses will be required for clinical rotations. Official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended (Applicants with a college or university degree completed outside of the United States must submit an official evaluation from World Educational Services. All costs related to document translations and evaluations are applicants’ responsibility. GPA of 3.0 from previous baccalaureate nursing program; GPA of 3.2 from previous master’s in nursing program or DNP program. Three professional letters of recommendation. A 2-page professional essay responding to the following: Explain why transcultural, holistic and integrative health education as a Doctorate of Nursing Practice/Family Nurse Practitioner is important in shaping the future of healthcare. 62 • • • • • • • • • Documentation verifying the number of practice hours completed in a nationally accredited graduate nursing program, if applicable. (A maximum of 400 practice hours may be transferred into the DNP/FNP tract of study from a nationally accredited master’s in nursing program.) A current Curriculum Vitae. Evidence of a completed undergraduate statistics course (within the last 5 years) on an official transcript before enrolling in the Nursing Research course (NUR520) & the associated practicum (NUR520P1). Evidence of up to date immunizations per Department/College requirements A valid passport or proof of application submitted. Evidence of HIPAA training within the last 2 years. Satisfactory results of a certified federal criminal background check at time of admission and annually thereafter; additional testing may be required for clinical placement, e.g., alcohol, drug testing, HIV testing, etc. Applicants whose first language is not English, must submit evidence of earning a minimum score of 95 out of a possible 120 (or 250 if previous version was taken) on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Successful personal interview with Augsburg Nursing Faculty. The number of applicants admitted to the DNP/FNP program will be limited and based on availability of faculty members that share a student’s practice interests and goals. Meeting the minimum admission criteria does not ensure that an applicant will be admitted to the program. The above Admission Criteria are current as of April 2014 and are subject to change. Applicants who have graduated from a foreign nursing program, should submit their coursework for validation to the World Education Service (WES) and have the reports sent directly to Augsburg College. Additionally, internationallyeducated applicants may request the Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools (CGFNS) (www.cgfns.org/) to forward their educational credentials report to the Minnesota State Board of Nursing. Once their credentials are verified, applicants must apply for licensure and demonstrate successful passing of the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX). Nurses who have previously submitted CGFNS credential verification in a state other than Minnesota, who have passed the NCLEX, will be considered for admission and must meet the same residency requirements expected of all students. Applicants whose first language is not English must submit evidence of earning a minimum score of 95 out of a possible 120 (or 250 if previous version was taken) on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). See Graduate Admissions for more information. Accreditation The Doctor of Nursing Practice program is accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE), which has accredited the Master of Arts in Nursing and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing programs at Augsburg. Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section. Department of Nursing Faculty Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor. BSN, Minnesota State University; MA, DNP, Augsburg College. Kathleen Clark, Assistant Professor and Coordinator of the Augsburg Central Nursing Center. BS, MA, Augsburg College. Ruth Enestvedt, Assistant Professor. BS, St. Olaf College; MS, PhD, University of Minnesota. Cheryl Leuning, Professor, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate Nursing Programs. BA, Augustana College; MS, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah. Joyce Miller, Assistant Professor. ADN, Rochester Community Technical College; BSN, MA, DNP, Augsburg College. Joyce Perkins, Assistant Professor. BS, University of New Hampshire; RN, College of St. Teresa; MA, St. Mary’s College Graduate Center; MS, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Colorado. 63 Lisa Van Getson, Assistant Professor, BSN, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St. Catherine University; MAN, FNP, Winona State University; DNP; Augsburg College. Staff Sharon Wade, Program Coordinator, BA, Augsburg College. Linden Gawboy, Administrative Assistant 64 Master of Business Administration Embarking on a graduate degree program is an exciting and challenging decision. The Augsburg MBA is a rigorous and intensive educational experience. The Augsburg MBA is practical and “hands-on,” focusing on applicable skills and knowledge designed to increase your ability to think, analyze and act. The Augsburg MBA provides students a unique opportunity to investigate business cultures and practices through a faculty-led international experience. Our curriculum integrates the global experience of our faculty and reflects Augsburg’s mission of developing leaders grounded in values, purpose, and vocation. The Augsburg MBA is a proven accelerated program focusing on practical skills, knowledge, and teamwork; while built on a foundation of ethical decision-making. The Augsburg MBA additionally offers students the ability to include enhanced instructions in several professional business disciplines. We invite students to challenge themselves and their classmates to bring a new and expanded focus through guided reflection and examination. Augsburg MBA students are chosen because they exhibit purpose and direction in their careers and lives, and positive engagement with their community and associates. We invite you to become part of a growing community of Augsburg MBA alumni. Bruce E. Batten, Ph.D. Director, Master of Business Administration Program MBA Mission To prepare students for professional careers in business by developing their decision-making skills, critical thinking and by transforming them into effective managers and leaders in service to others. The program aspires to provide an outstanding student-centered education that produces graduates who are critically astute, technically proficient, and who understand the moral and ethical consequences of their decisions on their organization and on the world. Accreditation The Augsburg MBA is a candidate for accreditation with the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP). Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section. MBA Program Overview Today’s business leader must be able to quickly analyze situations and information and critically analyze alternatives and courses of action. The purpose of the Augsburg MBA is to prepare students to accept greater responsibility in organizations facing this dynamic and fast-evolving business culture. The curriculum of the MBA gives students the ability to think critically and ethically as they face the increased challenges of a global business environment. Quality, individual initiative, ethics, and teamwork are hallmarks of the Augsburg MBA. We have a commitment to continually improve students’ experiences and learning in the program. Our faculty is uniquely qualified to bridge theory and realworld application, giving MBA students opportunities to acquire skills and knowledge in a variety of disciplines. The Augsburg MBA offers students the flexibility of completing a general MBA or a specialized MBA with a concentration that matches their interests and career goals. Plan of Study The Augsburg MBA is an accelerated, evening program that allows working professionals to complete an MBA degree in approximately 24 months. This is accomplished by using a cohort model in which students follow a predetermined schedule with classes meeting one night a week. Students in a cohort program model stay together as a group through the sequence of classes for the duration of the program. This provides a continuous, collaborative learning process. The cohort environment fosters a cohesive learning community where students learn from each another, mentor each other, and peer coach. You’ll share diverse professional expertise and experience as you work in teams on projects, case studies, presentations, and simulations, 65 both inside and outside of class. Working both individually and in small groups enables you to enhance your strengths, build your skills, expand your business acumen, and improve your decision-making. Together as a community you’ll build personal, social, and academic abilities. Adult learners bring a wealth of work and personal life experiences with them into the classroom, multiplying the opportunities for learning. The personal connections and relationships you build with fellow students and faculty will extend into an important and valuable network as you take your career to new levels. Program Requirements The Augsburg MBA requires 39 semester credits for degree completion, consisting of 11 required courses and two elective courses. All Augsburg MBA courses are three semester credits. Each course consists of 28-32 hours of in-class instruction and 5 ½ - 9 ½ hours of online instruction through our web-based electronic course management system. Up to nine credits may be waived through prior business coursework (with director/faculty approval) or certain professional credentials (with appropriate documentation). Courses that can be waived with equivalencies: • • • • • MBA 510 (3 semester credits) MBA 520 (3 semester credits) MBA 530 (3 semester credits) MBA 550 (3 semester credits) MBA 565 (3 semester credits) Professional Credentials Students who have passed the Certified Public Accountants (CPA) or Certified Management Accountants (CMA) exam may be waived from MBA 520, Accounting for Managers. Prior Academic Coursework Guideline • • • • • Students with prior academic coursework that meets the following criteria may be waived from eligible core courses. Completion of at least two undergraduate courses covering corresponding Augsburg MBA core course material (See department for Equivalency details). The most recent of the undergraduate courses was taken within the past five years and a second course within seven years. A grade of B (or 3.0 on 4 point scale) or higher was earned in any course considered for a course waiver. Course(s) must be taken at an approved, regionally-accredited institution. Acceptance of core course waivers implies the student accepts the responsibility for having the essential knowledge and understanding of the core course material, and is properly prepared for any future core or elective course for which the waived course was a prerequisite. Academic credit is not awarded for any waived course, nor will the course appear on academic transcripts. Specialized Plan of Study The Augsburg MBA offers students the flexibility of completing a general MBA or a specialized MBA with a concentration that matches their interests and career goals. An Augsburg MBA with a concentration consists of 11 required MBA courses and 3 additional courses that focus on a specific area of interest. Academic Calendar The Augsburg MBA is designed as a year-round program. Courses are offered during fall, spring, and summer semesters. Courses are offered consecutively during each term so students are able to concentrate on one subject at a time. The program is designed to have students take at least two courses per term. Official academic calendars and the MBA registration policies can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. The unique cohort model of the Augsburg MBA requires individual schedules for each cohort. These schedules are provided by the MBA department. 66 The Faculty-Led International Experience Each year, all current MBA students are offered the opportunity to participate in a faculty-led international experience. This trip is taken in conjunction with either of these courses: MBA 565 - Managing in a Global Environment or MBA 595 Strategic Management. Students will travel as a group to an international location, visit businesses, participate in faculty lectures, and learn about the culture and traditions of the countries visited. Each MBA student should have two opportunities during their matriculation in the program to participate. Costs can vary; but as a minimum, trips normally include tuition (for the course selected), airfare, lodging, and travel in-country, as well as some meals. The Augsburg MBA The 11 required courses of the Augsburg MBA are as follows: MBA 510 - Applied Managerial Economics MBA 520 - Accounting for Business Managers MBA 530 - Managerial Finance MBA 540 - Business and Professional Ethics MBA 545 - Organization Behavior MBA 550 - Marketing Management MBA 565 - Managing in a Global Environment MBA 570 - Quantitative Decision-Making for Managers MBA 580 - The Field Study MBA 592 - Leadership: Ethics, Service, and Transformation MBA 595 - Strategic Management To complete their MBA degree, students must also select two Elective Courses from a pool of courses in the areas of finance, management, marketing, international business, or health care. Graduate Concentrations and Certificates MBA with a concentration The Augsburg MBA with a concentration requires the successful completion of 14 MBA courses, including the 11 required courses listed above and three required concentration courses. Available concentrations may include: finance, management, marketing, international business, or health care. A concentration may allow students to become competitive in a specific career field or, in some cases, it may assist students in achieving professional certification or accreditation. Availability of concentration courses is dependent on student interest. Finance Concentration MBC 532 - Investment Theory and Portfolio Management MBC 535 - International Finance MBA 599 - Special Topics: Finance Project Management Concentration MBA 596 - Managing Innovation MBA 576 - Project Management MBA 599 - Special Topics: Operations Marketing Concentration MBA 599 - Special Topics: Marketing Research MBA 599 - Special Topics: Strategies in E-Marketing MBC 552 - Marketing Communications International Business Concentration MBA 599 - Special Topics: Strategies in Global Marketing MBA 599 - Special Topics: International Logistics MBA 599 - Special Topics: Feasibility Project 67 Health Care Management Concentration MBC 547 - Human Resource Issues in Health Care MBC 537 - Health Care Financing MBA 593 - Health Care Operations Management Social Entrepreneurship Certificate The Social Entrepreneurship Certificate will expose students to the skills, knowledge, and perspectives necessary to pursue social impact entrepreneurially, effectively, and pragmatically. The program has been designed to serve those students who aspire at some point in their lives to be social entrepreneurs, executives in social-purpose organizations, philanthropists, board members, or leading volunteers in their communities and the social sector. The certificate program will also appeal to students interested in incorporating strategies for social impact into their business and entrepreneurial careers. Students wishing to earn a Graduate Certificate in Social Entrepreneurship will complete five graduate-level courses. Courses include some that focus on the use of business/entrepreneurial skills for social impact in different contexts; others that focus on skills and knowledge from the MBA, Masters in Social Work or Master of Arts in Leadership that are particularly relevant for the effective pursuit of social impact; others that focus on field or industry-specific knowledge; and others that provide opportunities for students to gain practical experience in the social sector. Three Social Entrepreneurship Courses (required): MBA 583 – Social Entrepreneurship I: Execution, Planning and Strategy for Social Innovation-based Ventures MBA 584 - Social Entrepreneurship II: Advanced Topics and Practice in Social Entrepreneurship, or MBA 580 - The Field Study or MBA 581, 582 - Management Consulting Project I, II MBA 599 - Special Topics: Non-Profit Finance, Funding and Enterprise Two Electives from the following courses: MBA 592 – Leadership: Ethics, Vision and Transformation MBA 545 – Organizational Behavior MBA 550 – Marketing Management MBA 595 – Strategic Management (or other director approved courses) MSW/MBA Dual Degree Many social service agencies today require that agency managers combine financial and business expertise with social work practice and policy formation. The MSW/MBA degree enables graduates to function in a workplace that demands the delivery of quality services with increasingly limited resources. The MSW/MBA dual degree option is available to MSW students who elect the Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) concentration. MSW/MBA students will spend their first two years taking Master of Social Work courses followed by approximately 15 months of MBA courses. For more information regarding the Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) coursework required for the MSW/MBA dual degree, refer to the Master of Social Work section in this catalog. MSW students who graduated after June 2002 are required to complete the following eight MBA courses: MBA 510 - Applied Managerial Economics MBA 520 - Accounting for Business Managers MBA 530 - Managerial Finance MBA 545 - Organizational Behavior MBA 550 - Marketing Management MBA 560 - Communication Issues in Management MBA 575 - Strategic Technology MBA 595 - Strategic Management 68 MSW students who graduated prior to 2002 are required to complete nine MBA courses. This includes the eight MBA courses listed above as well as MBA 592 - Leadership: Ethics, Service, and Transformation. MSW students may also be required to adjust their summative evaluation project to meet the requirements of the MSW and MBA programs. Students interested in the MSW/MBA program must apply to both programs. See the application guidelines listed under each individual program. NOTE: Admission to one program does not guarantee admission to the other. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Locations and Schedules MBA classes are offered at three locations: Augsburg’s Minneapolis campus, Thrivent Financial in downtown Minneapolis and Augsburg’s Rochester campus. Cohorts begin three times per academic year at Augsburg’s Minneapolis campus: September, January, and May. In Rochester, cohorts begin in September and May. Thrivent cohorts begin in September based on student interest. Orientation for new cohorts is generally scheduled for one to two weeks in advance of the beginning of classes. For more information on class schedules, go to www.augsburg.edu/mba or call the Office of Admissions at 612-330-1101. Admission to the Augsburg MBA Program Admission to the Augsburg MBA program is determined by a committee decision. The committee may include MBA program staff, Business Administration Department faculty, and Office of Admissions staff. Admission Requirements Applicants to the MBA program must have: • • • Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution Minimum of two years of relevant work experience Personal interview with the MBA program director Admission checklist The following materials must be submitted to the Office of Admissions: • • • • • • • Completed application—Apply online at www.augsburg.edu/mba $35 application fee Two personal statements Official undergraduate/graduate transcripts sent directly to the Augsburg Office of Admissions Current résumé of work history Two confidential letters of recommendation Official GMAT score report (school code 6014)—not required for certificate applicants or completion of the Individual Learning Profile (ILP) For information about the ILP, contact the Graduate Admission Department. Admission as an International Student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section. Admission as a Transfer Student Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants. Transfer students may receive up to 9 semester credits in transfer. (See Evaluation of Transfer Credit in Academic Programs and policies.) Students must complete no fewer than 21 semester credits at Augsburg in order to receive their MBA degree from Augsburg College. All students must complete the Field Study (MBA 580) or the Management 69 Consulting project, (MBA 581/2) to graduate. Eligible coursework must be approved by the MBA program director before transfer credit will be granted. GMAT Alternative Option; The Individual Learning Profile (ILP) Applicants to the MBA program who have not taken the GMAT may instead elect to complete the Individual Learning Profile (ILP) assessment. This option consists of two parts; an analysis of the applicants quantitative skills and a writing assessment. Both portions of the assessment are taken online, and the quantitative skills evaluation also offers the student interactive remedial instruction. The ILP is normally completed as part of the application process, prior to admittance. GMAT Waiver Policy As a general policy, the Augsburg MBA program requires the GMAT of all applicants, due to both the analytical and critical evaluation components of our accelerated program. The GMAT is used both to evaluate the candidate’s opportunity for success as well as to indicate areas where remedial work may be necessary. However, the Admissions Committee will consider, on a case-by-case basis, GMAT waiver requests for the MBA program. Waivers are not automatic for any candidate, and a brief written request must be submitted outlining the reasons why the Admissions Committee should grant a GMAT waiver. Current occupation or undergraduate disciplines are not specific grounds for a GMAT waiver. Eligibility for GMAT Waivers GMAT waivers may be offered to: • • • • • • • • • Candidates with an appropriate and current GRE score. Candidates who have been enrolled in a graduate degree program in a technical or quantitatively rigorous discipline (such as actuarial science, engineering, mathematics, physics, economics, or chemistry) from an accredited institution and who were in good academic standing with an overall grade point average of 3.0 or better (or the equivalent of a B average under the system used by that institution). Students should have completed at least four academic courses within this curriculum to qualify. It is important to note that employment history and current assignment will be reviewed in addition to the degree requirement. Candidates who hold the following graduate degrees from an accredited college or university with an overall grade point average of 3.0 or better (or the equivalent of a B average under the system used by that institution.) Medical or dental degree (MD, DDS) Master’s or doctoral degree in an academic discipline that included a significant quantitative, engineering, mathematics, or statistics component or involved research requiring significant quantitative skills. Any other quantitatively-based graduate degree from an accredited college or university that the Admissions Committee believes has highly prepared the candidate for rigorous graduate-level work Master’s, PhD, EdD, or advanced degrees in disciplines other than those identified, including those granted by academic institutions outside the US. These will be evaluated by the Admissions Committee. (See grade requirement above) Candidates who have completed a graduate program at Augsburg College in the MAL, MAN, MSW, MAE, or PA programs. Candidates with current and active CPA designation. If the CPA designation has been inactive and not current for a period greater than five years, the waiver may not be granted. GMAT Waiver Checklist Submit the following documentation to the associate director of the MBA program:  One-page written request outlining reasons why the Admissions Committee should grant a GMAT waiver  Copies of transcripts for all work completed at any college or university, whether or not a degree was granted (unless previously submitted to the Office of Admissions)  Current résumé (unless previously submitted to the Office of Admissions)  Any other information that you wish to submit to support your request. 70 Typically, GMAT waiver decisions are made within one week of receipt of materials. For questions about this checklist or the waiver policy, contact either the Office of Admissions or the MBA program office. Academic Policies MBA Program Enrollment Policy Students are strongly encouraged to remain in their cohort and complete their MBA program as scheduled. Adjustments or modifications to the MBA schedule require the approval of the MBA program director. All students are required to complete all components of the program within five years of matriculation. Extensions beyond five years will be considered on the basis of petition to the MBA director. Students who leave the program for more than one semester must request a leave of absence in writing from the MBA program. A leave of absence may be granted for one calendar year. Students who return to the program after a leave of one year or more must fill out an Application for Readmission form and submit it to the MBA office. Time spent on an official MBA-approved leave of absence will not count toward the five-year deadline for degree completion. Academic Evaluation Evaluation of academic performance in the MBA program will be based on number grades using a 4.0-scale. For complete information, see Academic Programs and Policies. Withdrawal from Class For information regarding the last date on which students may withdraw from a class and receive a “W” on their records, refer to the academic calendar at www.augsburg.edu/registrar/. Attendance Policies Student attendance at scheduled class meetings is a priority and required. However, MBA faculty understand that MBA students are working adults with significant responsibilities who, on occasion, face unforeseen situations that may interfere with attendance. Students should notify the faculty member teaching the course as soon as possible when the problem is immediate. When the student knows in advance of a class date where a potential conflict exists, they must discuss the proposed missed class with the faculty member prior to the date of the class. Students are responsible for the work covered during that class session and for making appropriate arrangements for obtaining handouts, lecture content, or other materials. Faculty members may assign appropriate independent work to insure that the student understands the material covered during the class session. If appropriate and acceptable coordination is carried out by the student, there need not be any grade reduction for a single missed class session. This may be dependent on assignments due on the date of the missed class; e.g., final project presentations or team presentations. Point/grade reductions for unexcused absences are the prerogative of the faculty. Two missed class sessions, unexcused or excused, may be grounds for directing the student to withdraw from the course. More than two absences, excused or unexcused, require that a student withdraw from the class. Degree Requirements To be conferred the MBA degree, students must achieve the following: • • • • Successful completion of all admission conditions Successful completion of MBA courses (2.5 or above) No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 or below, and with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher at the completion of the program Successful completion and submission of the management consulting project (capstone) Students who successfully complete Augsburg’s MBA program will receive a Master of Business Administration degree. MBA Faculty William Arden, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, New York University; MS, Northeastern University; MBA, Boston University. 71 Bruce Batten, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, MBA. BS, Davidson College; PhD, Medical College of Virginia. Jeanne M. Boeh, Associate Professor of Economics. BS, MA, PhD, University of Illinois. David Conrad, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, Winona State University; MA, Ed.D, St. Mary’s University of Minnesota. George Dierberger, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, University of Minnesota; MA, International Studies, University of St. Thomas; MBA, Fairleigh Dickinson University; Ed.D, Organization Development, University of St Thomas. Stella Hofrenning, Assistant Professor of Economics. BS, University of Maryland; PhD, University of Illinois. Mark Isaacson, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. Marc McIntosh, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, DePaul University; MBA, Harvard University; DBA, Argosy University. Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp, Associate Professor of Business Administration. BA, MA, Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; PhD, Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow. David G. Schwain, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BBA, University of Cincinnati; MBA, Harvard University. Peter J. Stark, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, Northwestern University; MBA, Pepperdine University. Steven M. Zitnick, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, BA, Shimer College: MS, Economics, University of Utah. 72 Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing MFA Mission The Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing is a two-year, low-residency program designed as a vibrant literary community for writers who wish to deepen and broaden their artistic sensibilities, discover a close-knit cadre of fellow writers, enjoy individual attention from an accomplished and forward-thinking faculty, and prepare themselves for the future of creative writing. Program Overview Summer Residencies The Augsburg Low-Residency MFA includes 10-day summer residencies on the Augsburg campus in Minneapolis, offering daily workshops, readings, and mini-courses that focus on literary craft as well as career skills in teaching, editing, publishing, book arts, marketing, translation, and adaptation. The full degree program includes three summer residencies, featuring visits by distinguished writers in each genre as well as editors, agents, publishers, and literary entrepreneurs. Fall and Spring Semesters The first two residencies are followed each year by fall and spring off-campus semesters. During those terms, students work with faculty mentors in virtual classrooms that make use of online and other technologies. Each semester, MFA candidates enroll in one Mentorship section and one section of Critical and Creative Reading. Although MFA learning objectives call for demonstrated expertise in at least one genre by graduation, twenty-first century writers compose their work in an environment in which genre has permeable boundaries and lines between genres are often erased. With this in mind, cross-genre work will be encouraged, with students working in a genre other than the declared specialty, usually during the second off-campus semester. Semester Mentorships The Mentorship is a one-on-one experience with a faculty mentor who guides the student’s production of work and study of craft. This one-on-one creative studio experience is focused on the MFA candidate’s own writing and growth as a writer. Critical and Creative Reading in an Online Classroom This is a reading-as-writers course that provides an opportunity to work with your professor and a community of peers, considering craft, criticism and aesthetics. Meetings are online in the electronic classroom. The format may include online discussion boards, Skype or video chats, and teleconferences with mentors and fellow learners. The online classroom offers an opportunity to continue conversations begun during the residency with members of the MFA community. Students may repeat mentorship courses (ENL 511, 513, 521, and 523) and critical and creative readings courses (ENL 512, 514, 522, and 524), subject to the permission of the program director. Genres and Concentrations Genres include Fiction, Creative Nonfiction, Poetry, Screenwriting and Playwriting. The program also includes concentrations in teaching, translation, and publishing. Concentrations require additional coursework. With the program director’s consent, students may enroll in concentration courses simultaneously with MFA studies. Candidates enrolled in the publishing concentration will be the staff of a new publishing house, Howling Bird Press, that will select and publish one book each year. The book prize is open to submissions nationally. Plan of Study Students may select a completion plan for the MFA: The Traditional MFA in Creative Writing, in which the student chooses one genre as the designated field of study but is encouraged to work outside the designated field of study for one term. 73 The Mixed Genre Option, in which the student selects a primary genre and works in that genre for at least three mentored and reading terms. The student also competes two mentored and reading terms outside the designated field of study. The Career Concentration Option, in which the student also enrolls in electives in teaching, translation and/or publishing. This plan may be added to both the Traditional and Mixed Genre options. Accommodating Writers Who Work Full-Time and Those Who Live Outside of Minnesota Augsburg’s Traditional MFA in Creative Writing can be completed in eleven courses (three summer residencies and four off-campus electronic semesters of two courses each). A typical plan of study in the Traditional Low-Residency MFA will work like this: First Year Summer Residency I, including genre workshops, writing seminars, readings and lectures, ten days on the Minneapolis campus, with assignments before and after residency. Fall Semester I, electronic classroom including one Mentorship studio and one Creative and Critical Reading course. Spring Semester I, electronic classroom including one Mentorship studio and one Creative and Critical Reading course (generally “out-of-genre” term). Second Year Summer Residency II, including genre workshops, writing seminars, readings and lectures, ten days on the Minneapolis campus, with assignments before and after residency. Fall Semester II, electronic classroom including one Mentorship studio and one Creative and Critical Reading (craftbased academic paper term). Spring Semester II, electronic classroom including one Mentorship studio (thesis completion term) and one Creative and Critical Reading (lecture/presentation preparation term). Third Year – Residency Only Summer Residency III, including genre workshop, writing seminars, readings and lectures. Final term for graduating MFA candidates. Graduates give a public lecture/presentation and a reading from thesis work. Ten days on the Minneapolis campus, with assignments before and after residency. Coursework ENL 510 - Residency in Creative Writing I ENL 511 - Mentorship I ENL 512 - Critical and Creative Reading I ENL 513 - Mentorship II ENL 514 - Critical and Creative Reading II ENL 520 - Residency in Creative Writing II ENL 521 - Mentorship III ENL 522 - Critical and Creative Reading III ENL 523 - Mentorship IV ENL 524 - Critical and Creative Reading IV ENL 530 - Residency in Creative Writing III Concentrations: ENL 525 - Teaching Writing: Practice and Theory ENL 526 - Literary Translation Practicum ENL 527 - Publishing I ENL 528 - Publishing II 74 For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to MFA Admission Requirements Qualified applicants must hold a bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited college or university with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher for all undergraduate coursework. Students with a GPA of 2.5-3.0 may be admitted conditionally into the program based on the strength of their writing samples. Applications Must Include • • • • • Completed online application $50 application/reading fee for each genre Two letters of recommendation A personal essay A writing sample: o Fiction or Creative Non-Fiction, 20 pages, double-spaced o Poetry, 15-20 pages, single-spaced o Screenwriting or Playwriting, up to 30 pages in script format Admission as an International Student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section. Academic Policies Credit All Augsburg MFA courses carry four semester credits. To earn the MFA, candidates must complete 44 semester credits, write a critical/creative paper, deliver a public lecture/presentation, give a public reading/staging, and complete a book length manuscript of publishable quality (fiction, nonfiction and poetry), a screenplay/calling card script (screenwriting), or a full-length play of producible quality (playwriting). To include a concentration in Teaching or in Translation/Adaptation in the MFA, students must complete 12 courses or 48 credits. For the MFA with a concentration in Publishing, students must complete 13 courses or 52 credits. Transfer Augsburg’s low-residency MFA includes in-person and online elements that help us maintain a strong community and create a culture in which our writers thrive. This studio degree is the terminal degree in writing and because of the unique features of a terminal, low-residency, studio degree, the final decision on transfer credit will depend on review by the Augsburg College MFA Program. A maximum of eight semester credits from traditional residency MFA programs and from MA programs in creative writing or English literature may be accepted. The MFA Program Director will review and may offer up to four additional credits in transfer for equivalent residency or workshop experience completed in another program. The maximum transfer credits allowed is 12 credits. Academic Evaluation Grading The MFA Program uses fine arts studio grading practices, formative in nature and designed to be an element of the teaching curriculum. A narrative transcript composed of comments on those elements that the particular student writer is working on during a particular term will be used to assess progress in the mentorship courses. These are formative and qualitative assessment elements and professors’ responses will vary as professor/artists and student/artists approach student work with the student’s individual artistic aims in mind. In addition to the fine arts formative and qualitative assessment, students will be assessed in light of their success in meeting learning objectives of the course while completing work assigned. 75 MFA in Creative Writing Courses are graded on a Pass/No Credit basis, using the Augsburg graduate grading model scale as described below: P – Represents work at 3.0 or higher and meets acceptable standards. N – No credit, not counted in grade point average. Alignment of Course Outcomes MFA courses are aligned with the Program Hallmarks of the Association of Writers and Writing Programs (AWP), the national professional organization for writing programs and the writers who teach in those programs. Participation Students are expected to fully participate in Summer Residencies, attending workshop sessions and scheduled meetings with mentors as well as a majority of readings, lectures and other scheduled sessions. Participation in off-campus coursework is expected to occur during the designated time for each Mentorship studio critique session and “time away” for creative work. Students are also expected to take part in synchronous and asynchronous sessions with mentors and demonstrate “presence” in the Creative and Critical Reading courses through regularly scheduled exchanges with faculty and peers. Academic Honesty Augsburg’s high expectations for academic honesty will be applied to this class. Please refer to the Student Guide at www.augsburg.edu/studentguide/academic-honest-policies/ if you have any questions. Affiliation The Augsburg College MFA Program is a member of the Association of Writers and Writing Programs (AWP) and curriculum is based on the AWP Hallmarks of an Effective Low Residency MFA Program in Creative Writing. A complete list of Augsburg’s accreditation, approvals, and memberships, is available in the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section. Mentor Faculty Nicole Brending, MFA Mentor. BA, Wells College; MFA, Film Program, Columbia University. Stephan Clark, Assistant Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, University of Southern California; MA, University of California, Davis; PhD, Literature and Creative Writing, the University of Southern California. Cass Dalglish, Professor of English, MFA Mentor and Program Director. BA, St. Catherine University; MFA, Creative Writing, Vermont College of Fine Arts; PhD, Creative Writing, Archetypal and Ancient Women’s Writing, The Union Institute and University. Heid E. Erdrich, MFA Mentor. BA, Dartmouth College; MA, The Johns Hopkins University Writing Seminars; PhD, Creative Writing and Native American Literature, The Union Institute and University. Jack El-Hai, MFA Mentor. BA, Carleton College; MFA, Creative Writing and Literature, Nonfiction, Bennington College. John Gaterud, Publishing Mentor. BA, University of Northern Colorado; MA, the University of Oregon; PhD, The Union Institute and University. Publisher, Blueroad Press; Editor in Chief, Howling Bird Press. Christina Lazaridi, MFA Mentor. BA, Princeton University; MFA, Screenwriting, Columbia University. Sarah Myers, Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts, MFA Mentor. BS, Northwestern University; MFA, Playwriting and Drama and Theatre for Youth & Communities; PhD, Performance as Public Practice, the University of Texas at Austin. Cary Waterman, Assistant Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, the University of Denver; MA, Poetry Thesis, Minnesota State University-Mankato. Steven Wingate, MFA Mentor. BA, University of Massachusetts, Boston; MFA, Film and TV production, Florida State University. 76 Faculty Associates Robert Cowgill, Associate Professor of English, Academic Writing Faculty. BA, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. D.E. Green, Professor of English. Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. BA. Amherst College; MA, PhD, Brown University. Michael Kidd, Associate Professor of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, Translation and Adaptation Faculty. BA, Pomona College; PhD, Cornell University. John Schmit, Professor of English, Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. B.S., St. John’s University; MA, University of New Orleans; PhD, The University of Texas. Frankie Shackelford, Professor of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, Translation and Adaptation Faculty. BA, Texas Christian University; PhD, University of Texas. Kathryn Swanson, Professor of English, Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Visiting Writers Ed Bok Lee, Poetry Sue William Silverman, Creative Nonfiction Ben Percy, Fiction Alex Lemon, Poetry and Memoir Deborah Blum, Creative Nonfiction Pam Houston, Fiction Kristoffer Diaz, Playwriting Bill Wheeler, Screenwriting Staff Kathleen Matthews, Administrative Assistant 77 Master of Music Therapy MMT Mission To prepare students to be leaders in the field, while fostering their passion to serve clients and families, and offer unique learning experiences that allow them to discover and realize their full potential. To engage students in life changing experiences, rich in experiential learning, collaborative in nature, fostering a holistic view of the use of music in health, healing and well-being. To advance the practice of music therapy by preparing students through a hybrid master’s degree program that is innovative, flexible and possesses breadth and depth, designed to meet the changing demands of healthcare. Program Overview Degree requirements The MMT degree program is designed for music therapists who are currently board certified and who wish to continue their education and advance their level of practice. The program is a 36 credit program with core music therapy courses, courses focused on the practice of music therapy in healthcare and medicine, and elective courses of interest. Core Music Therapy Courses – 24 credits MUS 510 - Advanced Music Therapy Theory (3 credits) MUS 511 - Advanced Music Therapy Practicum (0 credit) MUS 515 - Advanced Music Therapy Clinical Practice I (3 credits) MUS 520 - Advanced Music Therapy Clinical Practice II (3 credits) MUS 525 - Cross Cultural Awareness in Music Therapy (3 credits) MUS 530 - Music Therapy Ethics (2 credits) MUS 535 - Music Therapy Supervision and Professional Development (2 credits) MUS 540 - Music Therapy Research I (3 credits) MUS 545 - Music Therapy Research II (3 credits) MUS 595 - Thesis (2 credits) OR MUS 596 Final Project (2 credits) Music Therapy in Healthcare Courses – 6 credits MUS 550 - Music Psychotherapy (3 credits) MUS 555 - Music Therapy, Spirituality and Well-being (2 credits) MUS 560 - Music and Imagery I (3 credits) MUS 565 - Advanced Music Therapy with Infants, Children and Family Centered Care (2 credits) MUS 570 - Music, Neurology and Physiology (3 credits) MUS 575 - Music Therapy in Palliative Care (2 credits) MUS 576 - Music Therapy in Trauma Informed Care (2 credits) MUS 578 - Music Therapy Technology (2 credits) Electives – 6 credits MUS 580 - Transcultural Music Therapy (6 credits) (global educational experience) MUS 585 - Advanced Music Therapy in Group Work (3 credits) MUS 590 - Interdisciplinary Research Methods (3 credits) Related courses also available in Leadership, Nursing or Social Work Thesis or Final Project Completion of a thesis or final project is required as a part of the degree program. The thesis and final project are both subject to approval by program director. • Thesis: A scholarly paper utilizing historical, philosophical, descriptive, experimental or mixed methods research. 78 • Final Project: A supervised clinical project that is comprehensive and designed to develop and advance an area of one’s clinical practice. The Equivalency Plus Master of Music Therapy will complete the courses outlined above in addition to any courses needed to accomplish their equivalent status. The Equivalency Plus MMT is 65 credits plus the clinical internship and is designed to be completed in two and a half years. The equivalency courses include the following: MUS 271 - Introduction to Music Therapy (2 credits) MUS 340 - Music Therapy Methods I (4 credits) MUS 474 - Music Therapy Practicum (0 credits) MUS 345 - Music Therapy Methods II (4 credits) MUS 475 - Music Therapy Practicum (0 credits) PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology (4 credits) MUS 372 - Psychological Foundations of Music I (4 credits) BIO 103 - Human Anatomy & Physiology (3 credits) PSY 262 - Abnormal Psychology (4 credits) EDC 410 - Learners with Special Needs (4 credits) Plan of Study There are two tracks for the Master of Music Therapy program. The first is for individuals who hold a bachelor’s degree in music therapy, they follow the master of music therapy track. The second track is for individuals that hold a bachelor’s degree in music, they follow the Equivalency Plus Master of Music Therapy track. Admission to MMT • • • • • • Online Application All college transcripts 2 letters of recommendation (can be submitted online through the application-please have your recommenders email addresses when you begin the application). Proof of Board Certification An Audition (this can be taped or live) ten minutes of your best instrument. Essay-(can be submitted as part of the online application) no longer than three pages addressing the following questions. o Describe your goals as a music therapist and how an MMT degree will help you reach those goals. o Tell about a moment that helped encourage you to begin a career in music therapy. o As a music therapist you will help people from all walks of life and with a variety of needs and illnesses, how are you qualified (physically, mentally, and emotionally) to assist these people in improving their quality of life? Please note that you can upload your essay directly into the online application. You may also input the names and emails of your recommenders and the system will send them a link to directions and the checklist we request they fill out for you. If not submitted with the online application, materials need to be sent to: Augsburg College Graduate Admissions, CB 65 2211 Riverside Ave S. Minneapolis, MN 55454 or emailed to gradinfo@augsburg.edu For Academic Policies, please see Academic Policies. Accreditation and Affiliation Augsburg is regionally accredited by: The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. 79 National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) The Master of Music Therapy Program is accredited by: National Association Schools of Music (NASM) American Music Therapy Association (AMTA) MMT Faculty Annie Heiderscheit, Assistant Professor, Director of Master of Music Therapy. BME, Wartburg College; MS, Iowa State University; PhD, University of Minnesota. 80 Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies Mission The mission of the Augsburg College Department of Physician Assistant Studies is based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity to persons of all cultures and backgrounds and oriented toward providing care to underserved populations. Students are well educated in current medical theory and practice, and graduates are encouraged to work in primary care settings. The program promotes dedication to excellence in performance, with the highest standards of ethics and integrity, and commitment to lifelong personal and professional development. Accreditation The Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA) has granted Continued Accreditation to the Physician Assistant Program sponsored by Augsburg College. Continued accreditation is an accreditation status granted when a currently accredited program is in compliance with the ARC-PA Standards. Continued Accreditation remains in effect until the program closes or withdraws from the accreditation process or until accreditation is withdrawn for failure to comply with the Standards. The approximate date for the next comprehensive review of the program by ARC-PA will be September 2018. About PA A physician assistant (PA) is a dependent practitioner of medicine who practices under the supervision of a licensed physician. The PA can practice in a multitude of settings and specialties of medicine. Common job responsibilities including taking patient histories, performing physical exams, ordering and interpreting laboratory tests and radiological studies, formulating diagnoses, and administering treatment. In the state of Minnesota, a PA is licensed with the Board of Medical Practice. In Minnesota, and most other states, the PA must be NCCPA (National Commission on Certification of Physician Assistants) certified and hold a supervisory agreement with a licensed physician. Minnesota registered PAs have prescriptive privileges under delegatory supervision with their physician for prescriptive medications. Curriculum The Physician Assistant program at Augsburg is 31 months long with studies beginning each year in the summer semester (early June). The program accepts up to 30 students for each new class. Graduates will receive a Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies and a PA certificate. The Augsburg PA program includes traditional college “breaks” such as winter holiday break, spring breaks, and summer breaks. Length of breaks varies depending upon the student’s year in the program; these breaks contribute to the overall 31 month length of the program. Studies begin in early June of each year. The first 18 months of study is didactic, or classroom work, including courses in human gross anatomy, pathophysiology, clinical medicine, pharmacotherapy, history and physical exam skills, research, and professional issues. The clinical phase is 13 months in length. The clinical phase of the program is designed to effectively train students for practice by providing them with rotation experiences in different specialties and different practice settings. To that end, each student will be required to complete rotations outside the metropolitan area. Each student is required to successfully complete clinical rotations in family medicine, pediatrics, women’s health, psychiatry, emergency medicine, internal medicine, surgery, and two elective rotations by choosing from various specialties. The clinical phase will culminate with a preceptorship in primary care, medical subspecialty or surgical subspecialty. This preceptorship is designed to solidify the student’s primary care skills, and potentially place them in a setting that might be interested in recruiting a graduate PA. The majority of established clinical rotation sites are in Minnesota in both rural and urban locations. 81 The clinical curriculum is taught by physicians, and supplemented by physician assistants and other health care providers. Each student is evaluated by the clinical instructor for the designated rotation. Students will return to Augsburg College five times during the clinical phase for evaluation and education. PA Program Sample Calendar YEAR 1 Summer PA 501 - Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy PA 503 - Human Pathophysiology Fall PA 531 - Clinical Medicine I PA 521 - Pharmacotherapy PA 511 - History and Physical Exam Skills I Spring PA532 - Clinical Medicine II PA 522 - Pharmacotherapy II PA 512 - History and Physical Exam Skills II PA 555 - Research Tools for the Physician Assistant YEAR 2 Summer PA 533 - Clinical Medicine III Master’s Project course, one of the following*: PA 570 - Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Aging PA 599 - Directed Study ML 577 - International Experience Fall PA 534 - Clinical Medicine IV PA 545 - Clinical Phase Transition PA 542 - Professional Issues PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 1, 2 Spring PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 3, 4, 5 Summer PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 6, 7, 8 YEAR 3 Fall PA 6XX - Clinical Rotation 9 PA 62X – Preceptorship PA 690 - Capstone Course *Other program-approved options may be available For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 82 Admission to the PA Program Admission Requirements Complete and current-year admission guidelines can be found on our website at www.augsburg.edu/pa. Admission to any physician assistant program is a highly competitive process. Augsburg College’s graduate program in physician assistant studies receives approximately 350 complete, competitive applications for each entering class of 30 students. Qualified applicants will have: • • • • Bachelor’s degree (in any major) from a regionally-accredited four-year institution Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 as calculated by CASPA at the time of application (3.2 or higher strongly recommended) Minimum science GPA of 3.0 as calculated by CASPA at the time of application (3.2 or higher strongly recommended) Completed the prerequisite courses listed below Prerequisite Courses To be an eligible applicant for the physician assistant studies program, you must have completed the prerequisite courses listed below. These courses must have been completed within 10 years of the year you are applying for admission. Applicants completing their first undergraduate degree in the spring term may complete prerequisite coursework in the summer, fall, and spring term of the academic year they apply as long as the degree and prerequisite coursework will be completed by the start date for the program. Applicants who already have an undergraduate degree, or who will complete their degree in a term other than spring, have the summer and fall semesters of the year they apply by which to complete prerequisites. All course prerequisites must have been passed with a grade of C (2.0) or higher. Meeting minimum prerequisites does not guarantee admission into the program. • • • • • • One full course of developmental psychology (birth to death lifespan) One full course of physiology* (human/vertebrate/organ) One full course of microbiology* One full course of biochemistry* One full course of general statistics One course of medical terminology *Labs are recommended but not required. Refer to our “Guide to Prerequisites” on our website to help you with your prerequisite course selections. The following are strongly recommended but not required: • • • • • Cumulative GPA of 3.2 or higher Science GPA of 3.2 or higher Direct patient care is the best type of experience to obtain in order to strengthen an application. Direct patient care experience may be full-time or part-time, paid or volunteer. We recommend at least 750-1000 hours to be competitive in this category. Additional science courses such as anatomy, genetics, immunology, other biology courses, and organic chemistry Demonstration of a commitment to, and involvement with, underserved communities Note: The Graduate Record Exam (GRE) is not required. PA Studies Application Process The Augsburg Physician Assistant Studies program has a two-step application process—applying through CASPA and to Augsburg’s PA Studies Program. 83 The Augsburg PA Program participates in the Centralized Application Service for Physician Assistants (CASPA) which is sponsored by the Physician Assistant Education Association (PAEA). All applications to the PA Program for the entering class must be processed through CASPA, following all guidelines and regulations set forth by CASPA. Application forms with detailed instructions can be obtained online at portal.caspaonline.org/. You will be considered an eligible applicant if you have a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 at the time of application (as calculated by CASPA), if you have a minimum science GPA of 3.0 at the time of application (as calculated by CASPA), if you have completed or will complete your undergraduate degree prior to the start date of the program, and if you have completed or will complete your prerequisite courses within the timeline specified for your degree status. Additional Application Details: • • • The Augsburg PA Program requires three letters of recommendation submitted through the CASPA process. One letter must be from an employer/colleague (a professional reference), one letter must be from a professor or advisor (an academic reference), and one can be from a person of your choice. Be sure that your letter writers are able to tell the committee about you as well as his/her experiences with you and observations about you. Your Supplemental Application must be received in the PA Program office on or before the deadline in order to be considered. We use the CASPA “Complete Date” to determine if you have met the application deadline. The “Complete Date” on your application must be the deadline or prior in order to be considered meeting the deadline. CASPA assigns a “Complete Date’ when they have received your electronic application, transcripts from all schools attended, 2 of your 3 letters of reference, and payment. Until those criteria are met, your application will not be given a “Complete Date.” Augsburg’s PA Program Supplemental Application can be downloaded from our website at www.augsburg.edu/pa. It is important for the applicant to determine whether he or she is in fact eligible to apply to the PA Studies Program, as the supplemental application fee is non-refundable. You will be required to print and sign the supplemental application and mail it to the program by the application deadline. Selection Process All complete files (CASPA and Supplemental Applications that meet requirements) will be reviewed by the admissions committee. The admissions committee procedures utilize a blinded review, so applicant demographic data is unknown (e.g., race, age, gender). Each file is reviewed by members of the committee. The selection committee looks for a balanced application by reviewing many criteria including key criteria of cumulative GPA, science GPA, and direct patient care experience, along with overall academic record, service to underserved (meaning disadvantaged, minority, or under-represented populations), knowledge of the profession, fit with the program goals and mission, and recommendation letters. Once the committee has completed the file review, a group of candidates is selected for a telephone interview. The telephone interviews are generally conducted between November and January. Those selected for a telephone interview are invited to a Candidate Information Session in the program to meet faculty, staff, current students, and to view the facilities. As telephone interviews are completed, seats in the incoming class are offered. The class of 30 students will be filled between the months of October and January. A list of alternates will be selected in January to fill seats that accepted candidates may not claim. All applicants are notified of their final status by mid-February. Accepted applicants must complete and pass a background check prior to matriculation and annually throughout the program. Failure of the background check could result in dismissal from the program. Academic Policies Please see the PA program website at www.augsburg.edu/pa for further details about policies outlined here. Technical Standards The Augsburg College Department of Physician Assistant Studies is pledged to the admission and matriculation of qualified students and wishes to acknowledge awareness of laws which prohibit discrimination against anyone on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, age or disability. 84 Regarding disabled individuals, the PA department will not discriminate against such individuals who are otherwise qualified but will expect all applicants and students to meet certain minimal technical standards. The physician assistant must have the knowledge and skills to function in a broad variety of clinical situation and to render a wide spectrum of patient care. They must be able to integrate all information received by whatever sense(s) employed, consistently, quickly, and accurately, and they must have the intellectual ability to learn, integrate, analyze, and synthesize data. Candidates for physician assistant certification offered by this department must have, with or without reasonable accommodation, multiple abilities and skills including: visual, oral-auditory, motor, cognitive, and behavioral/social. Candidates for admission and progression must be able to perform these abilities and skills in a reasonably independent manner. • • • • • Visual o Candidates must be able to observe and participate in experiments in the basic sciences. In order to make proper clinical decisions, candidates must be able to observe a patient accurately. Candidates must be able to acquire information from written documents, films, slides or videos. Candidates must also be able to interpret Xray and other graphic images, and digital or analog representations of physiologic phenomena, such as EKG’s with or without the use of assistive devices. Thus, functional use of vision is necessary. Oral-Auditory o Candidates must be able to communicate effectively and sensitively with patients. Candidates must also be able to communicate effectively and efficiently with other members of the health care team. In emergency situations, candidates must be able to understand and convey information essential for the safe and effective care of patients in a clear, unambiguous and rapid fashion. In addition, candidates must have the ability to relate information to and receive information from patients in a caring and confidential manner. Thus, functional use of hearing and speech is necessary. Motor o Candidates must possess the motor skills necessary to perform palpation, percussion, auscultation, and other diagnostic maneuvers. Candidates must be able to execute motor movements reasonably required to provide general and emergency medical care such as airway management, placement of intravenous catheters, cardiopulmonary resuscitation, and application of pressure to control bleeding. These skills require coordination of both gross and fine muscular movements, equilibrium and integrated use of the senses. Cognitive o In order to effectively solve clinical problems, candidates must be able to measure, evaluate, reason, analyze, integrate and synthesize in a timely fashion. In addition, they must be able to comprehend three dimensional relationships and to understand the special relationships of structures. Social o Candidates must possess the emotional health required for the full utilization of their intellectual abilities, for the exercise of good judgment, for the prompt completion of all responsibilities attendant to the diagnosis and care of patients, and for the development of effective relationships with patients. Candidates must be able to tolerate physically taxing workloads and function effectively under stress. They must be able to adapt to changing environments, display flexibility and learn to function in the face of uncertainties inherent in the clinical problems of patients. Experiential Learning Policy The Augsburg Physician Assistant Program does not award academic credit to an individual for experiential learning. Applicants desiring admission to Augsburg’s PA Program must satisfactorily complete all prerequisite courses. Experiential learning will be considered separately from prerequisite courses. Experiential learning prior to and during admittance to the Augsburg PA Program will not substitute for any part of the clinical year or preceptorship. Employment while in the Program Program faculty discourage outside employment while in the Physician Assistant Program. Faculty recognize that employment may be an issue that some students will face. Given this recognition, realize that program obligations will 85 not be altered due to a student’s work obligations. It is further expected that work obligations will not interfere with the physician assistant students’ learning progress or responsibilities while in the program. Withdrawal and Readmission Policies Voluntary withdrawal from the Physician Assistant Program may be initiated by a student after submission of a letter to the program director requesting withdrawal. In the letter, the student should outline the circumstances and reasons for withdrawal. Students will be requested to conduct an exit interview with the program director prior to leaving the program. For information on withdrawal, see the Academic Policies section. Readmission Students may request readmission after voluntary withdrawal by submitting a letter to the program director stating the reasons the student wishes readmission and the anticipated date for readmission. The submission of a letter and previous enrollment does not constitute automatic acceptance and/or reentry into the program. Reapplication to the PA Program after dismissal from the program will be considered only under extremely unusual circumstances. For the full readmission policy and reapplication process, please contact the program. Advanced Placement The Department of PA Studies does not offer advanced placement to admitted students. All students admitted to the PA Program must complete the entire curriculum. Transfer The Department of PA studies does not accept student transfers from other PA programs. Costs of the PA Program For tuition information, go to www.augsburg.edu/pa. For complete and current payment options go to the Student Financial Services website at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/. PA Program Faculty William Patricio Alemán, Adjunct Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. MD, University of Ecuador; PA-C, University of California Davis; MEd, University of Minnesota. Beth Alexander, Associate Professor and Academic Coordinator of Physician Assistant Studies. BS, PharmD, University of Minnesota. Eric Barth, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BA, University of St. Thomas; BS, PA Certificate, Trevecca Nazarene University; MPAS, University of Nebraska. Annie Berger, Instructor of Physician Assistant Studies. BS, Gustavus Adolphus College; MS and PA Certification, Massachusetts College of Pharmacy & Health Sciences. Holly Levine, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BA, Northwestern University; MD, Loyola University Chicago Stritch School of Medicine. Dawn Ludwig, Assistant Professor and Director, Physician Assistant Studies. BA, MS and PA Certification, University of Colorado; PhD, Capella University. Steven Nerheim, Instructor and Medical Director, Physician Assistant Studies. MD, University of Minnesota; MDiv, Luther Seminary. 86 Master of Social Work You have chosen an exciting way to serve others. The social work profession offers you the rewarding prospect of joining with others to respond to problems and develop opportunities that benefit individuals, families, groups, and communities. The MSW degree prepares you for advanced professional practice in the field of social work. Augsburg’s MSW program prepares you for agency-based practice with individuals, families, groups, and communities, and with a dedication to system change that reduces oppression and discrimination. Graduates of our program share how they appreciated the opportunity to learn new ideas as well as learn more about themselves. These graduates valued our small class size, our cohort structure, and the opportunity to have a mentoring relationship with our faculty and staff. As a small program, we have high expectations for our students and at the same time offer the flexibility to help them meet their individual goals. Attending Augsburg College will transform and develop your professional life in unexpected ways. We have two concentrations. The first, Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP), will prepare you for direct clinical practice with individuals, families, and groups. The second, Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP), will prepare you for macro social work practice with organizations, communities, and other large systems. We are delighted in your interest in our MSW program and invite you to join us in a lifelong adventure in learning. The personal and professional growth necessary to become an advanced professional social worker is challenging. We encourage you to take the challenge with us. Lois A. Bosch, PhD, LISW Director, Master of Social Work MSW Mission Our mission is to develop social work professionals for advanced practice that promotes social justice and empowerment towards the well-being of people in a diverse and global society. Program Overview The MSW program prepares social work students for agency-based practice in public and nonprofit settings. By working in the agency setting, social workers collaborate with others to provide holistic, affordable, and accessible services to individuals, families, groups, and communities. Our challenging MSW curriculum integrates social work theory with micro and macro practice methods. Students develop skills, knowledge, and values necessary for ethical social work practice. As you progress through our MSW program, you will: • • • • • • • • Learn how individuals live in and are affected by their social environment Understand how social policies and programs affect individuals, families, communities, and society Apply theories and methods of practice through the field practicum experience Use a range of client-centered approaches to practice with client groups of all types and sizes Engage in practice informed by sound, scholarly research Evaluate the effectiveness of your social work practice or social work programs Advocate for the eradication of oppression and discrimination Be a responsible and contributing citizen in the local and global community Accreditation Augsburg’s MSW program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Your MSW degree must be accredited by CSWE if you seek licensure with the social work board of your state. For more information on CSWE accreditation go to www.cswe.org. Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the About Augsburg College section of this catalog. 87 Plan of Study Students entering Augsburg’s MSW program with a bachelor’s degree from a discipline other than social work are classified as foundation students. Full-time foundation students are enrolled in a two year program. Part-time foundation students are enrolled in a four year program. Students entering Augsburg’s MSW program with a bachelor’s degree in social work from a CSWE (Council on Social Work Education) accredited institution are classified as advanced standing students. Advanced standing students are enrolled in a 16 month program. The part-time option is not generally available for advanced standing students. All students must complete the MSW degree in no more than 4 years following matriculation. Academic Calendar The MSW program meets on a semester calendar, with classes offered September through June. Classes typically meet every other weekend with an occasional back-to-back weekend. Field practicum hours are generally completed during weekday hours. If a student lives outside the Twin Cities metro, the field practicum hours can be completed at a placement near the student’s place of residence. Hours per week vary depending on the agency placement and the student’s availability. For academic calendars and schedules, go to www.augsburg.edu/registrar. Class Periods Classes meet in 3.5 hour blocks on Friday evenings, 6 to 9:30 pm; Saturday mornings, 8:30 am to 12 pm; and Saturday afternoons, 1:15 to 4:45 pm. Each class meets for 8 sessions in a given semester and for 4 sessions in a summer term (May-June), with the expectation that students engage in hybrid learning activities between on-campus class weekends. Time Commitment Although classes meet on weekends, students spend time on their studies during non-class weekends and weekdays in accordance with our hybrid learning format. Hybrid learning is a combination of face-to-face class sessions and online/experiential learning. On a class weekend, the typical student will spend 12 hours in class within a 23-hour period. For every hour spent in class, a student may expect to spend 3 to 4 hours outside of class working on online activities, assignments, readings, or group projects. A student may also spend 15 to 20 hours per week in the field practicum during the fall and spring semesters (a span of 8 to 9 months for each practicum). In the final year of study, students complete a summative evaluation or a portfolio, which requires significant independent research, analysis, and writing. Some MSW students work full-time while enrolled in the program. However, full-time employment is not recommended. Most students arrange to reduce their work hours or request time away during their graduate studies. Each student’s situation is unique and must be decided individually. All students must develop strategies for balancing family, work, and academic responsibilities. Credit and Contact Hours MSW courses range from 2 to 4 semester credits. Depending on the number of credits, students will spend 16 to 32 hours in the classroom per course. Students will also be expected to engage in activities and independent study outside of class. Cohort Structure MSW students are admitted to a particular cohort. Cohorts are distinguished by level of admission (foundation or advanced standing), rate of attendance (full-time or part-time), and chosen concentration (Multicultural Clinical Practice [MCCP] or Multicultural Macro Practice [MCMP]). Any changes to a student’s cohort selection must be approved by the MSW director. Field Practicum Foundation students complete 920 hours in two field practica; advanced standing students complete 500 hours in one field practicum. Successful completion of the first field practicum, required for foundation students, is a minimum of 420 hours. Successful completion of the second field practicum, required for both foundation and advanced standing 88 students, is a minimum of 500 hours. Each practicum experience is spread over two semesters (fall and spring). These hours are completed concurrent with enrollment in the fieldwork seminars as well as other MSW courses. MSW Curriculum Components Foundation Curriculum In the foundation courses and field practicum, you are introduced to social work as a profession. You will learn both historical and contemporary theories and practice methods relating to both the individual and the environment. During the foundation year, you will study human behavior and the social environment, history of social welfare policy, research methods, assessment frameworks, family and community diversity, and social work values and ethics. In the foundation curriculum you will apply this generalist knowledge of theories and practice methods in the generalist field practicum. The field practicum is completed concurrently with your enrollment in two field seminar courses. The full foundation curriculum is required of all students, with the exception of those admitted with advanced standing. Before beginning the concentration curriculum, all foundation coursework and field hours must be successfully completed. Concentration Curriculum After completing the foundation requirements, you will enroll in the concentration curriculum that you selected at the time of application. You will also complete an advanced field practicum. Augsburg offers two concentrations: Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) or Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP). In either concentration, you will deepen your knowledge of the primary issues affecting families and communities, develop a range of client-centered approaches to practice, gain a broader understanding of human diversity, develop competencies in practice-based research, and learn practice or program evaluation techniques. In the concentration curriculum, you will apply this advanced knowledge of theories and practice methods in the concentration field practicum. The field practicum is relevant to your chosen concentration and is completed concurrently with your enrollment in two field seminar courses. As a capstone to your MSW program, you will complete a portfolio project or a summative evaluation project. Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Concentration Multiculturalism is a process requiring practitioners to have a deep awareness of their social and cultural identities, as well as the ability to use multiple lenses when working with diverse populations. With person-in-environment as an organizing perspective, multicultural clinical social work practice addresses the biopsychosocial and spiritual functioning of individuals, families, and groups. To this end, graduates of the MCCP concentration develop competence in using relationship-based, culturally informed, and theoretically grounded interventions with persons facing challenges, disabilities, or impairments, including emotional, behavioral, and mental disorders. Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Concentration In the tradition of Jane Addams, the heart of macro social work practice is directing energy toward changing agency, government, and institutional policies that obscure or oppress people. While many social workers view their role as focused on individuals and families, social workers must actively seek equality and justice for clients within agencies, institutions and society. Social work leaders must advocate for social change where necessary to ensure social justice. Similar to the MCCP concentration, it is important to address macro level social work practice within the context of cultural understanding and awareness. The Multicultural Macro Practice concentration (formerly Program Development, Policy and Administration) responds to this demand for leadership. The macro social work practitioner recognizes the strengths and abilities of individuals and communities to implement change. The social work macro practitioner works with these individuals to do so. In the MCMP concentration, you will learn the knowledge and skills necessary to work with others to achieve needed social change. You will also learn to develop, lead, guide, and administer programs that serve diverse people in a variety of settings. Portfolio or Summative Evaluation Project • Portfolio Project (MCCP students) 89 The goal of the MCCP Portfolio is to enhance the integration of theory and practice, as well as to offer more vivid portrayals of a student’s academic and professional experience than traditional assessments. By definition, portfolios are formative (i.e. designed for guided reflection and self-evaluation). However they are also summative documents in that they illustrate students’ competencies. All MCCP students are required to create a portfolio during their final year of study. Items in a portfolio might include videos, process recordings, reflective statements, writing samples, case analyses, term papers, electronic submissions, policy activities, feedback from service users, self-evaluations of personal progress, and links to references. Summative Evaluation Project (MCMP students) o All social workers must evaluate their practice to determine whether they are helping or harming clients. While in the concentration practicum, MCMP students will design and implement a program evaluation for their summative project. This project requires integration and application of knowledge and skills from both the foundation and concentration curricula. Students develop their research while in their field internship and are advised by their field seminar professor. Students conduct and present this evaluation/research project during their final year of study. o • Master’s Thesis Students in both concentrations have the option of completing a thesis in addition to either the portfolio or summative evaluation project. Credit for the SWK 699 general elective is given for this option. Students work with a thesis advisor to develop more in-depth research skills contributing to social work knowledge. To pursue the thesis option, students should notify the MSW program director by the end of spring semester of the foundation year. Degree requirements To be conferred the MSW degree, students must achieve the following: • • • • • • Successful completion of any admission conditions (see Admission to MSW) Successful completion of all required MSW courses No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 and with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher Successful completion of 920 hours of approved field practica for foundation students or 500 hours of approved field practicum for advanced standing students Successful completion and submission of the portfolio project (MCCP) or the summative evaluation project (MCMP) Successful completion of all degree requirements within 4 years of matriculation. State of Minnesota Social Work Licensure Six months prior to completion of the MSW degree at Augsburg, students may apply to take the Licensed Graduate Social Worker (LGSW) license exam from the Minnesota Board of Social Work. To achieve LGSW licensure students must pass the state board exam and complete the MSW degree. To seek the Licensed Independent Social Worker (LISW) license or the Licensed Independent Clinical Social Worker (LICSW) license, one must work two years full-time (or 4,000 hours part-time) as an LGSW under the supervision of an LISW or LICSW. Upon completion of the supervision requirement, one may take the LISW or LICSW state board exam. For more information, go to the Minnesota Board of Social Work web page, www.socialwork.state.mn.us. MSW Course Requirements Foundation Courses FALL SWK 500 - Human Behavior and the Social Environment* SWK 505 - Practice Methods and Skills 1: Individuals* SWK 530 - Integrative Field Seminar 1 (taken concurrent with first practicum)* SPRING SWK 509 - Human Behavior: Mental Health Assessment and Diagnosis SWK 506 - Practice Methods and Skills 2: Groups and Families* 90 SWK 510 - Advanced Practice Methods (advanced standing students only) SWK 535 - Integrative Field Seminar 2 (taken concurrent with first practicum)* SWK 504 - Applied Research Methods (foundation students only) SUMMER SWK 501 - History of Social Welfare Policy* SWK 516 - Practice Methods and Skills 3: Communities and Policies SWK 536 - Human Behavior and the Macro Social Environment* SWK 504 - Applied Research Methods (advanced standing students only) *Course potentially can be waived for advanced standing students (BSW holders). Concentration Courses Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Concentration: FALL SWK 610 - Integrative Field Seminar 3: MCCP (taken concurrent with second practicum) SWK 615 - Diversity and Inequality 1: MCCP SWK 628 - MCCP with Individuals SWK 629 - MCCP with Families SPRING SWK 611 - Integrative Field Seminar 4: MCCP (taken concurrent with second practicum) SWK 616 - Diversity and Inequality 2: MCCP SWK 630 - MCCP Policy Practice SWK 631 - MCCP with Groups SUMMER 1 SWK 634 - MCCP Supervision SWK 639 - MCCP Elective SWK 640 - MCCP Capstone SWK 699 - General Elective Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Concentration: FALL SWK 651 - Integrative Field Seminar 3: MCMP (taken concurrent with second practicum) SWK 657 - Diversity and Inequality 1: MCMP SWK 660 - Research 2: Program Evaluation SWK 667 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 1 SPRING SWK 652 - Integrative Field Seminar 4: MCMP (taken concurrent with second practicum) SWK 658 - Diversity and Inequality 2: MCMP SWK 668 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 2 SWK 670 – Multicultural Macro Practice Policy SUMMER SWK 669 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 3 SWK 699 - General Elective SWK 671 – Multicultural Macro Practice Planning Portfolio or Summative Evaluation Project Completed and submitted in final year of study. 91 SWK 699 General Elective Students in both concentrations complete at least one general elective course. The following are examples of elective offerings that rotate each year: • • • • • • Parent and Professional Planning Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Aging Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in Social Work Clinical Practice Spirituality and Social Work Practice Empowerment of Services Users in Mental Health Children’s Mental Health We also offer short-term electives abroad, typically two weeks in length: Exploring Human Services in International Settings (examples include Mexico, Slovenia, Namibia, South Africa, India, Bolivia, China, and Hong Kong) Fieldwork and Field Placement Social work education goes beyond the classroom. Through the field experience, we expect that students will demonstrate skills to bridge theory and practice. Collaborative efforts between the student, the field agency, and the MSW program are essential to successful learning. The foundation of the practice includes: • • • • • • • Ethical, competent professional practice Problem solving within a systems framework and strengths perspective Use of advanced practice theories in Multicultural Clinical Practice or Multicultural Macro Practice settings Evaluation of the effectiveness of program or practice activities An understanding of and respect for diverse peoples and cultures Responsibility and service to the local and global community in the interest of social justice A commitment to oppose oppression of all forms Field Education Format Under the instruction and supervision of professionally-trained, MSW-level, and program-approved field instructors, foundation students will spend a minimum of 920 hours in two field practica. Advanced standing students will spend a minimum of 500 hours in one field practicum. Both the foundation and concentration practica are spread over 2 semesters (fall and spring). Both practica are concurrent with enrollment in integrative field seminars, as well as other MSW coursework. The fieldwork education of the MSW program is divided into two components: • • Foundation Practicum o The foundation practicum, or generalist practicum, puts emphasis on developing competence as a professional generalist social worker. It requires a minimum of 420 hours and is completed by students admitted at the foundation level. Students spend an average of 15 hours per week during the fall and spring semesters in this practicum. Concentration Practicum o The concentration practicum places emphasis on advanced practice skills and leadership qualities related to the chosen concentration. It requires a minimum of 500 hours and is completed by all students, including those admitted with advanced standing. Students spend an average of 18 hours per week during the fall and spring semesters in this practicum. Process for Field Practicum Selection Field practica begin in the fall, but the selection process begins the previous spring in collaboration with two other Twin Cities MSW programs. Students attend a field orientation before beginning their search. Augsburg College and the University of Minnesota - School of Social Work jointly host a field fair where students meet a large number of agencies and potential field instructors. Practicum selection involves interviews at approved sites, arranged by the student, and a matching process conducted collaboratively by the field coordinators at the three MSW programs in the Twin Cities. 92 In some instances, students can petition to complete a field practicum at an agency not on the approved list or at their place of employment. Students who wish to do so work with the MSW field coordinator for such proposals. Field Practicum Settings The Augsburg field faculty are committed to the success of each student in a stimulating and challenging field practicum. Our current list of approved clinical and community practice field sites includes agencies in the following areas of practice: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Family and children Child welfare Mental health Crisis intervention Senior resources Family social policy Health and human services Corrections and probation Public and independent schools Youth services Hospitals Developmental disabilities American Indian family services Chronic and persistent mental illness Chemical dependency Court services Immigrant, migrant, refugee services Victims of torture Faith-based social services Neighborhood services Legislation advocacy Housing services Employment services Community organizing Research centers Dual Degree in Social Work and Theology (MSW/MA, Theology) Augsburg College’s Department of Social Work (Minneapolis) and Luther Seminary (St. Paul) offer a dual degree: Master of Social Work and Master of Arts in Theology (MSW/MA). The dual degree has been approved by both institutions and by the Council on Social Work Education. If you are interested in combining a Master of Social Work with a Master of Arts in Theology, we recommend you begin the Luther Seminary program first and identify yourself as seeking the dual degree. For application information to Luther Seminary, visit their website at www.luthersem.edu/admissions/. Purpose The dual degree focuses on meeting the educational interests of people planning to serve the spiritual and social needs of families, individuals, and communities in both rural and urban settings. Both institutions have a commitment to social and economic justice and to teamwork in the pastoral and human service settings. This joint program is ecumenical in its admission policies as well as its academic outlook. Objectives Three primary objectives have been established: • To educate practitioners in social work and ministry who can combine the values, skills, and knowledge of both theology and social work to serve people in more holistic ways 93 • • To generate the partnerships necessary to serve the complex needs of communities and people experiencing transition in their lives, including the change of government support for those in poverty To prepare practitioners to seek the strengths of interdisciplinary teams in the human service and pastoral settings. Enrollment We recommend that dual degree students enroll in Luther Seminary courses first. Upon completion of this first year of courses, students then enroll in Augsburg courses for a second and third year (full-time). In the dual degree, Luther Seminary offers nine courses which can be completed in one year if pursued full-time. The remaining Luther Seminary course requirements are waived and replaced by the Augsburg MSW curriculum. At Augsburg, dual degree students complete the entire MSW curriculum with the exception of the SWK 699 general elective. Course Format and Field Practicum Luther Seminary courses are offered on a weekday schedule and Augsburg College courses are offered on a weekend schedule. The field practicum is incorporated into the Augsburg curriculum and will be in a setting reflective of the dual degree program, such as congregational multidisciplinary teams, nursing home chaplaincy, and social work teams. The Luther Seminary program and the Augsburg College program are both full-time; it is not feasible for students to do both programs simultaneously. Summary of MSW/MA Theology Dual Degree Requirements • • • • 9 courses at Luther Seminary All required MSW courses at Augsburg College MSW field practica credit hours (see guidelines under field practicum) MSW portfolio or summative evaluation project Admission to the Dual Degree It is the responsibility of dual degree students to be aware of application deadlines for both institutions. Applicants must apply to each program separately. Please note: admission to one institution does not guarantee admission to the other. To request the catalog and application materials, you must contact each program separately. Financial aid is also a separate process. Dual Degree in Social Work and Business Administration (MSW/MBA) Augsburg College offers a dual MSW/MBA degree in social work and business administration. Students enrolled in the dual degree program learn to create better managed and financially sound service organizations to serve diverse communities, both locally and globally. Purpose Many social service agencies today require that agency managers combine financial and business expertise with social work practice and policy formation. The MSW/MBA dual degree prepares graduates to function in a workplace that demands the delivery of quality services with increasingly limited resources. Concentration The MSW/MBA dual degree includes an accelerated third year of study for MSW students who elect the Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) concentration. In this concentration, students learn to effect positive change in social service systems through their work with communities, organizations, and social policy makers. Prior Augsburg MSW graduates who have completed the necessary Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) coursework are eligible to return to complete the MBA portion of the dual degree. Schedule Years 1 and 2 (September through June) MSW classes meet on alternating weekends—Friday evenings, Saturday mornings, and Saturday afternoons—and students engage in hybrid learning activities between class weekends. 94 Year 3 (12–16 months) MBA classes meet one night per week. The MBA program includes a summer term. See the MBA section for required courses for the dual degree. Curriculum • • • • • Foundation or advanced standing coursework Either 920 hours (foundation) or 500 hours (advanced standing) MSW field practicum experience The MSW summative evaluation project may be accepted by the MBA program as partial fulfillment of the MBA project. Complete a minimum of eight MBA courses for students who completed the MSW degree 2002 and beyond; complete a minimum of nine MBA courses for students who completed the MSW degree prior to 2002 For more information regarding the MBA coursework required for the MSW/MBA dual degree, see the MBA section. MBA Admission MSW/MBA dual degree applicants may apply to both programs at the same time or admitted MSW students may wait to apply to the MBA program until their concentration year. The GMAT is waived for MSW/MBA dual degree applicants. MBA application materials include: completed application, two short essays, an updated resume, two letters of recommendation, and a personal interview with the MBA program director. Admission to one program does not guarantee admission to the other. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to MSW The Augsburg College MSW program promotes the widest possible diversity within its student population. Therefore, the admission policies ensure that educational opportunities are provided to persons with a range of abilities, backgrounds, beliefs, and cultures. Listed below are general descriptions for the application process. Refer to the online MSW application documents for details regarding specific application requirements. Admission Requirements • • • Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited college or university Cumulative undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher Liberal arts coursework in the social sciences, humanities, biology, and statistics Application Checklist The application deadline is January 15 each year for matriculation in the following academic year. All application materials noted below are due by the application deadline. For more information go to www.augsburg.edu/msw or call 612-330-1101. • • • • • • • • • Completed application form $35 application fee One official transcript from each previously-attended postsecondary institution. This includes colleges, universities, vocational/technical institutions, and PSEO institutions. Liberal arts prerequisite coursework including four social sciences, three humanities, one biology, and one statistics course. These courses must be completed prior to enrollment. Completed BSW course equivalency checklist (for advanced standing applicants) Three recommendation checklist forms, with letters attached, submitted online Typed personal statement responding to the questions noted on the application form Results of the TOEFL language tests, if applicable Official international credit evaluation course-by-course review (for degrees completed outside of the United States) 95 Admission as an international student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section. Admission as a transfer student Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants. Transfer students may receive up to 22 transfer credits. (See Evaluation of Transfer Credit in the Academic Programs and Policies section of this catalog.) Eligible courses must be from a CSWE-accredited MSW program and students must have received a grade of B (3.0) or higher. Students must complete no fewer than 23 credits at Augsburg in order to receive their MSW degree from Augsburg College. We do not grant academic credit for work or life experience. Admission with Advanced Standing Advanced standing is an application category open to those with a bachelor’s degree in social work from a program that is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Advanced standing applicants may seek waivers for the following eligible MSW courses: Human Behavior and the Social Environment, History of Social Welfare Policy, Practice Methods and Skills 1 and 2, and Integrative Field Seminars 1 and 2 (which include 420 field practicum hours). Advanced standing applicants must offer an equivalent BSW course for each with a grade of B (3.0) or higher in order to receive a waiver. Academic Policies Academic Achievement Students must maintain at least a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in the MSW program. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on academic probation. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If the cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program. Students are retained in the program who can: • • • • Maintain expected grade point average (3.0 or higher) Complete course requirements of the program and field placement in a timely manner Complete the program within four years Abide by the department’s Standards for Social Work Education and the NASW Code of Ethics No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 will count toward the degree. Courses with a grade below 2.5 must be repeated. No more than two courses can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. If a student receives a grade below 2.5 in a field course, the MSW director will initiate a Level 3 review, as outlined in section 3.2 of the Standards for Social Work Education. Evaluation of Student Field Performance The criteria for evaluating field performance can be found in the MSW Field Manual, which is distributed to newlyadmitted students at our field orientation prior to seeking the field placement. Four-Year Limit All students are required to finish the degree within four years of matriculation. See the Academic Programs and Policies section of this catalog for policy on continuation of coursework or final thesis. Leave of Absence Students who interrupt their program enrollment must request a leave of absence through the MSW program in order to maintain their admitted status. The request must be made in writing or via the student’s Augsburg email account. A leave of absence typically requires a full year away from the program in order to return to classes in sequence. 96 Prerequisite Courses All foundation courses are prerequisite to the concentration courses. Students may not enroll in the concentration courses until successfully completing all foundation courses. In addition there are individual courses that are prerequisite to other individual courses in the MSW curriculum. These are listed in the MSW Handbook. Program Costs In addition to tuition fees, MSW students can expect to a pay a facilities fee and a field program fee. Students can also expect to purchase textbooks and student liability insurance when in a field placement. There may also be additional fees associated with short-term electives abroad. Graduate Scholarship Search Tips As you may know, graduate students do not have access to many of the financial aid opportunities open to undergraduates. Because of this, we strongly encourage you to spend time doing your own independent research into graduate funding available locally, nationally, and internationally. The simplest way to begin a search for graduate funding is to look online. There are many scholarship search engines online. The following websites may provide a good starting point for your search: www.naswfoundation.org www.gradloans.com www.cswe.org www.gradschools.com www.mnssa.org www.fastweb.com www.aauw.org www.gradview.com www.finaid.org www.petersons.com www.studentaid.ed.gov Examples of Social Work Graduate Scholarships • • • • • • Carl A. Scott Book Scholarship o Two $500 scholarships offered each year to students from ethnic groups of color. Applications due in May (go to www.cswe.org.) Gosnell Scholarship Funds o Ten awards ($1,000-$4,000) offered to social work students interested in working with American Indian/Alaska Native and Hispanic/Latino populations or in public and voluntary nonprofit agency settings. Applications due in August (see www.naswfoundation.org). Vern Lyons Scholarship o One award ($2,000) offered to students interested in health/mental health practice and a commitment to the African American community. Applications due in August (see www.naswfoundation.org). American Board of Examiners in Clinical Social Work o Several awards ($1,000 each) offered to students who demonstrate excellence in preparation for clinical social work practice. Applications due in March (see www.abecsw.org). MSSA Diversity Educational Scholarship o One $500 award offered to students from African-American, American Indian, Asian, LGBT, Hispanic and Immigrant Cultures in completing their education in the Human Service Field. Applications due in June (see www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org). Marjorie J. Carpenter Scholarship o One $1,500 award offered to students seeking education in the human service field so they may enhance their professional and/or technical skill development. Applications due in June (see www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org). 97 Augsburg Scholarships Augsburg’s Social Work Department offers several scholarships each year. Students who are enrolled in the first year of the program are eligible to apply. Awards range in amount from $300 to $1,500. • • • • • • • Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship Steen Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship Bodo F. Suemning Memorial Scholarship Blanca Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship AmeriCorps Tuition Discount Augsburg offers a tuition discount to students who are or have been AmeriCorps volunteers—25% off the tuition cost of one course per semester. This would apply to all semesters of your MSW program. Contact the Enrollment Center for more information. Augsburg Partnership Grant The Augsburg Partnership Grant applies to new enrolling students only and allows employees of partner institutions to receive a 10% tuition discount. Application fees of $35 are also waived. If a student enrolls in an Employer Tuition Reimbursement Payment Plan, the $20 processing fee is also waived. Contact the Enrollment Center for more information. Military Discount See description in the Financing Your Education section of the catalog. MSW Forum All MSW students are invited to participate in the student-run organization, the MSW Forum. The purpose of the forum is to facilitate communication between social work students and the social work department, as well as to provide the opportunity for student participation in departmental governance, curriculum development, and program improvements. As such, forum members are invited to attend Social Work Department meetings via representatives. The forum has historically been volunteer based. Any student may serve on the forum, provided the student can make a commitment to attend the meetings and share in the efforts. The MSW director and MSW program coordinator also serve on the forum. Other faculty may be invited as permanent members or as guests. Past forum members established these guidelines: • • • • • • Provide an avenue for students to share and discuss ideas and/or concerns related to the MSW educational experience with the Social Work Department Encourage constructive dialogue among students, faculty, and department and College administrators Make recommendations to the department regarding program improvements Receive and give feedback on expectations of faculty, students, and the College Plan and coordinate MSW student events, lectures, discussions Organize social action projects MSW Faculty Laura Boisen, Professor of Social Work, MSW Field Coordinator. BS, Wartburg College; MSSW, University of Wisconsin; MPA, Iowa State University; PhD, University of Minnesota. Lois A. Bosch, Professor of Social Work, MSW Program Director. BA, Northwestern College; MSW, University of Iowa; PhD, University of Illinois-Urbana-Champaign. Mauricio Cifuentes, Assistant Professor of Social Work. JD, Pontificia Universidad Javeriana, Bogota, Colombia; MSW Loyola University; PhD, Loyola University. 98 Ankita Deka, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, Delhi University; MSW, Tata Institute of Social Sciences; PhD, Indiana University. Christina Erickson, Associate Professor of Social Work, Field Education Coordinator. BS, University of Minnesota; MSW, University of Minnesota-Duluth; PhD, University of Illinois-Chicago. Annette Gerten, Associate Professor of Social Work, BSW Field Coordinator. BA, College of St. Catherine; MSW, University of Michigan; PhD, University of Minnesota. Melissa Hensley, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, MSW, PhD, Washington University in St. Louis; MHA, University of Missouri–Columbia. Bibiana Koh, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, Hartwick College; MA, Columbia University; MAT, School for International Training; MSW, Smith College; PhD, University of Minnesota. Barbara Lehmann, Associate Professor of Social Work, BSW Program Director. BA, Knox College; MSW, Tulane University; PhD, Case Western Reserve University. Terrence Lewis, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, The Catholic University of America; MSW, University of Kentucky; PhD, Boston University. Nancy Rodenborg, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Indiana University; MSW, University of Minnesota; MIA, School of International Training; PhD, University of Arizona. Michael Schock, Associate Professor of Social Work, Department Chair. BA, University of Washington; MSW, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Washington. MSW Staff Doran Edwards, BSW Program Assistant Director Erika McCreedy, Administrative Assistant Courtney Zaato, Field Assistant 99 Augsburg College Board of Regents For more details, go to www.augsburg.edu/regents. Andra Adolfson Dan W. Anderson ‘65 Ann B. Ashton-Piper Jennifer P. Carlson, J.D. Bishop Rick Hoyme, ex-officio Karen A. Durant ’81 Matthew K. Entenza, J.D. Mark A. Eustis Alexander J. Gonzalez ‘90 Norman R. Hagfors Jodi L. Harpstead Rev. Rolf Jacobson, Ph.D. Eric J. Jolly, Ph.D. Wayne D. Jorgenson ‘71 Toby Piper LaBelle ‘96 The Honorable LaJune Thomas Lange ’75, J.D. André J. Lewis ’73, Ph.D. Dennis J. Meyer ‘78 Pamela Hanson Moksnes ‘79 Paul S. Mueller ’84, M.D., Chair Jeffrey M. Nodland ’77 Lisa M. Novotny ’80 Paul C. Pribbenow, Ph.D. Curtis A. Sampson Bishop Ann M. Svennungsen, ex-officio Gary A. Tangwall ’80 Rev. Norman W. Wahl ’76, D.Min. Bonnie Wallace Steven J. Wehrenberg ‘78 Rev. Mark N. Wilhelm, Ph.D., ex-officio ELCA Congregational and Synodical Mission Executive Director The Rev. Dr. Stephen Bouman Program Director for Schools The Rev. Dr. Mark Wilhelm 100
Show less

Title: Master of Social Work (MSW) Catalog, 1997-1999
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ~ < ~ u 0 rJJ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ r.r; < ~ ~ he good we secure for ourselves is precarious and uncertain ... until it is secured for all of us and incorporated into our common life. - Jane Addams ~~LE OF CONTENTS • • • • • Introduction ............. ........ .. ... .. ................
Show more ~ < ~ u 0 rJJ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ r.r; < ~ ~ he good we secure for ourselves is precarious and uncertain ... until it is secured for all of us and incorporated into our common life. - Jane Addams ~~LE OF CONTENTS • • • • • Introduction ............. ........ .. ... .. ............................. ..4 Curriculum Design ................................................. 6 Course Descriptions ........... .. ......... .. .... ................... 8 Library .................................................................. 11 Accreditation and Affiliations .. .... .. .. ... .. ..... .. ........11 Student Rights ...................................................... 11 Academic Policies ................................................ 12 Admission Requirements .. ...... ... .. ... ................. ....14 Application Procedures ............. ...... .. ............. ... ...15 International Applicants ....................................... 16 Fee and Payment Schedule ....... ... ....... .. .... .. .. ....... . 17 Financial Aid ... .... ... ........ ... ............... .. ... .. ..... .. ...... 18 About Augsburg .. .. ...................... .. ....... .. ... ...... ..... 20 Campus Location .............. .. ... .. .......................... ..21 Campus Map ..... .. .......................... .. ........ ..... .... .. .. 21 Officers of Administration .... .. .. .... ...................... .22 Officers of Instruction .................................. ........ 22 • ~TRODUCTION • • • Accommodating the Needs of Adult Learners Augsburg College takes pride in its focus on adult learners throughout its programs and is committed to education for experienced working people. Graduate social work classes meet during weekends in fourhour blocks on Friday evenings, Saturday mornings and Saturday afternoons. Students meet during these times in small classes of fewer than 22 students. The Master of Social Work program is designed to meet the needs of a wide range of students who have family, community or employment obligations and/or must travel distances to obtain Master of Social Work Program The Master of Social Work program prepares students for entering advanced social work practice. The program builds on the liberal arts base of the College and supports the College's mission statement: to nurture future leaders in service to the world by providing highquality educational Program Philosophy The Master of Social Work program is based on the following: • Preparation for ethical, competent, professional practice • A framework for practice of problem solving within a systems framework and strengths perspective • Understanding of and respect for diverse peoples and cultures opportunities that are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the • Commitment to educate the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. • Responsibility and service to the broader community in the interests of social justice whole person • Commitment to oppose oppression • Focus on client empowerment graduate social work education. The library, student center, computer center, counseling, parking, food service and many other support services are open to accommodate graduate students. Faculty arrange office hours to meet non-traditional student need . Inexpensive accommodations may be available for students who travel to attend the program and wish to stay overnight. The Master of Social Work program is highlighted by: • Tradition of excellence in curriculum, faculty and students • Intentional recruitment of students from diverse backgrounds • Metropolitan location • Access to challenging and rewarding field placements Professional preparation at the Master of Social Work level at Augsburg is founded on the following assumptions: • Analysis and presentation of complex social issues and solutions are based on solid research. MSW students will develop competencies to conduct, analyze and present practice-based research in oral and written form. • The world is interdependent in all areas; students will become knowledgeable of social welfare policies and programs that address changing needs of the world community. • In the interests of constructive social change that promotes social justice, students are educated to address institutional oppression created by issues of age, gender, race/ethnicity, class, disability, sexual orientation or religion. Social justice is a focus throughout the program. MSW Program Concentrations The Master of Social Work program has two program concentrations: Family Practice, or Program Development, Policy and Administration. Students choose one of the two concentrations for their program focus. Family Practice Family, in its diverse forms, is central to society. "Family," in this context, is interpreted broadly as the nurturing system surrounding people. It is inclusive of many areas of need. As a growing number of familyrelated challenges face society, there is an ever-increasing need for professionals who base their practice on in-depth study of the broad spectrum of issues that confront the family . In the Family Practice concentration, students will concentrate on promoting empowerment of the family-nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective. Program Development, Policy and Administration Social change is necessary to foster policies and services that respond to human need. The Program Development, Policy and Administration concentration was developed in response to the growing demand for leadership and administration. Effective services require participatory development, competent practitioners, strong leadership and effective administration. Students in this concentration will learn the knowledge base and develop the skills necessary to promote and achieve needed change, and to develop, lead, guide and administer programs that will serve diverse people in a variety of settings. • ~RRICULUM DESIGN • • • • Integrative Field Work Seminars (including 480 hours of MSW-supervised field work), Research II, one elective and the Thesis Seminar. Concentrations Upon completion of the Foundation courses, students continue their educational program through one of the areas of concentration: Family Practice, or Program Development, Policy and Administration. Electives Students must complete 18 courses: nine Foundation courses, five Advanced curriculum courses, and four Concentration courses. Students must complete 900 hours of professionally supervised, program-approved social work field experience and complete a Master's thesis. If admitted with Advanced Standing, students complete 12 courses, 480 hours of field experience and a Master's thesis. Courses include three Foundation courses, five Advanced cmTiculum courses and four Concentration courses. Foundation The Foundation courses begin the MSW program. These nine courses, including 420 hours of MSW-supervised field work, must be successfully completed prior to enrollment in the Advanced curriculum. Six of these courses may be waived for persons who hold baccalaureate degrees in social work from a Council on Social Work Education-accredited program and who are approved for Advanced Standing. Advanced After successful completion of the Foundation courses, students may enroll in the Advanced courses, which include two Students are required to successfully complete at least one elective. Field Work Placements Students spend 900 hours in professionally supervised, program-approved field work placements. Master's Thesis The MSW thesis provides the avenue for integration of knowledge and experience gained during the course of study, particularly emphasizing greater understanding of the utility and importance of research to social work practice. The student, in consultation with the faculty member who serves as the thesis adviser, will select an area of study focused on social need, practice, service and policy. Curriculum Plan Courses are offered exclusively on a weekend format: Friday evenings, Saturday mornings and afternoons. Foundation Courses (9 credits) SWK 500 Human Behavior in the Social Environment SWK 501 History of Social Welfare Policy SWK 502 Integrative Field Work Seminar I SWK 503 Integrative Field Work Seminar II SWK 504 Research I SWK 505 Practice Methods and Skills I SWK 506 Practice Methods and Skills II SWK 520 Introduction to Family Practice SWK 521 Introduction to Program Development, Policy and Administration Advanced Courses (5 credits) SWK 523 Integrative Field Work Seminar III SWK 524 Integrative Field Work Seminar IV SWK 527 Research II SWK 560 Elective Topics SWK 589 Thesis Seminar SWK 598 Independent Studies (as an elective) - -- Concentration Courses: Family Pradice (4 credits) SWK 540 Family Practice I SWK 541 Family Practice II SWK 542 Family Diversity (0.5 er) SWK 543 Creative Problem Solving for Supervision SWK 545 Family Social Policy (0.5 er) Concentration Courses: Program Development, Policy and Administration (4 credits) SWK 550 Processes of Program Planning and Development SWK 551 Organizational Development and Administration SWK 552 Inter-Organizational, Community and Political Relations SWK 553 Advanced Social Policy Master of Social Work Degree Total course credits required: 18for Foundation students, 12 for Advanced Standing students. ~URSE DESCRIPTIONS • • • • • Foundation Courses Successful completion of these courses must be achieved before students may advance in the program. SWK 500 Human Behavior in the Social Environment* This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle and of the interplay of socio-cultural, biological and psychological factors, that influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary world society. SWK 501 History of Social Welfare Policy* This course analyzes the history of social welfare policy in the United States and its impact on current social systems and social policy. The course examines the major assumptions, values, ideas and events that contributed to the rise of the welfare state and the profession of social work. Social welfare policies of other countries are explored. SWK 502 and 503 Integrative Field Work Seminar I and II* The integrative seminars are courses where field practice and classroom theory meet. The goal is to strengthen the connec- tions between social work theory and practice. Students are expected to spend 420 hours in a field work placement during enrollment in these two courses. (SWK 502 is prerequisite for SWK 503.) SWK 504 Research I This course provides an introduction to social science research method and ethics including practice and program evaluation. The course presents research designs, both quantitative and qualitative approaches, and various ways to organize, compare and interpret findings. Students will be introduced to the use of computers in data analysis. Initial preparation for the thesis is begun in this course. SWK 505 Practice Methods and Skills I* This course focuses on the theoretical foundation, ethics and values, and the skills and application of the problemsolving process of social work. Work with a diversity of professional and natural helping networks and client groups is stressed. *May be waived if admitted with Advanced Standing. SWK 506 Practice Methods and Skills II* This course emphasizes problem solving with small groups, community and organizational systems, with an emphasis on group task and maintenance functions. Throughout the course, the focus is on work with diverse groups and organizations. (Prerequisite: SWK 505) SWK 520 Introduction to Family Practice This course explores concepts, theories, policies and research underlying holistic professional social work practice with families. It provides an overview of family practice using a systems framework and the strengths perspective. SWK 521 Introduction to Program Development, Policy and Administration This course presents the theories of organizational development, policy analysis, program development and budgeting. Roles of advanced social workers in agencies, as well as professional, ethical and effective functioning within organizational structures, will be explored. Advanced Courses Successful completion of Foundation courses must be achieved before students register for these courses. SWK 523 and 524 Integrative Field Work Seminar Ill and IV The integrative seminars are courses where field practice and classroom theory meet. The goal is to strengthen the connections between social work theory and advanced practice within the framework of either of the two program concentrations. Students are expected to spend 480 hours in a field work placement during enrollment in these two courses. (SWK 503 is prerequisite for SWK 523; SWK 523 is prerequisite for SWK 524.) SWK 527 Research I/ This course offers a practiceoriented exploration of the range of research methods used in social work, a critique of the role of research in assessing effectiveness in social service delivery, and identification with the responsibility of social workers to systematically evaluate our practice and expand the knowledge base of social work. A research project will be designed and initial planning for the MSW thesis is incorporated. (Prerequisite: SWK 504) SWK 560 Elective Topics The following are examples of elective offerings. Students should consult the Program Schedule for current electives. • SWK 560 Child Welfare: History, Policy and Practice • SWK 560 Contemporary Services for Persons with Disabilities and Their Families • SWK 560 Exploring Human Services in International Settings • SWK 560 Old Age • SWK 560 Peace and Social Justice • SWK 560 Poverty, Equality and Income Support Policy • SWK 560 Social Work With Involuntary Clients SWK 589 Thesis Seminar The Thesis Seminar will provide students with a supportive group environment in which to problem-solve theoretical, conceptual, content, ethical and technical issues in the design, implementation, analysis, write-up and dissemination of thesis research. (Prerequisite: SWK 527) SWK 598 Independent Studies Students may propose a course of study as an elective in an area not covered in the current curriculum. An independent study course may be used to satisfy the elective requirements of SWK 560. No course offered in the current curriculum may be taken as an independent study. • ~URSE DESCRIPTIONS • • • • Concentration Courses: Family Practice (Prerequisite for all Family Practice courses is SWK 520) SWK 540 Family Practice I This course is designed to address contemporary work in a context of historical references, to provide the foundational elements for individual family practice model creation, to synthesize universal family practice principles with special population requirements, and to integrate social policy and research into all levels of family practice. SWK 541 Family Practice II This course focuses on effective family practice intervention. It addresses specific theorists, compared and contrasted specifically to the feminist perspective, and demonstrates the application of theory and practice to a variety of family issues in different service delivery settings. (Prerequisite: SWK 540) SWK 542 Family Diversity (0.5 credit) This course examines the various theories underlying professional practice with families in their many diverse forms. Recognizing that the family is the basic institution through which one is socialized, this course examines how family membership shapes one's understanding and appreciation of ethnicity, gender roles and sociological script. SWK 543 Creative Problem Solving for Supervision This course examines knowledge and skill building in the administrative, educational and supportive functions of social work supervision. The interactional model, creative problem solving and strengths perspective are the frameworks for understanding and influencing the dynamics of supervision in a variety of settings. SWK 545 Family Social Policy (0.5 credit) This course explores the impact of social policies on diverse families, including policies that relate to housing, income maintenance, health, long-term care, education and discrimination. National and international political, social and economic systems are analyzed. Concentration Courses: Program Development, Policy and Administration (Prerequisite for all Program Development, Policy and Administration Concentration courses is SWK 521.) SWK 550 Processes of Program Planning and Development This course examines theoretical and conceptual ideas concerning human services, their rationale in a market economy, and their relationship to public policy. Students will gain knowledge and build skills in the planning, implementation and evaluation of services at various levels of system design, taking into account organizational, financial and technological dimensions within an analytical framework of defined need and demand for service. SWK 551 Organizational Development and Administration This course examines organizational theory and structure, processes of development, research and evaluation, and social work values and ethics in the workplace. SWK 552 Inter-Organizational, Community and Political Relations This course explores strategies and methods for working effectively with other service agencies, legislative and policymaking bodies, regulatory agencies and advocacy groups. (Prerequisite: SWK 551) SWK 553 Advanced Social Policy This course examines theories, concepts and analytical frameworks for analyzing policy. It addresses the role of economics, demographics, politics, values and other relevant factors on policy design and implementation. The course emphasizes the analysis of selected existing or proposed policies in such areas as social insurance (e.g. Social Security), welfare reform, health care, long-term care and tax policy including tax expenditures. $r'BRARY • The Lindell Library, named for donor James G. Lindell and family, is a state-of-the-art facility that houses the library collection, academic and administrative computing services, and audio-visual services. The Library has a vast periodical collection, other circulating collections, a multi-media classroom, a copy center and a library instruction room. There are a variety of study spaces, ranging from carrels and casual seating to group study rooms equipped with network access. The Lindell Library's collection of 175,000 volumes is complete with the latest computerized catalogs, indexes and CD-ROM stations for various academic disciplines-e.g. Social Work Abstracts, Psychlit, ERIC (education) and CINAHL (nursing and health). An online catalog, CLICnet, reflects holdings of Augsburg and its six partner Twin Cities private college libraries. Twice-daily courier service among these and other local libraries (including the University of Minnesota and Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Libraries) facilitates easy and quick sharing ofresources. Additional collections nation- • • wide are also accessible through interlibrary loan arrangements. Remote, off-campus computer access to these services is provided via a telecommunications link. The library staff is experienced in guiding graduate students to research materials for coursework as well as for the thesis stage of the Master of Social Work program. Librarians will help students acquire research skills through individual appointments and group instructional sessions. A ccREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS • The Augsburg Master of Social Work program is fully accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.* Augsburg College is a member of the Associated • Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), the Lutheran Education Council in North America and the Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office. Registration does not mean that • • • • • credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer. ~DENT RIGHTS • • • • The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. These rights, responsibilities and processes are outlined in the Student Guide of Augsburg College. Students are encour- aged to participate in the MSW Student Organization where issues affecting them are discussed. The College operates in compliance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974 as amended and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect certain official records, files and data which pertain to them (except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have a right to experience education free from discrimination. *NCACS, Commission on Institutions of Higher Education, 30 N. LaSalle St., Suite 2400, Chicago IL 60602-2504; (312) 263-0456. • A cADEMic POLICIES • • • • • Academic Evaluation Evaluation of academic performance in the Master of Social Work program will be based on number grades using a 4.0 scale with these definitions: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 Achieves above basic course standards 3.0 Achieves basic course standards 2.5 Performance less than basic course standards 2.0 Performance below basic course standards 1.5-0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit--course must be retaken) Evaluation of academic performance in SWK 502, SWK 503, SWK 523, SWK 524 and SWK 589 will be based on letter grades with these definitions: p Achieves at or above the 3.0 level (not computed in grade point average) N Does not meet minimum passing standard (no creditnot computed in grade point average) (Student must petition to retake the course and to continue in the MSW program.) Definitions of other letter grades: w Grade given when course is dropped after midterm I Incomplete grade given in case where student is unable to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the student's control. To receive an incomplete, a student must complete a petition and return it to instructor prior to the end of the course. x A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study (Field Placement and Independent Studies) is extended. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. If a course grade is below 2.0, the course must be repeated; however, no more than two courses can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. Summary of Degree Requirements The candidate for graduation must successfully complete 18 courses, 900 hours of supervised field work, and a thesis as outlined in the Curriculum Plan with a GPA of 3.0 or higher. The candidate who has been admitted with Advanced Standing must successfully complete 12 courses, 480 hours of supervised field work and a thesis as outlined in the Curriculum Plan with a GPA of 3.0 or higher.These courses, field work and the thesis must be completed within a four-year period. Curriculum Policies Three courses are offered per term for the completion of the program in a two-year period. An alternative option of two courses per term is offered; however, students who enroll in two courses should expect that courses may not be available every term, which may extend the duration of the program to varying lengths. No course offered in the current curriculum may be taken as an independent study. Attendance is expected and missing more than one session may result in a reduced grade. Academic Probation and Dismissal Students must maintain at least a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If the cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program. If a student receives a grade of N in a course, the student must successfully petition before being permitted to repeat the course and to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. Students may be dismissed from the MSW program for behavior detrimental to the program such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide) or conduct unbecoming to social work practice or in violation of professional ethics. Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. Credit and Contact Hours Each full-credit course in the Master of Social Work program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Two courses (SWK 542 and SWK 545) receive 0.5 credit. Students meet in each class a total of 32 hours and are responsible for a significant amount of individual study and preparation. Enrollment Policy/ Leaves of Absence Students may enroll on a full- or part-time basis, taking three or two courses, respectively, each trimester. All students are required to complete the program within four years of matriculation. Students who leave the program for more than one term must request in writing a leave of absence from the MSW program. The leave of absence must be requested prior to the leave and may not exceed one year. An approved leave of absence will not count toward the four year limit. Residency Each student must be enrolled in the MSW program for the last 10 courses. Transfer Students Foundation level students may request consideration to transfer up to eight courses from a CSWE-accredited MSW program if the grades are 3.0 or better. Advanced Standing students may transfer no more than two courses from a CSWEaccredited MSW program if the grades are 3.0 or better. Advising The MSW program director assigns each student to an academic adviser who has the responsibility to promote student growth, development and the achievement of personal goals and professional education. Faculty office hours are posted on office doors; students may meet with faculty at other times by appointment. • A DMISSION REQUIREMENTS • • • • The Master of Social Work program promotes the widest possible diversity within its student and faculty populations and across its curriculum content. Therefore, the admission policies ensure that educational opportunities are provided to persons with a range of abilities, backgrounds, beliefs and cultures. A strong liberal arts background in the behavioral sciences is required. A course in human • writing, and critical and analytical thinking; basic computer skills are recommended. Applicants from a wide variety of backgrounds are encouraged to apply and they will be given consideration based on their composite assets. Applicants who do not hold a baccalaureate degree in social work should apply as Foundation level students. Applicants who hold a baccalaureate degree in social work from a Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) accredited program may apply for Advanced Standing. Admission to Advanced Standing is not automatic. Applicants may be asked to participate in an interview with members of the social work faculty. Academic credit is not given for life or professional experience. Application deadline: January 15 (for Foundation level) October 1 (for Advanced Standing) biology, physiology or anatomy that includes comprehensive study of the human systems is required as well as a course that includes basic statistics. Applicants must demonstrate strong graduate level skills in (Applications completed after the deadline will be reviewed if there are any openings.) Notification of acceptance: April 1 (for Foundation level) December 15 (for Advanced Standing) Matriculation date: Fall trimester for Foundation students Spring trimester for Advanced Standing students Requirements: • Baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university; if applying for Advanced Standing, applicant must have a baccalaureate degree in Social Work from a CSWEaccredited program • A minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale ("B" average) for the last two years of an undergraduate program •A minimum of one year, postdegree, supervised, human service employment experience. For applicants to Advanced Standing, this requirement is in addition to the social work field internship. • A course in human biology, physiology or anatomy (A grade of "C" or better is required.) • A course that includes basic statistics (A grade of "C" or better is required.) APPLICATION PROCEDURES • To apply, students must submit the following to the Department of Social Work-Master of Social Work program: 1) Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable) application fee. 2) Typed personal statement which addresses the applicant's perspective and understanding of: • Social welfare and society • Social work as a profession • Personal qualities that equip the applicant for the social work profession • Ability to work with a diversity of people • Employment and/or volunteer work which prepared the applicant for pursuing a Master of Social Work degree • Personal skills in oral and written communication • Career and life goals and how the MSW degree will facilitate the applicant's development • Personal and professional limitations that the applicant perceives as needing to be addressed during the course of the applicant's professional preparation 3) Recommendations from three sources using the Recommendation Forms provided by the Department of Social Work 4) Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work from each institution attended 5) Documentation of completion of human biology and basic statistics prerequisites All of the above must be received by the deadline of January 15 for Foundation level and October 1 for Advanced Standing. • • • • • • ~TERNATIONAL APPLICANTS • • • • • admission process, selection criteria and academic/work experience requirements.) All application materials, as outlined under Admission Requirements and Application Procedures, are to be submitted in English. Additional application materials required for international applicants are: • Completed Declaration of Finances The Department of Social Work encourages qualified applicants from other countries to apply for admission to the Master of Social Work program. International applicants should note that classes meet on the weekends (Friday evening and Saturday morning and afternoon) and that students can take three courses per trimester for full time or two courses per trimester for part-time study. With a full-time schedule, students can complete the required coursework in two years. (See the section under Admission Requirements for a general description of the •Official marksheets with certified translations from all undergraduate institutions attended listing all courses taken, marks earned, dates attended, and degree(s) or diploma(s) conferred, if any • Official marksheets with certified translations from all graduate institutions attended listing all courses taken, marks earned, dates attended, and degree(s) or diploma(s) conferred, if any • Evaluation of credentials for any international academic transcript including analysis of credentials, course by course evaluation and calculation of grade point average • Official results on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a minimum score of 600. Applicants may be asked to participate in an interview with social work faculty if they are in the United States Limited financial aid from Augsburg College may be available. Therefore, students and their financial sponsors must complete a Declaration of Finances as part of the application for admission along with appropriate certifications. Students will need to provide proof of availability of funds for tuition, books and living costs for each academic year in which they want to attend. The College requires students to provide proof of a minimum of $10,000 in U.S. funds for living expenses for themselves plus the cost of tuition. NOTE: Additional information may be required, as requested by Augsburg College, to evaluate education credentials more accurately. Furthermore, supplemental information may be needed to issue an I-20 or 1-1 for students admitted to the MSW program. Information requested for the I-20or1-1 will not be used to make an admission decision. ~E AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE • • • • • • Fees The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline. Upon acceptance into the MSW program, a $100 fee is due, which is credited toward tuition and is non-refundable. Refund Schedule In order to be eligible for a refund, students are responsible for canceling courses with the Registrar's Office. A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: Through the first scheduled class meeting-I 00% of tuition (minus $75 administrative fee if withdrawing completely) Prior to the second scheduled class meeting-80% of tuition Prior to the third scheduled class meeting-60% of tuition No refund after third scheduled class meeting. Payment Options* 1) Payment in Full: Due first day of classes 2) Payment Plan: Upon application for the payment plan and after College approval, a 3-pay plan is available each trimester with 1/3 tuition due every 30 days. Payment plans will be offered only if the student has adhered to previous payment plans. Tuition and Fees Tuition for 1997-'98 (per trimester course) Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable; applied toward tuition charges) Late Registration Fee ($25 per day up to a maximum of $125 charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date.) $1,153.00 $25.00 $100.00 $25.00 Registration Change After First Class Meeting (cancel/add or combination at one time) $5.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) $2.00 Thesis Fee $350.00 (If a student continues the thesis process beyond the spring term of the thesis year, the student shall pay a fee for each trimester until completion of the thesis.) Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1 percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. 3) Company Reimbursement: Courses that are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course, with full payment due within 45 days after the end of the term. Tuition is set on an annual basis and is payable at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This policy applies to student loan funds administered by the College (e.g. Perkins Student Loan); payments must be current according to the established repayment schedules. *A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the College. • Slf~ANCIAL AID • • • Students may receive assistance in meeting graduate program costs in a number of ways. Enrollment in two or more courses per trimester allows the student to be classified as full time for all federal and state financial aid programs. The Office of Student Financial Services will assist students in assessing financial aid eligibility and may offer financial aid from available alternatives. Funded Scholarships Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special funded scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables participation for individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals who work for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College offers several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in applying, please contact Augsburg's American Indian Student Support Program director at (612) 330-1144 or your tribal agency. Federal and State Aid Programs The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility for any federal or state financial aid programs available to graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on a standard nationallyapproved methodology. The Federal Family Education Loan Program • Federal Stafford Loan Program Available to students based on a financial eligibility determination. Annual loan limits are up to $18,500 per year for graduate students, of which up to $8,500 may be subsidized, if eligible. The aggregate loan limit is $128,500 for graduate students (including undergraduate borrowing). Interest rates for new borrowers with loan periods beginning October 1, 1992, or later are determined annually by the 91-day T-Bill +3.1 %, with a cap of 8.25%. Students with outstanding balances on Federal Stafford Student Loans will continue with the interest rate on the previous loan. No interest accrues to the student borrower while enrolled at least half-time in an eligible program. The federal government subsidizes the interest during this time. • Federal Stafford Loan Unsubsidized Program characteristics (loan limits, interest rates, etc.) are the same as the above subsidized Stafford Loan, except that the interest accrues to the student borrower while enrolled. This loan is available to those who do not qualify for the subsidized Stafford Loan. A normal financial aid application is required. • Federal Perkins Student Loan A joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time students are enrolled at least half-time. A student may borrow a maximum of $3,000 per year as a graduate student with a $30,000 maximum (including undergraduate and graduate amounts). Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $40 a month) begins nine months after the student graduates or leaves school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. • SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) A Minnesota State loan program. Students may borrow up to $9,000 per year for graduate students with a $40,000 aggregate maximum when graduate study is included ($500 minimum). The interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal payments begin 13 months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time. Veterans Educational Benefits Veterans may be eligible for educational benefits from the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. The Office of Student Financial Services has further information. To Apply for Financial Aid 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate a desire to apply for :financial aid. 2) The Office of Student Financial Services will send the necessary application and financial statement forms (or the student may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial Services, 152 Science Hall). 3) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. Your financial aid application will be processed after you have been admitted to the MSW program and the following forms have been received: results from the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA), Augsburg Financial Aid Application, and Federal Tax Return and W-2 form. 4) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. • A • BOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE • • • • • Campus Location Church Affi1iation Augsburg's 23-acre campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul and surrounds Murphy Square. Adjacent to the campus are the Fairview University Medical Center complex, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and Mississippi River parkways. Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. The College is a diverse community with many strong religious traditions represented among the students, faculty and staff, including but not limited to Lutheran, Roman Catholic, American Indian Spirituality and Thought, Buddhist and Islamic faiths. Accessibility History Augsburg College was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530, Augsburg College opened September 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Augsburg College and Seminary changed its name to Augsburg College in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Without going outside, the skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connections between nine of 15 major buildings-student housing towers, the Christensen Center, main academic and administrative halls, Music Hall and the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. In addition, there are services for students with learning and physical disabilities. The CLASS Office phone number is (612) 330-1648. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, gender, sexual orientation or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended. This non-discrimination policy is incorporated as part of its admission policies, educational programs and activities, and employment practices. ~MPUS LOCATION • • • • seven days a week, except for the parking meters on Riverside A venue. The parking meters are as posted by the City of Minneapolis. Additional parking is available in the Fairview-University Medical Center ramp. Parking From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside A venue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. I. Admissions Weekday Program 2. Air Structure Entrance November through March 3. American Indian Student Support Program and Pan-Afrikan Student Services 4. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field and Seasonal Air Structure 5. Center for Global Education and International Programs 6. Christensen Center-Information Desk 7. EastHall 8. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 9. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts 10. Ice Arena 11. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 12. M aintenance and Grounds Shop 13. Mortensen Tower 14. Murphy Place 15. Murphy Square 16. Music Hall 17. Nordic Center 18. Old Main 19. Oscar Anderson Hall 20. Public Relations and Communication 21. Quad 22. Science Hall 23. Security Dispatch Center 24. Shipping and Receiving 25. Si Melby Hall 26. Sverdrup Hall 27. Memorial Hall Master of Social Work Admissions 28. Urness Tower 29. Youth and Family Institute 30. Lindell Library All posted Augsburg College parking lots, with the exception of resident parking lots in front and behind the residence halls, are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening and Monday through Thursday evenings after 4:30 p.m. until 8:00 a.m. Lots are located between 21st and 22nd Avenues and north or south of Eighth Street between 24th and 25th Avenues. Most street parking is four hour parking and available Public Transportation For schedules and specific information about city bus transportation to Augsburg College, call the Metropolitan Transportation System at (612) 373-3333. ~MPUSMAP • • • ~0 ~ 6th Street s. 7th Street S. 7 th S lreat S. 29' © c 2 111111~1111 8th Street S. @ Butler Place ~~~~~~~~~~~~~--Ill--~~~~~~~~~~---'·~ ~Interstate !----------------- 94 West - Parking Lots A. Admissions/Faculty/Staff Parking B. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/Resident Parking C. Faculty/Staff Parking D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking Interstate 94 East ===;;;;> E. Commuter Parking F. Resident Parking G. Visitor Parking H. Fairview-University Medical Center ramp Pay parking available • ~FICERS OF ADMINISTRATION • • • • • Barbara Gage, B.A. Chair, Board of Regents William Frame, Ph.D. President of Augsburg College Marie McNeff, Ed.D. Vice President, Academic and Learning Services and Dean of the College • Glenda Dewberry Rooney, Ph.D. Chair, Department of Social Work Clarice Staff, D.S.W. Director, Master of Social Work Program Laura Boisen, Ph.D. MSW Field Coordinator Anthony Bibus III, Ph.D. Director, Bachelor of Social Work Program Michael Schock, Ph.D. BSW Field Coordinator Janna Caywood MSW Program Assistant Amy Brallier, M.A. Secretary, Department of Social Work Doran Edwards, B.A. Data Management Specialist ~FICERS OF INSTRUCTION • • • • • Anthony Bibus, III Assistant Professor B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota Vern Bloom Assistant Professor B.A. , M.S.W., University of Minnesota Laura Boisen Assistant Professor B.S., Wartburg College; M.S.S.W., University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.P.A., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota Lois Bosch Assistant Professor B.A., Northwestern College; M.S.W., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of IllinoisChampaign-Urbana Maria Brown Assistant Professor B.A. (German), M.A. (German), American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota Francine Chakolis Assistant Professor B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota Maria Dinis Assistant Professor B.A., M.S.W., California State University; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley) Annette Gerten Instructor B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.S.W., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota Rosemary J, Link Associate Professor B.A., Southampton University; C.Q.S.W., London University (Bedford College); Ph.D., University of Minnesota Glenda Dewberry Rooney Associate Professor B.A. University of North Texas; M.S.W., University of IllinoisChicago; Ph.D., University of Minnesota Michael Schock Assistant Professor B.A., University of Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington Edward R. Skarnulis Professor B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Nebraska Sharon K. Patten Clarice Staff Associate Professor B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., M.A. (Public Affairs), Ph.D., University of Minnesota Assistant Professor B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.S.W., D.S.W., Columbia University Curt Paulsen Associate Professor B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S .W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute Mary Lou Williams Assistant Professor B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania 4M/9197 This catalog was current at the time ofpublication. It is subject to change without nolice. C•O•L•L•E•G•E MSW Graduate Program Office Campus Box No. 269 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1763 FAX (612) 330-1493 Augsburg College Master of Social Work Application Instructions Please send all application material, which includes completed and signed application form, $25.00 application fee, typed personal statement, three completed recommendation forms, and official post-secondary transcript(s), by JANUARY 1 STH, for foundation applicants or by OCTOBER 1 ST for advanced standing applicants, to the following address: 2211 Augsburg College Department of Social Work Riverside Avenue South, CB #274 Minneapolis, MN 55454 Application Form and Fee Complete all sections of the application form and sign. M1:1ke $25.00 non-refundable check or money order payable to Augsburg College. Mail application form and application fee together. Typed Submit • • • • • • • • Personal Statement a typed personal statement (typically 3-8 pages) which addresses: your perspective on social welfare and society your understanding of the social work profession your demonstrated ability to work with a diversity of people your personal qualities that equip you for the social work profession your oral and written communication skills your career and life goals and how you anticipate the MSW degree will facilitate your development your limitations which you view as needing to be addressed during your professional preparation your employment and/or volunteer work which prepared you for pursuing a MSW degree Explanation of GPA (optional -- one page limit) Address any extenuating circumstances which may have affected past academic performance. Recommendations Please ask for recommendations from three references (use the forms available from the Department of Social Work) to be sent to the MSW Program Director. At least one reference should be from a professor or someone who can address your academic potential. One reference should be from a supervisor and should address your human service employment and/or volunteer experience. Transcripts Have all official transcripts from each post-secondary institution attended sent to the Dept. of Social Work. There are two circumstances in which a transcript is considered officiat • if it is sent directly to the Department of Social Work from another institution • if it is received by the Department of Social Work in a sealed, university envelope, with the Registrar's stamp acr9ss the back There are two conditions under which you are not required to submit an official transcript: • if you earned nine quarter (or six semester) credits or less at a particular institution and you do not wish these courses to be considered • if courses taken at other institutions appear on your degree transcript, AND all credits and grades for each transferred course appear on the degree transcript If your transcript is from an institution outside the United States, it must be submitted in English and with certified grade translations. International applicants should refer to the MSW catalog for further requirements. Interview You may be asked to have a personal interview with a committee of the Department of Social Work. updated 9/97 AUGSBURG COLLEGE MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK Application for Admission PERSONAL INFORMATION Last Name First Name Initial Other Last Name Used Address - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---- - - City - - - - - - - - - - - State _____ Zip --------County (Home) (Work) _ _ _ , Telephone Social Security Number - - - - -- - - - Birth Date - - - - - - - - - -U.S. Citizen? D Yes D No Resident Status Visa Type ____ _ --- --... ---...__ The following informatiQn is optional. This information will be used to report our demographic statistics to the Council on Social Work Education. D Female D Male Religious Affiliation - - - - - -- - - -- - - Denomination Predominant Ethnic background: American Indian D Asian/Pacific Islander 0 African American 0 Bi-racial (specify) D Caucasian D Hispanic Other ----------------------------------- a a --- -· -----------. -·-----------· --· - ... ·--- - -···---------------·-·-----·--------------·-· .. --------------- --------